Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout03-08-2022 Community Police Review BoardMEMORANDUM COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD A Board of the City of Iowa City DATE: March 3, 2022 TO: CPRB Members FROM: Tammy Neumann RE: Board Packet for meeting on TUESDAY, MARCH 8, 2022 Enclosed please find the following documents for your review and comment at the next board meeting: • Agenda for 3/8/22 • Minutes of the meeting on 02/8/22 • ICPD Use of Force Review/Report December • ICPD General Order 99-05 (Use of Force) • ICPD General Order 99-04 (Canine Operations) x 2 • ICPD Department Policy Manual • DRAFT Community Forum Agenda • Email from Board Member MacConnell re: Community Forum • Office Contacts — February • Complaint Deadlines • CPRB Contacts AGENDA COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD TUESD Y MARCH 8, 202 — :0 P.M. EMMA J HARVAT HALL 410 E. Washington Street ITEM NO. 1 CALL TO ORDER and ROLL CALL ITEM NO. 2 CONSIDER MOTION TO FIX METHOD OF VOTING COMMENT: As the By -Laws do not prescribe the method of voting, the Board will need to make a motion to fix the method of voting. Nominations can be made by balloting or from the floor. Voting can be by voice vote, show of hands, or ballot. The Board should decide if the basis for decision is majority vote of the total membership and procedure for canvass of ballots. ITEM NO. 3 NOMINATIONS FOR OFFICE OF VICE -CHAIRPERSON MOTION TO CLOSE NOMINATIONS BALLOT OR VOTE ITEM NO.4 CONSIDER MOTION ADOPTING CONSENT CALENDAR AS PRESENTED OR AMENDED • Minutes of the meeting on 02/08/2022 • ICPD Use of Force Review/Report December • ICPD General Order 99-05 (Use of Force) • ICPD General Order 99-04 (Canine Operations) x 2 • ICPD Department Policy Manual ITEM NO. 5 NEW BUSINESS ITEM NO. 6 OLD BUSINESS • Discussion Community Forum ITEM NO. 7 PUBLIC COMMENT OF ITEMS NOT ON THE AGENDA (Commentators shall address the Board for no more than 5 minutes. The Board shall not engage in discussion with the public concerning said items). ITEM NO. 8 BOARD INFORMATION ITEM NO. 9 STAFF INFORMATION ITEM NO. 10 MEETING SCHEDULE and FUTURE AGENDAS • April 12, 2022, 5:30 PM, Emma J Harvat Hall • April 20, 2022, 6:00 PM, Community Forum (Virtual) • May 10, 2022, 5:30 PM, Emma J Harvat Hall If you will need disability -related accommodations in order to participate in this program/event, please contact Tammy Neumann at 319-356-5043, tammy-neumann@iowa-city.org. Early requests are strongly encouraged to allow sufficient time to meet your access needs. CPRB-Page 2 March 8, 2022 ITEM NO.11 CONSIDER MOTION TO ADJOURN TO EXECUTIVE SESSION based on Section 21.5(1)(a) of the Code of Iowa to review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for that government body's possession or continued receipt of federal funds, and 21.5(1)(i) to evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance or discharge is being considered when necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual's reputation and that individual requests a closed session and 22.7(11) personal information in confidential personnel records of public bodies including but not limited to cities, boards of supervisors and school districts, and 22-7(5) police officer investigative reports, except where disclosure is authorized elsewhere in the Code; and 22.7(18) Communications not required by law, rule or procedure that are made to a government body or to any of its employees by identified persons outside of government, to the extent that the government body receiving those communications from such persons outside of government could reasonably believe that those persons would be discouraged from making them to that government body if they were available for general public examination. ITEM NO. 12 ADJOURNMENT 07:7_1 ;1111 1 COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD MINUTES — February 8, 2022 CALL TO ORDER: Amanda Nichols called the meeting to order at 5:30 p.m. MEMBERS PRESENT,: Amanda Nichols, Jerri MacConnell, Saul Mekies, Orville Townsend MEMBERS ABSENT: None STAFF PRESENT: Staff Tammy Neumann / Kellie Fruehling, Legal Counsel Patrick Ford STAFF ABSENT: None OTHERS PRESENT: Police Chief Dustin Liston City Council Member Laura Bergus, CPRB Liaison RECOMMENDATIONS TO COUNCIL (1) Accept CPRB #21-07 Report CONSENT CALENDAR Motion by Townsend, seconded by Mekies, to adopt the consent calendar as presented. • Minutes of the meeting on 01/11/2022 • ICPD Use of Force Review/Report November • ICPD General Order 99-05 (Use of Force) • ICPD General Order 07-02 (Detainee Processing) Motion carried 4/0. NEW BUSINESS None, OLD BUSINESS Discussion of Community Forum Fruehling asked for Board approval of the draft flyer announcing the Community Forum. She explained that these flyers will be emailed to members to post. They will be present on City buses and posted to the City websites and social media pages. The Board approved the flyer as presented. Nichols and MacConnell will discuss the introduction for the Community Forum. PUBLIC DISCUSSION None. BOARD INFORMATION None. STAFF INFORMATION Fruehling announced that Theresa Seeberger submitted a letter of resignation from the Board on February 8, 2022. Fruehling introduced Tammy Neumann as the new Administrative Secretary for the City Clerk's Office and as such will serve as the staff person for the Board. Neumann previously worked in Parks and Recreation and has been employed with the City for 23 years. CPRB February 8, 2022 Ford inquired about the status of the amendment to expand the CPRB Board from five members to seven. Fruehling noted that ordinance amendment was approved by Council and would be announced on the February 15th Council Agenda. Fruehling noted that all 3 vacancies would be advertised. Ford announced that he will be absent from the March 8, 2022 Board Meeting. The Board agreed to allow another staff member from his firm to fill in. TENTATIVE MEETING SCHEDULE and FUTURE AGENDAS fsubject to change • March 8, 2022, 5:30 P.M., Emma J Harvat Hall • April 12, 2022, 5:30 P.M., Emma J Harvat Hall • April 20, 2022, 6:00 P.M., Community Forum (Virtual) • May 10, 2022, 5:30 P.M., Emma J Harvat Hall EXECUTIVE SESSION Motion by MacConnell, seconded by Townsend, to adjourn into Executive Session based on Section 21.5(1)(a) of the Code of Iowa to review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for that government body's possession or continued receipt of federal funds, and 22.7(11) personal information in confidential personnel records of public bodies including but not limited to cities, boards of supervisors and school districts, and 22-7(5) police officer investigative reports, except where disclosure is authorized elsewhere in the Code; and 22.7(18) Communications not required by law, rule or procedure that are made to a government body or to any of its employees by identified persons outside of government, to the extent that the government body receiving those communications from such persons outside of government could reasonably believe that those persons would be discouraged from making them to that government body if they were available for general public examination. Motion carried 4/0. Open session adjourned at 5:39 p.m. REGULAR SESSION Returned to open session at 6:10 P.M. Motion by Townsend, seconded by Mekies, to accept CPRB Report 21-07 as amended and forward to City Council. Motion carried 4/0. Motion by Townsend, Seconded by Mekies to set the level of review for CPRB Complaint #21-03 at 8- 8-7(B)(1)(a), on the record with no further investigation. Motion Carried 4/0. ADJOURNMENT Motion for adjournment by MacConnell, seconded by Mekies. Motion carried, 4/0. Meeting adjourned at 6:12 P.M. rczyyo�ox O C y d o o r za d' 3 `, z T L w r+ . .. . ........... ...... .... . . ................... . .. N rN+ VI k r N H+ N I-+ U N .. g g x x' ..._........ x w......... ....._...� x x kl 00 0 N O N O pgp tltl � i x X i'e X k H+ y. ............ _...............— k x ... x _. N n II 999 H+ N O u N N O N ............ .................... ....... _............. N' ....... ' J v U TO: Chief Dustin Liston FROM: Sgt. Andrew McKnight RE: December 2021 Use of Force Review DATE: February 7", 2022 w �.� The Iowa City Police Department policy requires an employee to complete a written report for any reportable use of force. Reportable use of force is defined in the Department's General Order 99-05, which is titled Use of Force and available for public viewing on the department's website. This policy provides employees with guidelines on the use of deadly and non -deadly force. Upon receipt of the report, the supervisor is responsible for completing an administrative critique of the force. This process includes interviews with involved employees, body worn and in -car camera review, review of any additional available video, and review of written reports. The employee's use of force report and the supervisor's critique is then forwarded to the Captain of Field Operations and the Chief of Police for final review and critique. On a monthly basis, the previous month's use of force reports and supervisor critiques are reviewed by an administrative review committee consisting of a minimum of three sworn personnel. This Use of Force Committee consists of two supervisors as designated by the Chief of Police and one officer, typically a certified use of force instructor. The Use of Force Review Committee met on February 7th, 2022. It was composed of Sgt. McKnight, Sgt. Bailey, and Officer Fowler. For the review of submitted reports in December, the Review Committee documented the following: • 47 individual officers were involved in 25 separate incidents requiring use of force. • There were no documented cases of an officer exercising his/her duty to intervene and the review of the incidents did not indicate that an officer failed their duty to intervene. • Out of the 25 uses of force, 21 involved force being used against people. The other four were animals being euthanized by an officer. • Out of the 47 officers involved in the 21 uses of force against people, one superficial injury was sustained by an officer and two superficial injuries were sustained by suspects. • No policy violations were identified. • Out of the 21 uses of force against people, 17 arrests were made (80%). • Mental health was identified by officers as being a factor in four of the uses of force used against persons (19%). • Drugs and/or alcohol was identified by officers as being a factor in thirteen of the 21 uses of force against persons (61 %). • Out of the 21 times force was used on a person, 13 were identified as White (62%), 8 were identified as Black (38%). Of the 13 identified as white, 10 subjects were male (77%) and 3 subjects were female (23%). Of the 8 subjects identified as black, 5 subjects were female (63%) and 3 subjects were male (37%). • Out of the 25 uses of force, the average number of officers involved in the force was (1.88) • In total during this time period, the ICPD had 4,830 calls for service with 23 calls for service resulting in force being used. It is noted that four of the 25 uses of force involved animals and not humans. The highest level of force in each incident is reflected below along with the year-to-date: Force Used December 2021 Occurrences 2021 Year -to -Date Hands-on 12 106 Taser Display 2 14 Taser Dischar e 0 10 OC S ra DeMoyment 1 14 Firearm(s) Disr)lay 3 29 Firearms Discharge 0 0 ASP Striking 0 0 Officer Striking/KickingStriking/Kicking 2 7 Animals Euthanized b Officer 4 48 S ecial Res onse Team Callouts 0 1 Vehicle Pursuits 0 _......_._... __ 0 Officer Furies 1 _ITITIT _ 20 Suspect Injuries 2 19 Reports to U.S. DOJ 0 0...., Total Use of Force incidents to date equal 248. Total calls for service in the same period equal 68,875. This results in a year-to-date use of force being deployed in .36% of our total year-to-date calls for service. .w Sw 4 IOWA CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT Use of Force11 r J�x1December 2021 �0 [,Watch ccurred and Officers Involved Date Incident Number Incident type Arrest Made Y/N Force Used Evening 1211 2021009013 Domestic/ Y Officers were dispatched to a Watch — Mental residence for reports of a Five Impairment domestic dispute involving a Officers subject with a knife, along with a small child and an infant in the residence. Officers arrived on scene and a female subject had locked herself in a bedroom, stating she was holding a knife at her throat and refusing to come out. Officers spoke calmly to ._ ry the subject through the door and the subject eventually came out. Two officers provided less lethal cover with ., a taser and less lethal shotgun. Three other officers provided cover with their service weapons drawn held in the low ready. Once the subject dropped her weapon the officers holstered their weapons. The subject was deemed to be suicidal, a danger to herself and was taken to the hospital for a mental health evaluation. There were no injuries to the subject or officers. Late Night 1212 2021009016 Public Y An officer approached an Watch — Intoxication intoxicated subject who was Two urinating in the street. The Officers officer asked the male subject _... ._._._._._._._.w _._. to identify himself, but he December 2021 Use of Force Report provided false information. ury While arresting the subject an officer took hold of the subject's left arm and an assisting officer from another a agency took hold of the ILA subject's right arm to handcuff the subject. The subject pulled away to flee and the assisting officer placed their arms around the subject and pulled him to the ground. The subject attempted to stand u 1 P p so one officer placed their hands on the subject's shoulders pushing down to P 9 keep him on the ground. An officer deployed a chemical irritant as the subject continued to attempt to stand and ignore officer commands to stop fighting. The subject continued to attempt to stand and continued to attempt to access an officer's weapons that were on the outer vest carrier by reaching and pulling at the items on the vest. An officer utilized a chemical irritant again and delivered closed fist strikes to the subject. The subject let go of the body armor vest carrier and two officers pulled the subject's arms behind his back and placed handcuffs on each wrist. There were superficial injuries to the subject and one officer. Evening 12/2 2021009032 Armed Y Officers were dispatched to a Watch — Subject day care for reports of a One female threatening staff and Officer children with a knife. An officer observed a female with a knife chasing another individual. One officer ulled December 2021 Use of Force Report out their taser and placed the red dot on a female who had a knife, ordering the female to drop the knife. The female dropped the knife, and an officer was able to pull both CC arms behind her back and place her into handcuffs. ry There were no injuries to the . ............... subject or officers. Evening 12/2 2021009033 Domestic Y Officers were dispatched to a Watch — Disturbance residence for a domestic One dispute where dispatch Officer advised officers that a female had sprayed another person with pepper spray. The subject was handcuffed without issue but when officers told her to get into the squad car, she told the officers that she would not walk to the vehicle. An officer applied a wrist lock on her right wrist and the subject entered the vehicle without incident. There were no injuries to the suspect or officer. ..._........... Late Night 12/5 2021009090 ............ Fight Y Officers assisted bar staff as Watch — they were restraining an Two unruly patron. The staff had Officers the subject face down on the ground. One officer attempted to take control of the subject's right arm with both hands however the subject continued to pull away from the officer. A bystander encouraged the subject to run from officers and the subject continued to pull away from the officer. The officer took hold of the subject's right arm and attempted to pull the arm behind his back, while Oacinq December 2021 Use of Force Report m a handcuff on the subject's right wrist. The subject then 07", placed his hands in front of N_<„" his body, tensing his arms to resist the handcuffing process. An officer then sprayed the subject in the face with a chemical irritant and continued to attempt to handcuff the subject. One officer took the subject's arms and pulled them behind his back while another officer placed and secured handcuffs on each wrist. There were no injuries to the subject or officers. Late Night 12/5 2021009114 Weapons Y Officers responded to a Watch — Offense residence where a male had One discharged a firearm and left Officer the scene. Officers located a subject matching the description of the shooter and approached the individual with their service weapons drawn. The individual was given verbal commands to put their hands in the air and get down on the ground. The subject complied and was taken into custody without incident. There were no injuries to the subject or officers. Evening 12/6 2021009124 Theft Y Officers responded to a Watch — business for a theft. Dispatch Two advised the officers that a Officers male subject had been physical with staff and had a knife. Officers located the subject and after a brief foot chase, caught the subject who was pushed in the back by an officer causing him to fall to the ground, clenching his fists, drawing his hands December 2021 Use of Force Report towards the front of his body. One officer took hold of the subject's left wrist and left .,.. elbow, placed their knee into the shoulder area of the subject to pull the subject's arm behind his back. One officer placed their knee on the subject's legs keeping him w on the ground. An officer held the subject's arm behind his back while another officer placed handcuffs on the subject's wrists. There were no injuries to the subject or officers. Day 12/7 2021009140 Injured N Injured deer shot and killed by Watch — Animal officer One Officer Day 12/7 2021009166 Warrant Y Officers encountered a Watch — Service suspended driver who had an Two active arrest warrant. An Officers officer asked the driver to step out of his vehicle several times in a calm manner, but the driver refused to exit the vehicle. One officer took hold of the driver's right wrist with both of their hands and pulled the subject from the vehicle. Another officer assisted by cupping the back of the subject's head and taking hold of the subject's left hand, pulling him from the vehicle. The subject continued to pull away from the officers and flail his arms around, so the officer pushed the subject in the back with their left hand, bending the subject at the waist over the trunk of the subject's vehicle. One officer pulled the subject's right hand behind his back, placin December 2021 Use of Force Report . —_ handcuffs on his right wrist. Another officer pulled the -�, subject's left arm behind their back and held the arms in place while another officer placed handcuffs on his left wrist. There were no injuries to officers or the subject. Late Night 12/8 2021009204 Domestic Y Officers were investigating a Watch — Disturbance domestic assault when a Two subject thought to be involved Officers in the altercation, exited the residence, refused to stop walking away and refused to provide officers with identification. One officer took hold of the subject's left wrist with their hand and pulled their arm behind his back. The subject continued to flail and pull away from officers. Two officers placed their hands on the subject's back, pushing the subject against a wall to hold them in place. Both officers pulled the subject's arms behind their back and placed the subject into handcuffs. The subject continued to pull away from officers so one officer swiped the subject's right foot, tripping him so that he could be placed in a seated position making it easier for officers to control the subject. The subject was then transported to jail without injury to the subject or officers. Evening 12/9 2021009227 Injured N Injured deer shot and killed by Watch — Animal officer. One Officer Evening 12/13 2021009338 Trespass Y Officers responded to a Watch - business for reports of a female subject causin issues December 2021 Use of Force Report Two by throwing items at another Officers patron inside the store. Upon arrival, officers attempted to arrest the female subject who continued to ignore officer commands to w stop. The subject continued to walk away from officers and refused to place her L & r J w,G hands behind her back. One �...�.• officer took hold of her left arm with their right hand and pulled her arm behind her back. Another officer took hold of her left arm, attempting to pull her arm P 9 behind her back and place handcuffs on each wrist. Once in handcuffs she continued to pull away from officers. Officers took hold of her arms around the bicep area and walked her around the squad car, opening the door, and placing her in the p g vehicle. One officer reached around the subject, taking hold of her shoulder area, and pushed her back into the seat. The subject continued to kick out at officers. One officer took hold of the subject's left leg as she attempted to brace her feet in the doorway of the vehicle, the result of which saw the subject sit back into the vehicle. The doors were closed, and the subject was transported to jail without injury to the subject or officers. Day 12/14 2021009360 Injured N Injured deer shot and killed by Watch — Animal officer. One Officer December 2021 Use of Force Report Day _ 12/14 2021009361 Mental N Officers responded to a Watch Impairment residence for reports of a Three female subject cutting herself Officers a with a knife. Officers arrived w: and the fire department and paramedics were addressing her needs. Another female subject was also found to �7 have cut herself and was being treated by paramedics. Both subjects clearly needed to go to the hospital for a medical and psychiatric evaluation, but they refused to go. One officer extended their hand, and the subject took hold of it and walked towards the doorway. Once at the doorway the subject refused to continue to walk. One officer put their hands underneath the subject's arms and another officer supported the subject's weight under her left arm and left leg. Paramedics took hold of the subjects legs as she was carried to the ed on to ambulance and placed a waiting cot. Another officer spoke to the other subject telling her that she had to go to the hospital for a mental health evaluation. The j subject placed e subJ I ed her hands P between a mattress and the wall. The officer commanded that the subject show her hands, and drew their taser, pointing it at the subject. The subject complied and the officer re -holstered their taser. The subject walked out and entered the waiting ambulance. There were no December 2021 Use of Force Report injuries to the subjects or officers. Late Night 12/16 ................_ 2021009398 Injured N ............... Injured fox, shot and killed by Watch — Animal officer. One Officer Evening 12/21 2021009532 Disorderly Y Officers responded to a Watch — Conduct location in the pedestrian mall Two where a male subject was Officers shouting, swearing, and threatening people. Upon arrival, officers located an intoxicated male subject who immediately became hostile towards officers and refused to follow any verbal ! commands. A decision was made to arrest the subject. An officer instructed the subject to put his hands _., behind his back, but the subject refused, tensing up and pulling away. One officer held his left arm and was able to place a handcuff on his left wrist as he continued to pull away. The officer pushed the subject towards a nearby wall to stabilize the subject for handcuffing. The subject continued to pull away as one officer took hold of the subject's right arm, pulling it behind his back. The subject continued to break free, however the officer regained control of his right arm, placing a handcuff on his right wrist as he held it behind his back. Once in handcuffs, the subject began walking towards a nearby squad car, but stopped, electing to go 1 limp, falling to the ground refusing to walk. The subject continued to refuse to walk, December 2021 Use of Force Report telling officers to drag him. Both officers took hold of the subject's shoulder area and dragged him the remainder of the way to the vehicle. The subject was transported to jail with no injuries to the subject or officers. Late Night 12/22 2021009540 Disorderly Y Officers were communicating Watch — Conduct with a belligerent individual in Three the lobby of city hall. The Officers individual had previously thrown garbage at a City employee and made disrespectful comments. During the interaction the subject pulled out a pocketknife and flipped the blade up pointing it towards officers. One officer pointed his taser at the torso of the subject and commanded that the subject drops the knife. The subject eventually complied. A decision was made to arrest the subject and one officer approached the subject as he clenched his fists and adopted a fighting stance. One officer took hold of the subject's left arm and attempted to pull it behind his back. The subject continued to tense his body and pull away from officers. One officer wrapped their arms around the subject's upper body and placed him on the ground. Two officers took hold of the subject's left arm again, pulling it behind his back and another officer took hold of the subject's right arm, pulling it behind his back. Handcuffs were placed on each wrist and the subject December 2021 Use of Force Report was transported to jail. There were no injuries to the subject or officers. Late Night 12/22 2021009541 OWI Y A subject was being Watch — processed at the PD for OWI Four and became combative with Officers officers. The subject grabbed a seized bag containing marijuana and threw it around the room then stood up flailing her arms around ignoring instructions to sit down. An officer took hold of both of her wrists and attempted to guide her back towards the bench where she could sit. She continued to pull away from officers. One officer grabbed her right wrist, instructing her to put her hands behind her back. She continued to tense her body and pull away from officers, holding her arms close to her chest. Another officer told her to sit down several times or she would be sprayed with a chemical irritant. Another officer put their hands on the subject's back, pulling her right wrist behind her back with their left hand. Another officer placed handcuffs on each wrist and an officer lowered her to the floor by placing downward pressure ° on her shoulders until she was in a seated position. Once in a seated position she continued to attempt to stand and at one point, wrapped her legs around another officer's leg. One officer put hands on her shoulders keeping her in a seated position until she was calm. Once she was December 2021 Use of Force Report calm, she stood up and sat on the bench. There were no injuries to the officers or subject. Late 12/23 2021009562 Traffic Stop Y During a traffic stop an officer Nights — told the subject to exit the One vehicle, which she did. The Officer subject had her right hand in her pocket and refused to show the officer her hands. The officer took their left hand and took hold of her right arm near the triceps area. The officer then took hold of her right hand with their right hand, pulled her arm behind her back, then placed handcuffs on each wrist completing the handcuffing process. There were no injuries to the officer or subject. Late Night 12/23 2021009563 Medical N Officers were dispatched to a Watch — Assist medical emergency as a male Two subject was having a seizure Officers in the roadway. The individual was attempting to stand up but continuously fell onto the concrete. To prevent the subject from injuring himself, two officers physically restrained the subject. One officer wrapped their bicep around the subject's left arm and cupped his left shoulder with their right hand. Another officer took hold of the subject's right arm as the subject continued to tense up and flail around. One officer pulled the subject ="..... tight to their chest, lowering their center of gravity. Another officer wrapped their ° arms around his legs in order to pull the subject on to the December 2021 Use of Force Report ground. The subject fell on top of the officer. One officer ' used their hand to pull his arms behind his back, holding them in place while another officer placed handcuffs on e:a both wrists for safety. The subject was transported to the ambulance where he was treated by paramedics for superficial injuries. There were no injuries to officers. Late Night 12/26 2021009604 Domestic N Officers were dispatched to a Watch — Disturbance residence for reports of a Two domestic where one subject Officers was reported to be armed with a handgun and was forcing his way into an apartment. Two officers deployed their rifles as they encountered a male subject outside the apartment in question. An officer gave verbal commands to a subject to lie down on his stomach. The subject was patted down for weapons and no weapons were found. Officers returned their rifles to their vehicles. There were no injuries to the subject or officers. Evening 12/26 2021009612 Domestic Y Officers responded to reports Watch — Disturbance of a domestic dispute where a One male subject was inside a Officer residence with a crying child. One officer saw a male subject exiting the apartment and told the subject that he was investigating a possible domestic. An officer took hold of the subjects left upper arm with their right hand and the subject pulled away from the officer. The officer told the subject to turn around and put his hands behind his December 2021 Use of Force Report back, to keep him from going back into the house but he continued to pull away. An 6," officer pulled both of the subject's hands behind his back, holding his arms in .. place as he continued to .y.' tense up and pull away. The subject pulled his left wrist away as an officer put a handcuff on his right wrist then regained control, putting a handcuff on his left wrist. The subject was sat on a curb and questioned. The subject was arrested and was assisted to his feet and walked towards the squad car. The subject continued to pull away and tense his body so one officer took hold of both of his hands and raised them to the center of his back as a compliance technique. The subject walked towards the patrol vehicle and entered the vehicle in preparation for transport. There were no injuries to the subject or officers. --- __._._ Late Night 12/26 .......... 2021009615 ... Injured N ......... --- Injured Deer shot and killed Watch — Animal by officer. One Officer Late Night 12/30 2021009687 Public Y Officers made contact with an Watch — Intoxication intoxicated male who was Three reported to have been trying Officers to burglarize vehicles. Upon arrival the subject refused to identify himself to officer's despite being asked multiple times to do so. A decision was made to arrest the individual and officers stepped closer to the subject. An officer took hold of the December 2021 Use of Force Report subject's right arm and attempted to put it behind his back, however the subject tensed his body and pulled his arms to the front of his body. Another officer wrapped their arms around the subject's torso to stop the subject from running. One officer placed their right foot in front of the subjects to place the subject on the ground. One officer pushed the subject's back towards the ground, while officers pulled the subject's arms towards the ground, placing him on the ground. While on the ground the subject continued to resist officers by pulling his arms away. One officer deployed a chemical irritant into the eyes of the subject. One officer was able to pull the subject's left arm behind his back, and two officers were able to pull the subject's right arm behind his back, placing handcuffs on each wrist. The subject was asked if he wanted to stand up and he became assaultive again, locking his legs around an officer's legs so that they were unable to remove their foot. To get the subject to release their foot, an officer delivered two strikes with their right hand. The officer fell towards the ground and a few seconds later the subject released their foot. Officers grabbed on to the subject's arms, one officer tucked the subject's legs underneath him and the subject stood u and December 2021 Use of Force Report he was placed inside a patrol vehicle. There were no injuries to the subject or officers. Evening 12/31 2021009734 Public Y Officers were dispatched to a Watch — Intoxication bar for reports of underage One drinking. Upon arrival, an Officer officer located a subject thought to be under the legal age. The subject ran from an officer and after a brief chase was caught before they exited the bar area. An officer grabbed the hood of his hoodie and they both fell to the ground. The subject attempted to get up off the ground and start running again. An officer grabbed the subject's left arm and held it behind his back while escorting him out the door. Once outside the subject attempted to run again so the officer pulled his left arm back telling him to get on the ground. The subject continued to ignore commands, so the officer pushed the subject forward and swiped his feet out from underneath him. The subject fell to the ground and stopped resisting. An officer then � pulled the subject's arms p J r,. behind his back and placed handcuffs on each wrist. The subject was taken into custody without injury to the . _.... .............. _ . _ _............................. ... officer or subject. .............. December 2021 Use of Force Report REDLINE VERSION Green highlights are additions Red highlights are deletions 1 28, 2001 Effective Date of I February 3, 2022 Reevaluation Date February 2023 C.A.L.E.A. 1.3.1—1.3.8, 1.3.13 INDEX AS: • Use of Force • Reporting • Significant Force • Investigation USE OF FORCE General 99-05 Section Code OPS-03 Amends Reference (see "INDEX AS" • Use of Force Model • Canine • Arrests • Warning Shots OPS-03.1 I. PURPOSE The purpose of this policy is to provide members of the Iowa City Police Department with guidelines on the use of deadly and non -deadly force. II. POLICY The Iowa City Police Department recognizes and respects the value and special integrity of each human life. In investing officers with the lawful authority to use force to protect the public welfare, a careful balancing of all human interests is required. Therefore, it is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department that police officers shall use only that force that is reasonable and necessary to accomplish lawful objectives and effectively bring an incident under control, while protecting the lives of the officers and others. III. DEFINITIONS A. Deadly force (Section 704.2, Code of Iowa) — For the purpose of this policy, shall mean any of the following: 1, Force used for the purpose of causing serious injury. 2. Force which the actor knows, or reasonably should know, will create a strong probability that serious injury will result. 3. The discharge of a firearm, in the direction of some person with the knowledge of the person's presence there, even though no intent to inflict serious physical injury can be shown. 4. The discharge of a firearm, at a vehicle in which a person is known to be. B. Serious Injury_ (Section 702.18 Code of Iowa) — Means 1. disabling mental illness; or 2. bodily injury which creates a substantial risk of death or which causes serious permanent disfigurement, or protracted loss or impairment of the function of any bodily member or organ. C. Use of Force — Any contact applied by an officer that significantly restricts or alters the actions of another and/or compels compliance with the demands or instructions of the officer. This includes the use of restraint devices such as handcuffs. D. Verbal Commands/Directives — Verbal communication by an officer directing someone to perform or not to perform an act: e.g. "Stop", "Don't move", "Put your hands up", or "Get on the ground". E. De-escalation - Taking action to stabilize a situation and reduce the immediacy of a threat so that more time, options, and resources are available to resolve the situation. The goal of de-escalation is to gain the voluntary compliance of subjects, when feasible, and thereby reduce or eliminate the necessity to use physical force. F. De-escalation Techniques - Actions used by members of the department, that seek to minimize the likelihood of the need to use force during an incident and increase the likelihood of gaining voluntary compliance from a subject. Note that these techniques should only be employed when it is safe to do so. IV. THE REASONABLENESS OF THE USE OF FORCE The use of force is analyzed under the Fourth Amendment. "The right to be free from excessive force is included under the Fourth Amendment's prohibition against unreasonable seizure of the person." Andrews v. Fuoss, 417 F.3d 813, 818 (8th Cir. 2005). On the other hand, "the right to make an arrest or investigatory stop necessarily carries with it the right to use some degree of physical coercion or threat thereof to effect it." Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989). 1. "The 'Reasonableness' of a particular use of force must be judged from the perspective of a reasonable officer on the scene rather than with the 20/20 vision of hindsight." Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989). 2. "Reasonableness" also takes into account that police officers make judgments in a split second under circumstances that are "tense, uncertain, and rapidly evolving - about the amount of force that is necessary in a particular situation." Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989). 3. Reasonableness is "not capable of precise definition or mechanical application." Bell v. Wolfish, 441 U.S. 520, 559 (1979). Reasonableness is determined by the totality of circumstances, which include the "severity of the crime at issue, whether the suspect poses an immediate threat to the safety of the officers or others, and whether he is actively resisting arrest or attempting to evade arrest by flight." Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989). The Code of r of forceand preventing 1. Section 804.8 Use of force bv eace officer making an arrest. A peace officer, while making a lawful arrest, is justified in the use of any force which the peace officer reasonably believes to be necessary to effect the arrest or to defend any person from bodily harm while making the arrest. However, the use of deadly force or a chokehold [chokehold is specifically defined in the state code]is only justified when a person cannot be captured any other way and either. a. The person has used or threatened to use deadly force in committing a felony, or b. The peace officer reasonably believes the person would use deadly force against any person unless immediately apprehended. A peace officer making an arrest pursuant to an invalid warrant is justified in the use of any force which the peace officer would be justified in using if the warrant were valid, unless the peace officer knows that the warrant is invalid. [Note: The use of a chokeholds and other lateral restraints is further limited by this policy. See Section X below.] MME A peace officer or other person who has an arrested person in custody is justified in the use of such force to prevent the escape of the arrested person from custody as the officer or other person would be justified in using if the officer or other person were arresting such person. V. PROCEDURES 1 A aw 1. Purpose of statement a. To delineate the Department's policy regarding the use of deadly force. b. To establish policies under which the use of deadly force is permissible. 2. Policy a. Officers of the Iowa City Police Department may use deadly force to stop or incapacitate an assailant to prevent serious bodily injury or death. For this purpose and to minimize danger to innocent bystanders, the officer should shoot at the center body mass, whenever possible. b. An officer may use deadly force to protect him/her or others from what he/she reasonably believes to be an imminent threat of death or serious injury. c. An officer may use deadly force to effect the capture or prevent escape if: i. The person used or threatened to use deadly force in committing a felony, and ii. The peace officer reasonably believes the person would use deadly force against a person unless immediately apprehended. d. Provided the criteria for paragraph 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c) have been satisfied, no distinction shall be made relative to the age of the intended target. e. Warning shots by officers of the Iowa City Police Department are prohibited. f. A verbal warning shall be utilized prior to an officer discharging a weapon unless it would compromise the safety of the officer or others. g. Shooting at or from a moving vehicle is prohibited, except under the following circumstances: i. When the occupant of the vehicle is utilizing deadly force against the police officer or other persons. ii. As a last resort to prevent death or serious injury to officers or other persons. iii. As a last resort to apprehend a person who has just committed a felony resulting in death or serious injury. iv. The discharge of firearms shall not be utilized when circumstances do not provide a high probability of striking an intended target or when there is substantial risk to the safety of other persons, including the risk of causing vehicle accidents. 3. Rendering medical aid following police actions a. Officers shall render immediate and appropriate medical aid in incidents that involve injuries sustained during detainments or apprehension b. Officers shall immediately activate the emergency medical system when: i. Obvious severe injuries have occurred, ii. Medical distress is apparent, or the individual is unconscious, iii. Requested by the subject(s) involved, iv. The extent of an injury is unknown or not visible, or V. The nature or extent of the injury dictates. b. Officers shall err on the side of caution, requesting emergency medical system to respond to the scene if in doubt about the existence or extent of an injury. 4. Surrender of firearm. When officers discharge a firearm that results in personal injury or death to any person, the officer or employee shall surrender that firearm to his/her supervisor or a higher authority consistent with departmental directives. Firearms involved in police shooting incidents shall not be unloaded, cleaned, nor in any way altered from the condition immediately following discharge other than to make the weapon safe for transport. a. When more than one officer or weapon has been involved in a shooting situation resulting in any injury or death, the involved weapons must be surrendered to the commanding officer in accordance with departmental directives. b. The commanding officer receiving such firearm or firearms shall immediately secure and document the same as evidence. B. LESS LETHAL FORCE Where deadly force is not authorized under this policy, officers should assess the incident in order to determine which less lethal technique will best de-escalate the incident and bring it under control in a safe manner. Officers shall use no more force than is reasonably necessary to gain control of an individual or situation. Officers are authorized to use force consistent with the Use of Force model. 2. An officer shall use no more force than that officer reasonably feels is necessary in the performance of their official duties. Use of force by an officer is justified in, but not limited to, the following situations: a. To protect the officer or others from physical harm. b. To control an arrestee or a potentially violent person. c. To restrain or subdue a resistant individual. Approved restraint devices are handcuffs (hinged and chain style), flex -cuffs and nylon leg restraints. d. To bring an unlawful situation safely and effectively under control. 3. Officers shall offer medical treatment to any non -combative person who has been exposed to a chemical irritant / OC spray. Officers shall decontaminate a person exposed to a chemical irritant and continue to monitor the condition of that person until they are no longer in the custody of the officer. C. NOTIFICATIONS Any officer who discharges a firearm in the course of their duty, shall immediately contact his/her supervisor. (This does not apply to animal euthanasia where supervisory permission to discharge the weapon must be sought prior to the destruction of the animal (see section B in "REPORTING USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS") or training situations) If this is not practical, the officer shall contact the on -duty patrol supervisor. The notified supervisor shall then contact the following individuals: ( )F "". (Y"); 7 a. The involved officer's Division Commander. i. It shall be the Division Commander's responsibility to notify the Chief of Police. ii. If the Division Commander cannot be notified, a watch supervisor shall notify the Chief of Police. b. The County Attorney of the county in which the incident occurred, c. The City Attorney. d. The City Manager. e. The Criminal Investigation Commander or his/her designee. f. Other as Required by the Mandatory Call Matrix 2. The on -duty watch supervisor shall be immediately notified or summoned to the scene of any incident where use of force results in a physical injury. 3. The on -duty watch supervisor shall be immediately notified when a chemical irritant / OC spray is utilized. 4. The on -duty watch supervisor shall be immediately notified when a conducted energy device is discharged. 5. Any member, on or off duty, while taking law enforcement action, who uses a level of force that by this or other policies requires the completion of the department's use of force report, shall notify the on duty supervisor as soon as practical following the incident and take whatever action such supervisor requires. D. REPORTING USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS 1. Discharge of Firearms — report required. Any officer who discharges a firearm for any reason or purpose other than those exceptions listed in this section, shall make a written report to his/her immediate supervisor as soon as circumstances permit. This written report will then be forwarded through the chain of command to the Chief of Police for review. Exceptions to the requirement of a written report apply to the following circumstances in which no accident or injury results: a. The discharge of firearms on firearm ranges or in an area for firearms practice. b. Sporting events to include lawful hunting and organized shooting matches. 2. When, in accordance with applicable law, it becomes necessary for an officer to discharge a firearm to destroy an animal which presents a danger or is seriously injured or ill, the officer will, prior to discharging the firearm, request permission to do so from the on -duty supervisor. If such action must be immediately taken in order to protect the officer's or another person's safety, the officer need not delay action in order to request this permission. In this circumstance, however, the Watch Supervisor must be notified immediately after the firearm is used. A Use of Force report is required. 3. Administrative Review Committee. a. Use of force incidents shall be reviewed by a committee consisting of a minimum of three sworn personnel. i. The committee should consist of two supervisors as designated by the Chief of Police and one officer -preferably a use of force instructor. To provide differing perspectives, the Chief of Police may appoint multiple committees that alternate review responsibilities. ii. This group should, at a minimum, meet every month to review the U e of Force Reports from the previous month. iii. The purpose of this committee shall be to review all facts and reports concerning use of force incidents to determine whether policy, training, equipment, or disciplinary issues should be addressed. This committee will make recommendations on these matters to the Chief of Police. b. All non-use of force firearms discharges (e.g. accidental/negligent discharge), with the exception of the destruction of animals which are reviewed by the Use of Force Committee, shall be reviewed in a manner consistent with General Order 99-06: Internal Affairs Investigations as assigned by a Division Commander. i. At a minimum, this will consist of a Report of Inquiry and supervisory review. ii. The Division Commander and the Training and Accreditation Sergeant will review the investigation and findings to identify any training recommendations which are necessary, and/or any need for policy changes. Recommendations on these matters will be forwarded to the Chief of Police. a. A Use of Force Report with a written narrative regarding any use of force incident will be submitted in addition to any incident report for the following: OPS-03.9 - exposure to chemical irritants use or targeting of a conducted energy device - use of an impact weapon use of kinetic energy impact projectiles - display or use of less lethal munitions - use of a distraction device display or use of a canine unless involved in an exploratory sniffing incident or search of an unoccupied building - firearm display or use use of any object not originally intended to be used as a means for self-defense In a dynamic environment, any object can be used by an officer as an impact weapon, or even a deadly weapon if its use is objectively reasonable for the situation. In those cases where an object not specifically covered by this policy is used in this manner, whether the officer is on duty or off duty and is taking enforcement action, shall require notification of a supervisor as soon as practical and shall require the completion of a Use of Force report. i. Arrestee/suspect information. ii. Incident number(s), date and time of incident, and reporting officer. iii. Description of actual resistance encountered. iv. All required fields completed in Use of Force report. v. The force used by the officer to overcome the resistance and the specific weapon or technique used. vi. A description of any alleged or actual injuries to either the officer or suspect. vii. Pictures taken of any injuries to either the officer or suspect.. viii. Exposure to Chemical Irritant / OC spray will additionally require the documentation of medical treatment being offered, supervisor notification, and decontamination procedures. ix. A Conducted Energy Device deployment will additionally require the documentation of medical treatment, if medical treatment is refused by the suspect, supervisor notification, and the number of cycles/applications used. b. When the only use of force is the application of handcuffs, double locked, no use of force report is necessary. The application of handcuffs, double locked will be documented on a written complaint or citation or in the body of an incident report. c. A supervisor of the reporting person shall review the report for adherence to Department policy and procedure and documenttheir conclusions. d. All reports concerning use of force shall be forwarded to the Sergeant of Planning/Research. e. The Captain of Field Operations and Chief of Police shall review all use of force reports where any participant is injured during the use of force and/or where a deadly force option has been utilized (excludes display of a weapon). 5. Executive Review. At a minimum, the Chief of Police and/or designee will conduct a documented analysis of all reports and incidents of force annually. An analysis of reports and incidents of force could reveal patterns or trends that indicate training needs, equipment upgrades and/or policy modifications. ' .,'r I - 0 6. Duty to Intervene and Report All employees are required to be familiar with and abide by GO 20- 01 titled Duty to Intervene and Report. E. INVESTIGATION OF USE OF FORCE RESULTING IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY 1. When any member of the police department is involved in an incident resulting in death or serious injury, a thorough and objective investigation of facts and circumstances will be initiated as soon as practical by the Chief of Police's designees and completed as soon as practical. 2. The Chief of Police or his/her designee shall decide whether the DCI and/or any other outside agency shall be called to assist in the investigation. 3. If an incident resulting in death or serious injury which involves a sworn Iowa City police officer occurs in another police jurisdiction, the officer shall cooperate with that jurisdiction, as set forth in Iowa City Police Department directives. 4. The on -duty watch commander/supervisor shall ensure that appropriate case reports are initiated and that potential evidence is preserved. 5. The officer(s) or employee involved in the death or serious injury shall be relieved of field duty without the loss of pay or benefits, pending the results of the departmental investigation. Other officers or employees involved in the incident also may be relieved of field duty without loss of pay or benefits at the discretion of the Chief of Police, while the investigation is pending: a. The officer or employee shall be available at all times for official interviews and statements regarding the case, and shall be subject to recall to duty at any time. The officer or employee must receive permission from the Chief of Police, or from their Division Commander, prior to leaving the area. If such permission is given, the officer or employee shall supply the phone number(s) of his/her location and duration of the absence. b. The officer or employee will not discuss the case with anyone except the prosecuting attorney and/or persons designated by the Chief of Police or their designee. This does not prohibit the officer or employee from discussions with his/her attorney. If the officer or employee may be the subject of internal review or criminal charges, his/her constitutional rights and administrative protections will be maintained. The officer or employee will attend post -traumatic stress counseling at the discretion of the Chief of Police. c. At the discretion of the Chief of Police, the officer or employee may be returned to duty upon departmental receipt of notification from the counselor or mental health professional indicating the officer's fitness for duty. 6. The investigation and administrative leave policy outlined herein is not intended to imply or indicate the officer or employee has acted improperly, but is designed to safeguard the officer or employee and the Department. 7. The Chief of Police may appoint one or more individuals to conduct a separate yet parallel (administrative) investigation into a use of force incident to ensure all personnel followed departmental policies and guidelines. VI. USE OF FORCE MODEL Police officers are given the unique right to use force, even deadly force, against others for legitimate law enforcement purposes. The right to use force carries with it an obligation to use that force in a responsible manner. Police agencies have an obligation to provide their employees with the policies, training, and tools necessary to accomplish their mission. Selection of a use of force response from the options articulated in this model will be based on: the skills, knowledge, and ability of the officer; the perceived threat and amount of resistance offered by a subject; and consideration of the situational framework. A defined Use of Force Model will enhance the department's ability to manage the use of force and will benefit the officer by providing guidance, resources, and options. A. ESCALATION OF FOR Officers of the Iowa City Police Department shall follow the principles of the Use of Force Model. The model describes an escalation of force, which is based on a reasonable officer's perception of threat or resistance. As a subject's resistance escalates, more force options become available to the officer. When resistance stops or reduces, the officer must correspondingly de-escalate. Officers of the Iowa City Police Department must generally employ the tools, tactics, and timing of force utilization consistent with the Model's proscription and training protocols. Due to the fact that officer/member of the public confrontations occur in environments that are potentially unpredictable, "tense, uncertain, and rapidly evolving" (Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989)) the officer may utilize tools, tactics, and timing outside the parameters of the Model. However, these applications of force must meet the same test of reasonableness as those which have been previously identified and approved by the Department. B. DE-ESCALATION OF FORCE De-escalation strategies shall be applied in an effort to reduce the need for application of force, when safe and feasible. De-escalation techniques are actions used by members of the department that seek to minimize the likelihood of the need to use force during an incident and increase the likelihood of gaining voluntary compliance from a subject. Note that these techniques should only be employed when it is safe to do so. When safe and feasible under the totality of circumstances, members of the department shall attempt to slow down or stabilize the situation so that more time, options and resources are available for incident resolution. When time and circumstances reasonably permit, members of the department shall consider whether a subject's lack of compliance is a deliberate attempt to resist or an inability to comply based on factors including, but not limited to: Medical conditions Mental impairment Developmental disability Physical limitation Language barrier Drug interaction Behavioral crisis An officer's awareness of these possibilities, when time and circumstances reasonably permit, shall then be balanced against the facts of the incident facing the officer when deciding which tactical options are the most appropriate to bring the situation to a safe resolution. Mitigating the immediacy of threat gives officers of the department time to utilize extra resources, and increases time available to call more officers or specialty units. The number of officers on scene may increase the available force options and may increase the ability to reduce the overall force used. Other examples include: Placing barriers between an uncooperative subject and an officer Containing a threat Moving from a position that exposes officers to potential threats to a safer position Decreasing the exposure to potential threat by using - Distance - Cover - Concealment Communicating from a safe position intended to gain the subject's compliance, using: - Verbal persuasion - Advisements - Warnings Avoiding physical confrontation, unless immediately necessary (for example, to protect someone, or stop dangerous behavior) Using verbal de-escalation techniques to generate cooperation and gain voluntary compliance. Calling extra resources to assist or officers to assist: - More officers - CIT officers - Officers equipped with less -lethal tools - Supervisors. * Using any other tactics and approaches that attempt to achieve gaining the compliance of the subject. D. Reasonable officer's perception/Reasonable officer's response (see attached matrix) VII. CIVILIAN OFFICERS (COMMUNITY SERVICE AND ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICERS) A. Community Service Officers assigned to the road and Animal Control Officers shall carry chemical irritants (OC) under this policy for the sole purpose of self-defense from persons or from animals. B. When dealing with upset persons, civilian officers must first attempt to deescalate the situation, if it is reasonable to do so, by backing away from the situation to a place of safety (vehicle or other barrier) and calling for a sworn officer to come to the scene. If after attempting to deescalate the situation, the civilian officer reasonably believes that they are going to be assaulted, the officer may deploy their chemical irritant in a manner consistent with training. C. When dealing with aggressive animals, civilian officers should try backing away from the situation to a place of safety (vehicle or other barrier) and call for a sworn officer to come to the scene to assist. If the civilian officer is unable to make it to a place of safety and they reasonably believe that they may be attacked, the officer may deploy their chemical irritant at the animal in a manner consistent with training. D. Civilian officers that deploy chemical agents at a person are subject to all reporting requirements set forth in this policy. Additionally, they are responsible to immediately contact the on duty Watch supervisor as well as summoning medical personnel to the scene for any injuries. E. Civilian officers that deploy chemical agents at an animal shall notify their supervisor to make them aware that a chemical agent was deployed as well as the circumstances involved. F. When dealing with persons, a civilian officer will be held to the "Reasonable officer's perception/Reasonable officer's response" standard. (see level four and five in the attached matrix) VIII. PREREQUISITES TO CARRYING LETHAL / LESS LETHAL WEAPONS All personnel authorized to carry weapons intended for use of force application must receive training on their use from the perspectives of practical application and organizational policy. Instruction should include confirmation of employee understanding of legal implications and requirements, weapon specific operating and care procedures, documentation and reporting procedures, and obligations following the use of force. IX. FBI NATIONAL USE of FORCE DATA COLLECTION The Department voluntarily participates in the FBI National Use of Force Data Collection. The sergeant of planning and research shall track the following use of force incidents: When a fatality to a person occurs connected to a use of force by an Iowa City police officer. When there is serious bodily injury to a person connected to a use of force by an Iowa City police officer. For this section the definition of serious bodily injury will be based, in part, upon Title 18, United States Code, Section 2246 (4). The term "serious bodily injury" means "bodily injury that involves a substantial risk of death, unconsciousness, protracted and obvious disfigurement, or protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily member, organ, or mental faculty." In the absence of either death or serious bodily injury, when a firearm is discharged by an Iowa City police officer at or in the direction of a person. When an incident meeting the above criteria is met the sergeant of planning and research shall report the following information to the FBI: Incident Information - Date and time of the incident - Total number of officers who applied actual force during the incident - Number of officers from the Iowa City Police Department who applied actual force during the incident - Location of the incident (address or latitude/longitude) - Location type of the incident (street, business, residence, restaurant, school, etc.) - Did the officer(s) approach the subject(s)? - Was it an ambush incident? - Was a supervisor or a senior officer acting in a supervisory capacity present or consulted at any point during the incident? What was the reason for initial contact between the subject and the officer (response to unlawful or suspicious activity, routine patrol, traffic stop, etc.)? If the initial contact was due to "unlawful or criminal activity," what were the most serious reported offenses committed by the subject prior to or at the time of the incident? - If applicable, the National Incident -Based Reporting System or local incident number of the report detailing criminal incident information on the subject and/or assault or homicide of a law enforcement officer - If the incident involved multiple law enforcement agencies, the case numbers for the local use -of -force reports at the other agencies Subject Information Age, sex, race, ethnicity, height, and weight Injury/death of subject(s) (gunshot wound, apparent broken bones, unconsciousness, etc.) Type(s) of force used connected to serious bodily injury or death (firearm, electronic control weapon, explosive device, blunt instrument, etc.) inc, - Did the subject(s) resist? - Was the threat by the subject(s) directed to the officer or to another party? - Type(s) of subject resistance/weapon involvement (threatened officer, threatened others, threatened self, active aggression, firearm, attemptto flee, etc.) Was there an apparent or known impairment in the physical condition of subject? If yes, indicate which (mental health/alcohol/drugs/unknown) - At any time during the incident, was the subject(s) armed or believed to be armed with a weapon? Officer Information Age, sex, race, ethnicity, height, and weight Years of service as a law enforcement officer (total tenure, number of years) - At the time of the incident, was the officer a full-time employee? - Was the officer readily identifiable? - Was the officer on duty at the time of the incident? - Did the officer discharge a firearm? - Was the officer injured? - What was the officer's injury type (gunshot wound, apparent broken bones, severe laceration, unconsciousness, etc.) X. CHOKE HOLDS, LATERAL NECK RESTRAINTS, and SIMILAR COMPLIANCE TECHNIQUES A. Choke holds, lateral neck restraints, and similar compliance techniques that are specifically designed or intended to restrict the ability to breathe or the flow of blood to the brain, or any intentional and prolonged application of force to the throat or windpipe of another that prevents or hinders breathing or reduces the intake of air, are prohibited except: 1. Where a person cannot be captured any other way; I• Z a. The person has used or threatened to use deadly force in committing a felony OR b. The officer reasonably believes the person would use deadly force against any person unless immediately apprehended; [Note: 1 and 2 are requirements that must be present before the exception on the use of chokeholds in Section 804.8 of the Iowa Code applies.] AND 3. It is the only reasonable means of protecting oneself or a third party. [Note: 3 is an additional City of Iowa City requirement that must be present before the exception applies.] B. If utilized, the technique must be immediately loosened or released if the individual on whom it is being applied becomes compliant. C. Any individual who has been subjected to a lateral choke hold, neck restraint, or similar compliance technique, regardless of whether he/she was rendered unconscious, shall be promptly examined by emergency medical services and shall be monitored until examined by medical personnel. D. The officer shall inform any person receiving custody, or any person placed in a position of providing care, that the individual has been subjected to a choke hold, lateral neck restraint, or similar compliance technique and whether the individual lost consciousness as a result. E. Any officer applying a choke hold, lateral neck restraint, or similar compliance technique shall promptly notify a supervisor of the use or attempted use of such hold. A use of force report shall be completed. XII. ANNUAL IN-SERVICE TRAINING On an annual basis all officers will receive in-service training on this policy. The training shall include a review of the definitions of conditional terms, such as those for reasonable belief, serious physical injury, or similar terms used to qualify the policy. Dustin Liston, Chief of Police WARNING This directive is for departmental use only and does not apply in any criminal or civil proceeding. The department policy should not be construed as a creation of higher legal standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense with respect to third -party claims. Violations of this directive will only form the basis for departmental administrative sanctions. 0PS-03.20 LEVEL ONE Perception — Subject is compliant Response — Cooperative controls (includes: mental preparation, spatial positioning, communications skills, handcuffing positions and techniques, searching techniques, arrest and transport controls) USE OF FORCE MODEL - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE > PERCEPTION SKILLS MENTAL PREPARATION > RISK ASSESSMENT > SURVIVAL ORIENTATION > OFFICER STANCE SPATIAL POSITIONING > BODY LANGUAGE > RELATIVE POSITIONING VERBAL - VERBAL COMMANDS/DIRECTIVES COMMUNICATION SKILLS ' - VERBAL DE-ESCALATION TECHNIQUES > NON-VERBAL > WALL > STANDING> HANDCUFFING POSITIONS PRONE > KNEELING HANDCUFFING TECHNIQUE > CONTROLLED > WALL > STANDING> SEARCHING TECHNIQUES PRONE > KNEELING > OPPOSITE SEX SPECIALIZED TECHNIQUES > FRISK > STRIP > SINGLE OFFICER> ARREST TECHNIQUES MULTIPLE OFFICERS > SINGLE OFFICER ESCORT CONTROLS > MULTIPLE OFFICERS > SINGLE OFFICER TRANSPORT CONTROLS > MULTIPLE OFFICERS LEVEL TWO Perception — Subject is passively resistant Response — Contact controls (includes: contact controls, conflict management techniques, and mass formation arrest techniques including: multiple officer lifts, stretchers, wheelchairs etc.) 1ZE677 a COMMUNICATION SKILLS CONTACT CONTROLS ARREST TECHNIQUES L —FUNCTIONAL P CONT L > VERBAL - VERBAL DIRECTIVES - VERBAL DE-ESCALATION TECHNIQUES > NON-VERBAL > ARM > WRIST > HAND > ESCORT TECHNIQUES > TRANSPORT TECHNIQUES > MASS FORMATION OPS-03.22 LEVEL THREE Perception — Subject is actively resistant Response — Compliance techniques (includes: neuromuscular controls, joint manipulation, nerve compression, chemical irritants, e.g. OC spray, controlled stopping devices for fleeing vehicle incidents) COMPLIANCE TECHNIQUES COMPLIANCE CONTROLS NERVE COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES, NEURO-MUSCULAR CONTROLS CONTROL TACTICS BICYCLE VEHICLE PURSUIT TACTICS ODEL - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE E TECHN includes all options from lower Levels > NERVE COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES > CHEMICAL IRRITANTS, CROWD CONTROL CHEMICAL MUNITIONS > CONTROL TACTICS > HEAD > ARM > LEG > WRIST ROTATION > ELBOW LEVERAGE > TAKE DOWN TECHNIQUES > COMMUNICATIONS/ASSESSMENT SKILLS > PACING/TRAILING TECHNIQUES 0 F1 � - 03. 2 3 LEVEL FOUR Perception — Subject is physically assaultive and may cause bodily injury Response — Defensive tactics (includes: personal weapon defense, e.g. hands, knees, feet, active countermeasures, etc.; impact weapons, e.g. ASP, weapon retention techniques, conducted energy devices) OF FORCE MODEL — FUNCTIONAL P Harm): LEVEL 4 des PERSONAL WEAPON DEFENSES IMPACT WEAPONS (ASP) LESS LETHAL WEAPONS WEAPON RETENTION TECHNIQUES (Less Lethal) OTHER WEAPONS CANINE" ED • HEAD • HANDS • ELBOWS • FEET • KNEES > STRIKES • IMPACT PROJECTILES • CANINE OPERATIONS • CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES • OTHER OPTIONS • FRONT • REAR • SIDE > CONTROL /APPREHENSION TECHNIQUES *Deployment of canine for apprehension/protection shall be preceded by actions of suspect which are consistent with Level 4 (Assaultive — Potential Bodily Harm) behavior, The exception to this is the deployment of canine for building searches or related circumstances, where the suspect actions are not known. In this circumstance procedures spelled out in the "Canine Operations" General Order (99-04) shall be followed. LEVEL FIVE Perception - Subject is assaultive and likely to cause SERIOUS bodily injury or death Response- Deadly force (includes: weapon/weapons attack defense, lethal force utilization with service/supplemental weapons, forcible stopping techniques for assault with vehicle incidents) USE OF FORCE MODEL - ASSAULTIVE (Serious Bodily Harm/Death): LEVEL 5 udes all ATTACK DEFENSE LETHAL FORCE UTILIZATION OTHER OPTIONS: FORCIBLE STOPPING TECHNIQUES ONAL PROFILE DEADLY FORCE ons from lower > WEAPON > WEAPONLESS > WEAPON RETENTION TECHNIQUES > SERVICE WEAPON > SUPPLEMENTAL WEAPON > OTHER OPTIONS > CONTACT > ROADBLOCK 0 F) (" (" I , - ,, �), � J t) ginal Date of Issue rill 28. 2001 Effective Date of Reissue February 3, 2022 Reevaluation Date February 2023 ME General Order Number 99-05 Section Code OPS-03 Amends C.A.L. E.A. Reference 1.3.1— 1.3.8,1.3.13 (see "INDEX AS") INDEX AS: • Use of Force • Reporting • Significant Force • Investigation • Use of Force Model • Canine • Arrests • Warning Shots �.�F1`, 0 ,.1 I. PURPOSE The purpose of this policy is to provide members of the Iowa City Police Department with guidelines on the use of deadly and non -deadly force. II. POLICY The Iowa City Police Department recognizes and respects the value and special integrity of each human life. In investing officers with the lawful authority to use force to protect the public welfare, a careful balancing of all human interests is required. Therefore, it is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department that police officers shall use only that force that is reasonable and necessary to accomplish lawful objectives and effectively bring an incident under control, while protecting the lives of the officers and others. III. DEFINITIONS �Jl "'D J.f A. DeadlyFe (Section 704.2, Code of Iowa) — For the purpose of this policy, shall mean any of the following: Force used for the purpose of causing serious injury. 2. Force which the actor knows, or reasonably should know, will create a strong probability that serious injury will result. 3. The discharge of a firearm, in the direction of some person with the knowledge of the person's presence there, even though no intent to inflict serious physical injury can be shown. 4. The discharge of a firearm, at a vehicle in which a person is known to be. B. Serious Iniur (Section 702.18 Code of Iowa) — Means 1. disabling mental illness; or 2. bodily injury which creates a substantial risk of death or which causes serious permanent disfigurement, or protracted loss or impairment of the function of any bodily member or organ. C, Use of Force — Any contact applied by an officer that significantly restricts or alters the actions of another and/or compels compliance with the demands or instructions of the officer. This includes the use of restraint devices such as handcuffs. D. Verbal Commands/Directives — Verbal communication by an officer directing someone to perform or not to perform an act: e.g. "Stop", "Don't move", "Put your hands up", or "Get on the ground". E„ De-escalation - Taking action to stabilize a situation and reduce the immediacy of a threat so that more time, options, and resources are available to resolve the situation. The goal of de-escalation is to gain the voluntary compliance of subjects, when feasible, and thereby reduce or eliminate the necessity to use physical force. F. De-escalation Techniques - Actions used by members of the department, that seek to minimize the likelihood of the need to use force during an incident and increase the likelihood of gaining voluntary compliance from a subject. Note that these techniques should only be employed when it is safe to do so. IV. THE REASONABLENESS OF THE USE OF FORCE The use of force is analyzed under the Fourth Amendment. "The right to be free from excessive force is included under the Fourth Amendment's prohibition against unreasonable seizure of the person." Andrews v. Fuoss, 417 F.3d 813, 818 (8th Cir. 2005). On the other hand, "the right to make an arrest or investigatory stop necessarily carries with it the right to use some degree of physical coercion or threat thereof to effect it." Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989). 1. "The 'Reasonableness' of a particular use of force must be judged from the perspective of a reasonable officer on the scene rather than with the 20/20 vision of hindsight." Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989). 2. "Reasonableness" also takes into account that police officers make judgments in a split second under circumstances that are "tense, uncertain, and rapidly evolving - about the amount of force that is necessary in a particular situation." Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989). 3. Reasonableness is "not capable of precise definition or mechanical application." Bell v. Wolfish, 441 U.S. 520, 559 (1979). Reasonableness is determined by the totality of circumstances, which include the "severity of the crime at issue, whether the suspect poses an immediate threat to the safety of the officers or others, and whether he is actively resisting arrest or attempting to evade arrest by flight." Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989). The Code of • of force in making an arrest and preventing a, escape. 1. Section 804.8 Use of force by peace officer making an arrest. A peace officer, while making a lawful arrest, is justified in the use of any force which the peace officer reasonably believes to be necessary to effect the arrest or to defend any person from bodily harm while making the arrest. However, the use of deadly force or a chokehold [chokehold is specifically defined in the state code]is only justified when a person cannot be captured any other way and either. a. The person has used or threatened to use deadly force in committing a felony, or b. The peace officer reasonably believes the person would use deadly force against any person unless immediately apprehended. A peace officer making an arrest pursuant to an invalid warrant is justified in the use of any force which the peace officer would be justified in using if the warrant were valid, unless the peace officer knows that the warrant is invalid. [Note: The use of a chokeholds and other lateral restraints is further limited by this policy. See Section X below.] 2, Section 804.13 Use of force in preventinq an escape. () PS S 0 34. A peace officer or other person who has an arrested person in custody is justified in the use of such force to prevent the escape of the arrested person from custody as the officer or other person would be justified in using if the officer or other person were arresting such person. V. PROCEDURES A. DEADLY FORCE 1. Purpose of statement a. To delineate the Department's policy regarding the use of deadly force. b. To establish policies under which the use of deadly force is permissible. 2. Policy a. Officers of the Iowa City Police Department may use deadly force to stop or incapacitate an assailant to prevent serious bodily injury or death. For this purpose and to minimize danger to innocent bystanders, the officer should shoot at the center body mass, whenever possible. b. An officer may use deadly force to protect him/her or others from what he/she reasonably believes to be an imminent threat of death or serious injury. c. An officer may use deadly force to effect the capture or prevent escape if: i. The person used or threatened to use deadly force in committing a felony, and ii. The peace officer reasonably believes the person would use deadly force against a person unless immediately apprehended. d. Provided the criteria for paragraph 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c) have been satisfied, no distinction shall be made relative to the age of the intended target. e. Warning shots by officers of the Iowa City Police Department are prohibited. f. A verbal warning shall be utilized prior to an officer discharging a weapon unless it would compromise the safety of the officer or others. C :.S ) ' ; ;; g. Shooting at or from a moving vehicle is prohibited, except under the following circumstances: When the occupant of the vehicle is utilizing deadly force against the police officer or other persons. As a last resort to prevent death or serious injury to officers or other persons. As a last resort to apprehend a person who has just committed a felony resulting in death or serious injury. iv. The discharge of firearms shall not be utilized when circumstances do not provide a high probability of striking an intended target or when there is substantial risk to the safety of other persons, including the risk of causing vehicle accidents. 3. Rendering medical aid following police actions a. Officers shall render immediate and appropriate medical aid in incidents that involve injuries sustained during detainments or apprehension b. Officers shall immediately activate the emergency medical system when: Obvious severe injuries have occurred, ii. Medical distress is apparent, or the individual is unconscious, iii. Requested by the subject(s) involved, iv. The extent of an injury is unknown or not visible, or V. The nature or extent of the injury dictates. b. Officers shall err on the side of caution, requesting emergency medical system to respond to the scene if in doubt about the existence or extent of an injury. 4. Surrender of firearm. When officers discharge a firearm that results in personal injury or death to any person, the officer or employee shall surrender that firearm to his/her supervisor or a higher authority consistent with departmental directives. Firearms involved in police shooting incidents shall not be unloaded, cleaned, nor in any way altered from the condition immediately following discharge other than to make the weapon safe for transport. a. When more than one officer or weapon has been involved in a shooting situation resulting in any injury or death, the involved weapons must be surrendered to the commanding officer in accordance with departmental directives. b. The commanding officer receiving such firearm or firearms shall immediately secure and document the same as evidence. B. LESS LETHAL FORCE Where deadly force is not authorized under this policy, officers should assess the incident in order to determine which less lethal technique will best de-escalate the incident and bring it under control in a safe manner. Officers shall use no more force than is reasonably necessary to gain control of an individual or situation. Officers are authorized to use force consistent with the Use of Force model. 2. An officer shall use no more force than that officer reasonably feels is necessary in the performance of their official duties. Use of force by an officer is justified in, but not limited to, the following situations: a. To protect the officer or others from physical harm. b. To control an arrestee or a potentially violent person. c. To restrain or subdue a resistant individual. Approved restraint devices are handcuffs (hinged and chain style), flex -cuffs and nylon leg restraints. d. To bring an unlawful situation safely and effectively under control. 3. Officers shall offer medical treatment to any non -combative person who has been exposed to a chemical irritant / OC spray. Officers shall decontaminate a person exposed to a chemical irritant and continue to Monitor the condition of that person until they are no longer in the custody of the officer. C. NOTIFICATIONS Any officer who discharges a firearm in the course of their duty, shall immediately contact his/her supervisor. (This does not apply to animal euthanasia where supervisory permission to discharge the weapon must be sought prior to the destruction of the animal (see section B in "REPORTING USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS") or training situations) If this is not practical, the officer shall contact the on -duty patrol supervisor. The notified supervisor shall then contact the following individuals: ( )1)t" t),.0 a. The involved officer's Division Commander. i. It shall be the Division Commander's responsibility to notifythe Chief of Police. ii. If the Division Commander cannot be notified, a watch supervisor shall notify the Chief of Police. b. The County Attorney of the county in which the incident occurred. c. The City Attorney. d. The City Manager. e. The Criminal Investigation Commander or his/her designee. f. Other as Required by the Mandatory Call Matrix 2. The on -duty watch supervisor shall be immediately notified or summoned to the scene of any incident where use of force results in a physical injury. 3. The on -duty watch supervisor shall be immediately notified when a chemical irritant / OC spray is utilized. 4. The on -duty watch supervisor shall be immediately notified when a conducted energy device is discharged. 5. Any member, on or off duty, while taking law enforcement action, who uses a level of force that by this or other policies requires the completion of the department's use of force report, shall notify the on duty supervisor as soon as practical following the incident and take whatever action such supervisor requires. D. REPORTING USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS 1. Discharge of Firearms — report required. Any officer who discharges a firearm for any reason or purpose other than those exceptions listed in this section, shall make a written report to his/her immediate supervisor as soon as circumstances permit. This written report will then be forwarded through the chain of command to the Chief of Police for review. Exceptions to the requirement of a written report apply to the following circumstances in which no accident or injury results: a. The discharge of firearms on firearm ranges or in an area for firearms practice. b. Sporting events to include lawful hunting and organized shooting matches. 2. When, in accordance with applicable law, it becomes necessary for an officer to discharge a firearm to destroy an animal which presents a danger or is seriously injured or ill, the officer will, prior to discharging the firearm, request permission to do so from the on -duty supervisor. If such action must be immediately taken in order to protect the officer's or another person's safety, the officer need not delay action in order to request this permission. In this circumstance, however, the Watch Supervisor must be notified immediately after the firearm is used. A Use of Force report is required. 3. Administrative Review Committee. a. Use of force incidents shall be reviewed by a committee consisting of a minimum of three sworn personnel. i. The committee should consist of two supervisors as designated by the Chief of Police and one officer -preferably a use of force instructor. To provide differing perspectives, the Chief of Police may appoint multiple committees that alternate review responsibilities. ii. This group should, at a minimum, meet every month to review the Use of Force Reports from the previous month. ii. The purpose of this committee shall be to review all facts and reports concerning use of force incidents to determine whether policy, training, equipment, or disciplinary issues should be addressed. This committee will make recommendations on these matters to the Chief of Police. b. All non-use of force firearms discharges (e.g. accidental/negligent discharge), with the exception of the destruction of animals which are reviewed by the Use of Force Committee, shall be reviewed in a manner consistent with General Order 99-06: Internal Affairs Investigations as assigned by a Division Commander. i. At a minimum, this will consist of a Report of Inquiry and supervisory review. ii. The Division Commander and the Training and Accreditation Sergeant will review the investigation and findings to identify any training recommendations which are necessary, and/or any need for policy changes. Recommendations on these matters will be forwarded to the Chief of Police. 4. Use of Force Rego . a. A Use of Force Report with a written narrative regarding any use of force incident will be submitted in addition to any incident report for the following: contact controls that involve the use of bare hands to guide, hold, or restrain an actively resisting person - nerve compression techniques - escort techniques for actively resisting persons - compliance controls neuro-muscular controls take down techniques - personal defense using foot, hand, knee, elbow or other part of body - vehicle pursuit tactics deployment of stop sticks - exposure to chemical irritants use or targeting of a conducted energy device - use of an impact weapon use of kinetic energy impact projectiles - display or use of less lethal munitions - use of a distraction device display or use of a canine unless involved in an exploratory sniffing incident or search of an unoccupied building - firearm display or use use of any object not originally intended to be used as a means for self-defense - In a dynamic environment, any object can be used by an officer as an impact weapon, or even a deadly weapon if its use is objectively reasonable for the situation. In those cases where an object not specifically covered by this policy is used in this manner, whether the officer is on duty or off duty and is taking enforcement action, shall require notification of a supervisor as soon as practical and shall require the completion of a Use of Force report. Use of Force Reports are not required for: - physically escorting a passively resisting person - transport activities - presence of officers - the issuance of verbal directives when no contact is applied display of a firearm where no persons were present, .e.g., building searches. - when the only use of force is the application of handcuffs, double locked -(see section b below for required documentation on this) The report(s) shall contain the following information: i. Arrestee/suspect information. ii. Incident number(s), date and time of incident, and reporting officer. iii. Description of actual resistance encountered. iv. All required fields completed in Use of Force report. v. The force used by the officer to overcome the resistance and the specific weapon or technique used. vi. A description of any alleged or actual injuries to either the officer or suspect. vii. Pictures taken of any injuries to either the officer or suspect viii. Exposure to Chemical Irritant / OC spray will additionally require the documentation of medical treatment being offered, supervisor notification, and decontamination procedures. a. A Conducted Energy Device deployment will additionally require the documentation of medical treatment, if medical treatment is refused by the suspect, supervisor notification, and the number of cycles/applications used. b. When the only use of force is the application of handcuffs, double locked, no use of force report is necessary. The application of handcuffs, double locked will be documented on a written complaint or citation or in the body of an incident report. c. A supervisor of the reporting person shall review the report for adherence to Department policy and procedure and documenttheir conclusions. d. All reports concerning use of force shall be forwarded to the Sergeant of Planning/Research. e. The Captain of Field Operations and Chief of Police shall review all use of force reports where any participant is injured during the use of force and/or where a deadly force option has been utilized (excludes display of a weapon). 5. Executive Review. At a minimum, the Chief of Police and/or designee will conduct a documented analysis of all reports and incidents of force annually. An analysis of reports and incidents of force could reveal patterns or trends that indicate training needs, equipment upgrades and/or policy modifications. 0FIDI: 11 ():'',11 6. Duty to Intervene and Report All employees are required to be familiar with and abide by GO 20- 01 titled Duty to Intervene and Report. E. INVESTIGATION OF USE OF FORCE RESULTING IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY 1. When any member of the police department is involved in an incident resulting in death or serious injury, a thorough and objective investigation of facts and circumstances will be initiated as soon as practical by the Chief of Police's designees and completed as soon as practical. 2. The Chief of Police or his/her designee shall decide whether the DCI and/or any other outside agency shall be called to assist in the investigation. 3. If an incident resulting in death or serious injury which involves a sworn Iowa City police officer occurs in another police jurisdiction, the officer shall cooperate with that jurisdiction, as set forth in Iowa City Police Department directives. 4. The on -duty watch commander/supervisor shall ensure that appropriate case reports are initiated and that potential evidence is preserved. 5. The officer(s) or employee involved in the death or serious injury shall be relieved of field duty without the loss of pay or benefits, pending the results of the departmental investigation. Other officers or employees involved in the incident also may be relieved of field duty without loss of pay or benefits at the discretion of the Chief of Police, while the investigation is pending: a. The officer or employee shall be available at all times for official interviews and statements regarding the case, and shall be subject to recall to duty at any time. The officer or employee must receive permission from the Chief of Police, or from their Division Commander, prior to leaving the area. If such permission is given, the officer or employee shall supply the phone number(s) of his/her location and duration of the absence. b. The officer or employee will not discuss the case with anyone except the prosecuting attorney and/or persons designated by the Chief of Police or their designee. This does not prohibit the officer or employee from discussions with his/her attorney. If the officer or employee may be the subject of internal review or criminal charges, his/her constitutional rights and administrative protections will be maintained. The officer or employee will attend post -traumatic stress counseling at the discretion of the Chief of Police. P� 1:f'. c. At the discretion of the Chief of Police, the officer or employee may be returned to duty upon departmental receipt of notification from the counselor or mental health professional indicating the officer's fitness for duty. 6. The investigation and administrative leave policy outlined herein is not intended to imply or indicate the officer or employee has acted improperly, but is designed to safeguard the officer or employee and the Department. 7. The Chief of Police may appoint one or more individuals to conduct a separate yet parallel (administrative) investigation into a use of force incident to ensure all personnel followed departmental policies and guidelines. VI. USE OF FORCE MODEL Police officers are given the unique right to use force, even deadly force, against others for legitimate law enforcement purposes. The right to use force carries with it an obligation to use that force in a responsible manner. Police agencies have an obligation to provide their employees with the policies, training, and tools necessary to accomplish their mission. Selection of a use of force response from the options articulated in this model will be based on: the skills, knowledge, and ability of the officer; the perceived threat and amount of resistance offered by a subject; and consideration of the situational framework. A defined Use of Force Model will enhance the department's ability to manage the use of force and will benefit the officer by providing guidance, resources, and options. A. ESCALATION OF FORCE Officers of the Iowa City Police Department shall follow the principles of the Use of Force Model. The model describes an escalation of force, which is based on a reasonable officer's perception of threat or resistance. As a subject's resistance escalates, more force options become available to the officer. When resistance stops or reduces, the officer must correspondingly de-escalate. Officers of the Iowa City Police Department must generally employ the tools, tactics, and timing of force utilization consistent with the Model's proscription and training protocols. Due to the fact that officer/member of the public confrontations occur in environments that are potentially unpredictable, "tense, uncertain, and rapidly evolving" (Graham v. Connor, 109 S.Ct. 1865, 1872 (1989)) the officer may utilize tools, tactics, and timing outside the parameters of the Model. However, these applications of force must meet the same test of reasonableness as those which have been previously identified and approved by the Department. B. DE-ESCALATION OF FORCE De-escalation strategies shall be applied in an effort to reduce the need for application of force, when safe and feasible. De-escalation techniques are actions used by members of the department that seek to minimize the likelihood of the need to use force during an incident and increase the likelihood of gaining voluntary compliance from a subject. Note that these techniques should only be employed when it is safe to do so. When safe and feasible under the totality of circumstances, members of the department shall attempt to slow down or stabilize the situation so that more time, options and resources are available for incident resolution. When time and circumstances reasonably permit, members of the department shall consider whether a subject's lack of compliance is a deliberate attempt to resist or an inability to comply based on factors including, but not limited to: Medical conditions Mental impairment Developmental disability Physical limitation Language barrier Drug interaction Behavioral crisis An officer's awareness of these possibilities, when time and circumstances reasonably permit, shall then be balanced against the facts of the incident facing the officer when deciding which tactical options are the most appropriate to bring the situation to a safe resolution. Mitigating the immediacy of threat gives officers of the department time to utilize extra resources, and increases time available to call more officers or specialty units. The number of officers on scene may increase the available force options and may increase the ability to reduce the overall force used. Other examples include: Placing barriers between an uncooperative subject and an officer Containing a threat Moving from a position that exposes officers to potential threats to a safer position l i")0` I4 Decreasing the exposure to potential threat by using - Distance - Cover - Concealment Communicating from a safe position intended to gain the subject's compliance, using: - Verbal persuasion - Advisements - Warnings Avoiding physical confrontation, unless immediately necessary (for example, to protect someone, or stop dangerous behavior) Using verbal de-escalation techniques to generate cooperation and gain voluntary compliance. Calling extra resources to assist or officers to assist: - More officers - CIT officers - Officers equipped with less -lethal tools - Supervisors. * Using any other tactics and approaches that attempt to achieve gaining the compliance of the subject. D, Reasonable officer's perception/Reasonable officer's response (see attached matrix) VII. CIVILIAN OFFICERS (COMMUNITY SERVICE AND ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICERS) A. Community Service Officers assigned to the road and Animal Control Officers shall carry chemical irritants (OC) under this policy for the sole purpose of self-defense from persons or from animals. B. When dealing with upset persons, civilian officers must first attempt to deescalate the situation, if it is reasonable to do so, by backing away from the situation to a place of safety (vehicle or other barrier) and calling for a sworn officer to come to the scene. If after attempting to deescalate the situation, the civilian officer reasonably believes that they are going to be assaulted, the officer may deploy their chemical irritant in a manner consistent with training. C. When dealing with aggressive animals, civilian officers should try backing away from the situation to a place of safety (vehicle or other barrier) and call for a sworn officer to come to the scene to assist. If the civilian officer is unable to make it to a place of safety and they reasonably believe that they may be attacked, the officer may deploy their chemical irritant at the animal in a manner consistent with training. D. Civilian officers that deploy chemical agents at a person are subject to all reporting requirements set forth in this policy. Additionally, they are responsible to immediately contact the on duty Watch supervisor as well as summoning medical personnel to the scene for any injuries. E. Civilian officers that deploy chemical agents at an animal shall notify their supervisor to make them aware that a chemical agent was deployed as well as the circumstances involved. F. When dealing with persons, a civilian officer will be held to the "Reasonable officer's perception/Reasonable officer's response" standard. (see level four and five in the attached matrix) VIII. PREREQUISITES TO CARRYING LETHAL / LESS LETHAL WEAPONS All personnel authorized to carry weapons intended for use of force application must receive training on their use from the perspectives of practical application and organizational policy. Instruction should include confirmation of employee understanding of legal implications and requirements, weapon specific operating and care procedures, documentation and reporting procedures, and obligations following the use of force. IX. FBI NATIONAL USE of FORCE DATA COLLECTION The Department voluntarily participates in the FBI National Use of Force Data Collection. The sergeant of planning and research shall track the following use of force incidents: When a fatality to a person occurs connected to a use of force by an Iowa City police officer. When there is serious bodily injury to a person connected to a use of force by an Iowa City police officer. For this section the definition of serious bodily injury will be based, in part, upon Title 18, United States Code, Section 2246 (4). The term "serious bodily injury" means "bodily injury that involves a substantial risk of death, unconsciousness, protracted and obvious disfigurement, or protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily member, organ, or mental faculty." In the absence of either death or serious bodily injury, when a firearm is discharged by an Iowa City police officer at or in the direction of a person. When an incident meeting the above criteria is met the sergeant of planning and research shall report the following information to the FBI: Incident Information Date and time of the incident - Total number of officers who applied actual force during the incident - Number of officers from the Iowa City Police Department who applied actual force during the incident - Location of the incident (address or latitude/longitude) - Location type of the incident (street, business, residence, restaurant, school, etc.) - Did the officer(s) approach the subject(s)? - Was it an ambush incident? - Was a supervisor or a senior officer acting in a supervisory capacity present or consulted at any point during the incident? - What was the reason for initial contact between the subject and the officer (response to unlawful or suspicious activity, routine patrol, traffic stop, etc.)? - If the initial contact was due to "unlawful or criminal activity," what were the most serious reported offenses committed by the subject prior to or at the time of the incident? - If applicable, the National Incident -Based Reporting System or local incident number of the report detailing criminal incident information on the subject and/or assault or homicide of a law enforcement officer - If the incident involved multiple law enforcement agencies, the case numbers for the local use -of -force reports at the other agencies Subject Information Age, sex, race, ethnicity, height, and weight Injury/death of subject(s) (gunshot wound, apparent broken bones, unconsciousness, etc.) Type(s) of force used connected to serious bodily injury or death (firearm, electronic control weapon, explosive device, blunt instrument, etc.) - Did the subject(s) resist? - Was the threat by the subject(s) directed to the officer or to another party? - Type(s) of subject resistance/weapon involvement (threatened officer, threatened others, threatened self, active aggression, firearm, attemptto flee, etc.) Was there an apparent or known impairment in the physical condition of subject? If yes, indicate which (mental health/alcohol/drugs/unknown) - At any time during the incident, was the subject(s) armed or believed to be armed with a weapon? Officer Information - Age, sex, race, ethnicity, height, and weight Years of service as a law enforcement officer (total tenure, number of years) - At the time of the incident, was the officer a full-time employee? - Was the officer readily identifiable? - Was the officer on duty at the time of the incident? Did the officer discharge a firearm? - Was the officer injured? - What was the officer's injury type (gunshot wound, apparent broken bones, severe laceration, unconsciousness, etc.) X. CHOKE HOLDS, LATERAL NECK RESTRAINTS, and SIMILAR COMPLIANCE TECHNIQUES A. Choke holds, lateral neck restraints, and similar compliance techniques that are specifically designed or intended to restrict the ability to breathe or the flow of blood to the brain, or any intentional and prolonged application of force to the throat or windpipe of another that prevents or hinders breathing or reduces the intake of air, are prohibited except: 1. Where a person cannot be captured any other way; AND 2. a. The person has used or threatened to use deadly force in committing a felony OR b. The officer reasonably believes the person would use deadly force against any person unless immediately apprehended; [Note: 1 and 2 are requirements that must be present before the exception on the use of chokeholds in Section 804.8 of the Iowa Code applies.] AND 3. It is the only reasonable means of protecting oneself or a third party. [Note: 3 is an additional City of Iowa City requirement that must be present before the exception applies.] B. If utilized, the technique must be immediately loosened or released if the individual on whom it is being applied becomes compliant. C. Any individual who has been subjected to a lateral choke hold, neck restraint, or similar compliance technique, regardless of whether he/ she was rendered unconscious, shall be promptly examined by emergency medical services and shall be monitored until examined by medical personnel. D. The officer shall inform any person receiving custody, or any person placed in a position of providing care, that the individual has been subjected to a choke hold, lateral neck restraint, or similar compliance technique and whether the individual lost consciousness as a result. E. Any officer applying a choke hold, lateral neck restraint, or similar compliance technique shall promptly notify a supervisor of the use or attempted use of such hold. A use of force report shall be completed. XII. ANNUAL IN-SERVICE TRAINING On an annual basis all officers will receive in-service training on this policy. The training shall include a review of the definitions of conditional terms, such as those for reasonable belief, serious physical injury, or similar terms used to qualify the policy. Dustin Liston, Chief of Police WARNING This directive is for departmental use only and does not apply in any criminal or civil proceeding. The department policy should not be construed as a creation of higher legal standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense with respect to third -party claims. Violations of this directive will only form the basis for departmental administrative sanctions. LEVEL ONE Perception — Subject is compliant Response — Cooperative controls (includes: mental preparation, spatial positioning, communications skills, handcuffing positions and techniques, searching techniques, arrest and transport controls) USE OF FORCE MODEL - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE > PERCEPTION SKILLS MENTAL PREPARATION > RISK ASSESSMENT > SURVIVAL ORIENTATION > OFFICER STANCE SPATIAL POSITIONING > BODY LANGUAGE > RELATIVE POSITIONING VERBAL - VERBAL COMMANDS/DIRECTIVES COMMUNICATION SKILLS > - VERBAL DE-ESCALATION TECHNIQUES > NON-VERBAL > WALL > STANDING> HANDCUFFING POSITIONS PRONE > KNEELING HANDCUFFING TECHNIQUE > CONTROLLED > WALL > STANDING> SEARCHING TECHNIQUES PRONE > KNEELING > OPPOSITE SEX SPECIALIZED TECHNIQUES > FRISK > STRIP > SINGLE OFFICER> ARREST TECHNIQUES MULTIPLE OFFICERS > SINGLE OFFICER ESCORT CONTROLS > MULTIPLE OFFICERS > SINGLE OFFICER TRANSPORT CONTROLS > MULTIPLE OFFICERS ORS-03.21 LEVEL TWO Perception — Subject is passively resistant Response — Contact controls (includes: contact controls, conflict management techniques, and mass formation arrest techniques including: multiple officer lifts, stretchers, wheelchairs etc.) USE OF FORCE M Passive): LEVEL 2 also i COMMUNICATION SKILLS CONTACT CONTROLS ARREST TECHNIQUES AL PROFILE a > VERBAL - VERBAL DIRECTIVES - VERBAL DE-ESCALATION TECHNIQUES > NON-VERBAL > ARM > WRIST > HAND > ESCORT TECHNIQUES > TRANSPORT TECHNIQUES > MASS FORMATION OPS-03.22 LEVEL THREE Perception — Subject is actively resistant Response — Compliance techniques (includes: neuromuscular controls, joint manipulation, nerve compression, chemical irritants, e.g. OC spray, controlled stopping devices for fleeing vehicle incidents) COMPLIANCE TECHNIQUES E COMPLIANCE CONTROLS - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE also includes a NERVE COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES: NEURO-MUSCULAR CONTROLS CONTROL TACTICS BICYCLE VEHICLE PURSUIT TACTICS lower Levels > NERVE COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES > CHEMICAL IRRITANTS, CROWD CONTROL CHEMICAL MUNITIONS > CONTROL TACTICS > HEAD > ARM > LEG > WRIST ROTATION > ELBOW LEVERAGE > TAKE DOWN TECHNIQUES > COMMUNICATIONS/ASSESSMENT SKILLS > PACING/TRAILING TECHNIQUES {}P�'DZ23 LEVEL FOUR Perception — Subject is physically assaultive and may cause bodily injury Response — Defensive toCboa (includes: personal weapon defenSe, e.g. handa, knees, feet, active countermeasures, etc.; impact weapons, e.g. ASP, weapon retention techniques, conducted energy devices) USE OF FORCE MODEL _FUN rm:LEVEL 4 also includes all o PERSONAL WEAPON DEFENSES IMPACT WEAPONS (ASP) LESS LETHAL WEAPONS WEAPON RETENTION TECHNIQUES (Less Lethal) OTHER WEAPONS CANINE* INAL PROFILE DEFENSIVE TACTICS from lower Levels) > HEAD ~ HANDS > ELBOWS > FEET > KNEES > STRIKES p IMPACT PROJECTILES » CANINE OPERATIONS » CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES > OTHER OPTIONS >FRONT > REAR > SIDE > CONTROL /APPREHENS|ON TECHNIQUES "Deployment of canine for apprehension/protection shall be preceded by actions of suspect which are consistent with Level 4 (Assaultive — Potential Bodily Harm) behavior, The exception to this is the deployment of canine for building searches or related circumstances, where the suspect actions are not known. In this circumstance procedures spelled out in the "Canine Operations" General Order (99-04) shall be 0i,j-0.24 LEVEL FIVE Perception - Subject is assaultive and likely to cause SERIOUS bodily injury or death Response- Deadly force (includes: weapon/weapons attack defense, lethal force utilization with service/supplemental weapons, forcible stopping techniques for assault with vehicle incidents) USE OF FORCE MODEL - FUNCTIONAL PROFILE ASSAULTIVE (Serious Bodily Harm/Death): DEADLY FORCE LEVEL 5 also includes all ATTACK DEFENSE LETHAL FORCE UTILIZATION OTHER OPTIONS: FORCIBLE STOPPING TECHNIQUES m > WEAPON > WEAPONLESS > WEAPON RETENTION TECHNIQUES > SERVICE WEAPON > SUPPLEMENTAL WEAPON > OTHER OPTIONS > CONTACT > ROADBLOCK 3'� 2 REDLINE VERSION Green highlights are additions Red highlights are deletions Original Date of Issue April 21. 1999 General Order Number 99-04 Effective Date of Reissue Section Code February 14, 2022 1 OPS-10 Reevaluation Date February 2025 C.A.L.E.A. 1.2.9 INDEX AS: Canine Reports Searches Use of Force Amends OPS-10 Previous Version Reference (see "INDEX AS: OPS-07.1 I. PURPOSE It is the purpose of this policy to provide guidelines for the management and use of the department's canine unit. The utilization of canines requires adherence to procedures that properly control their use and channel their specialized capabilities into acceptable crime prevention and control activities. ll. POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to use trained canine teams in acceptable fashion to augment the traditional law enforcement and crime prevention functions of the Iowa City Police Department. The Department recognizes that under certain circumstances that the use of a canine constitutes a use of force and must comply with the Department's Use of Force policy. OPS-07.2 III. DEFINITIONS Canine (K-9) Team: an officer handler and his/her assigned police canine. Canine Supervisor: an ICPD sergeant selected/designated by the ICPD Command Staff. The Canine Supervisor reports directly to the Commander of Field Operations. OPS-07.3 4 VI. PROCEDURES A. CANINE UTILIZATION 1. The Department's canine team, if available, may respond on a 24- hour basis to: conduct building searches; assist in the arrest or prevent the escape of serious or violent offenders; protect officers or others from death or serious injury; track suspects or locate lost or missing persons, or hidden evidence of a crime; and detect the presence of narcotics or explosives. a. Canine teams may be assigned "routine" calls -for -service when not engaged in canine specific calls -for -service or training. b. Canine teams may be called upon to do public demonstrations as assigned. 2. Canine handlers are responsible for determining whether a situation justifies canine use and the appropriate tactical measures that should be taken. Where the on -scene supervisor disagrees with the handler's tactical assessment, the Canine Supervisor or the Commander of Field Operations (or designee, when the Commander of Field Operations is absent) should be notified and his/her decision followed. Where time does not permit such notification, the directions of the on -scene supervisor shall be followed. a. Police canines shall not be handled or given commands by anyone other than the assigned handler. Should the assigned handler be injured or otherwise unable to command the canine, the canine should be removed from the scene. 3. Canine team assistance shall be requested by patrol officers to the Department's on duty canine team. Outside agency canine teams or Department's off duty canine requests must go through the Supervisor on duty. Communications center personnel will forward the requisite information concerning the incident to the canine handler or unit supervisor. Requests from the Investigative Section should be routed through the Investigative Supervisor on duty, or if unavailable, the request should be routed through the on -duty watch commander. In instances where the request comes from an active SRT response, the request will be routed through the SRT supervisor in charge of the scene. OPS-07.4 Bw BUILDING SEARCHES FOR SUSPECTS IN HIDING A primary use of canines is for locating suspects in buildings or related structures where search by officers would create an unnecessary risk to officers and/or bystanders. All building searches or entries shall comply with departmental directives pertaining to building searches and entry. In addition the following guidelines apply when a canine unit is used in the search: 1. The building perimeter should be secured by responding personnel. 2. In all cases, an attempt shall be made to contact the building's owner or tenant, an attempt shall be made to determine whether there may be tenants or others in the building, and an attempt shall be made to ascertain the building's layout. 3. When a canine building search is anticipated, a preliminary search by officers should not be conducted, as this will interfere with the canine's ability to discriminate scents. 4. On -scene personnel should take the following steps in preparation for the canine search: a. Evacuate all tenants, workers or others from the facility. b. Request that all air moving equipment be shut down. c. Ascertain if there are any other pets or animals in the building or in the surrounding area. 5. The canine shall not be used to search facilities that contain substances potentially harmful to the animal unless overriding risk to human life is present. The presence of such substances is a factor weighing in favor of an on -lead search of the property. 6. Unless exigent circumstances exist, prior to commencing the search, the handler or other designated person shall loudly announce that there are police officers on the premises and that a trained police canine will be released if the individual does not surrender. A statement, SM IMM "°IO"'iA CITY POLICE 0 M! ANNOUNCE YOURSELF, COME OUT NOW OR YOU WILL BE BIT" shall be repeated at least once. In the absence of exigent circumstances, the canine unit shall wait at least 3 minutes prior to entry of the structure, to allow the suspect a reasonable opportunity to respond. In multilevel, partitioned or large single level structures said announcement shall be repeated as reasonably necessary to apprise occupants of the structure that there are police officers on the premises and that a trained police canine will be released if the individual does not surrender. For example, this standard may require a repetition of the announcement at new levels, entryways or portions of the structure distant from the original location of entry. To the extent possible, any warning should be communicated in a manner so that it is recorded by an in -car or body -cam recorder, or given over an open radio channel for capture on the voice data logs. The time and location of the announcement(s) should be relayed to communications for inclusion in the CAD but in any case shall be noted in the canine officer's incident report. 7. Prior to entry: a. All exits should be under containment. Officers should be OPS-07.5 positioned in such a manner as to provide a view of the site without exposing them. Containment means the suspect cannot escape from the perimeter without being observed. b. Radio communications switched to a designated frequency and limited to a tactical nature. 8. The decision as to whether the search should be conducted on- or off - lead will be made by the handler based on the information available at the time. The presence of substances potentially harmful to the canine is a factor weighing in favor of an on -lead search. 9. When apprehending suspects in these or related circumstances, canines shall be commanded to disengage as soon as the suspect is subdued or readily complies with the handler's commands. 10.Assisting officers should not walk between the canine and the suspect unless specifically instructed to do so by the handler. 11. The arrestee should not be transported in the same vehicle with the canine unless alternative transportation is not available and immediate transport is essential for safety or security reasons. C. REPORTS REQUIRED Use of specially trained police canines for law enforcement responsibilities constitutes a real or implied use of force. In this as in other cases, officers may only use that degree of force that reasonably appears necessary to apprehend or secure a suspect as governed by this department's Use of Force policy. In all instances where a canine is deployed, a supplemental report shall be submitted by the handler, or in the event he/she is unable to complete the report, by a watch supervisor. The supplemental report shall be forwarded to the Canine Supervisor. Whenever the canine unit apprehends a person, the handler shall complete a Use of Force Report. Whenever a canine apprehends an individual with physical contact, whether or not in the line -of -duty, the handler shall: 1. Summon a supervisor to the scene. 2. Examine the affected area to determine the seriousness of the bite or injury. 3. Obtain medical treatment for the person; medical personnel should examine the affected area irrespective of the perceived seriousness of the bite or injury. 4. Take color photographs of the affected area, if possible, prior to and following medical treatments. A "full body" photograph should also be included. 5. Complete an incident report whenever it is known or alleged that a canine has apprehended or otherwise injured an individual. The report shall detail the circumstances surrounding the incident, the identity of the individual involved and any witnesses, the extent of the injuries, if known, and measures taken in response to the incident. A Use of Force report shall also be filled out. Copies of the incident report shall be forwarded to the Canine Supervisor and the Commander of Field Operations prior to the end of the watch. OPS-07.6 D. CROWD CONTROL 1. Canine teams shall not be used for crowd control for peaceful demonstrations or gatherings. 2. Canine teams shall be used for crowd control only upon approval of the watch commander or canine supervisor, and only to protect against imminent loss of life or possible bodily injury. E. DRUG DETECTION Use of police canines in a drug detection capacity is authorized in the following situations and under the following conditions: 1. The canine unit shall maintain records that document the use and proficiency of individual canines in drug detection. This documentation shall be readily available to canine officers and others who may need it when seeking warrants. 2. Random exploratory sniffing of luggage, packages or other inanimate objects may be conducted in public facilities such as airports, and bus terminals, as authorized by the canine unit supervisor or other authorized command officer and in accordance with State and Federal law. a. When a drug detection canine alerts to luggage or related items, a warrant or consent to search must be obtained before it is opened unless exigent circumstances exist to justify a warrantless search. 3. The use of drug detection canines in public schools is permitted only when: a. The school's principal or designated authority requests or approves use of the canines. b. The search is limited to inanimate objects in public areas and the exterior of student lockers unless reasonable and articulable suspicion exists to gain admission to lockers and related areas where there is a reasonable expectation of privacy. (see Iowa Code Section 808A.3, Student Searches) 4. Drug -sniffing canines may be used to sniff motor vehicles when: a. Reasonable suspicion exists to believe the operator or passengers are in possession of illegal narcotics; or b. During a valid vehicle stop, the canine is used to sniff the vehicle's exterior in an exploratory manner. The traffic stop may not be unreasonably prolonged in order to have the canine unit dispatched to the stop unless there is a reasonable suspicion of criminal activity other than the reason for the stop. Unless the canine alerts to the vehicle, the operator may not be detained longer than necessary to conclude the business associated with the initial stop. F. TRACKING Police canines are available to track missing persons or suspects, or to locate evidence believed to have been abandoned or hidden in a specified open area. Such searches are subject to the following conditions and limitations: OPS-07.7 1. When officers are pursuing suspects and contact with the suspect is lost, the officer, prior to summoning a canine team shall: a. stop and pinpoint the location where the suspect was last seen; b. shut off engines of vehicles in the area if possible; and c. avoid vehicle or foot movement in the area where the suspect or subject was last seen. 2. Canines used for tracking persons shall remain on a leash of sufficient length to provide a reasonable measure of safety to the subject of the search without compromising the canine's tracking abilities. When used to locate small children, unless there is a reasonable suspicion of foul play or a reasonable belief that serious bodily injury or death ed i, the search shall be londucted ton-leash,lis not located m , �mpd�atei, f - - ------- - 4. Canine teams should not be used to apprehend persons suspected to be mentally ill, if no other crime is involved, unless the person poses an immediate significant threat of death or serious physical injury to themselves, an officer or others. G. CANINE USE 1. Teasing„ agitating or roughhousing with a police canine is strictly prohibited unless performed as part of a training exercise. 2. Handlers shall) not allow anyone to touch, pet or hug their canine without their permission and immediate supervision. Should a civilian express a desire to do so, they should be informed that police canines are working dogs and they can be dangerous if improperly approached. H, OUTSIDE USE OF CANINES 1. Handlers will not offer or provide the services of the police canine for use to any outside agency without supervisor approval. The on - duty shift supervisor will make the decision and grant or deny approval for the K-9 unit to respond to the requesting agency. The supervisor will consider the current availability of units within the city prior to authorizing the use of the unit outside the city. 2. Emergency requests for the canine unit which occur when the canine unit is off -duty, will be cleared by the watch commander and coordinated with the canine unit. CANINE USE AND CARE Police canines are the sole property of the City of Iowa City and assigned to the selected officer(s) as a law enforcement tool. The canine officer has assigned responsibilities to maintain the animal, but the animal may be reassigned at the discretion of the Chief of Police. 1. Police canines shall not be used for breeding, participation in OPS-07.8 shows, field trials, exhibitions or demonstrations without prior approval of the Chief of Police or his/her designee. 2, Canine handlers are personally responsible for the daily care and feeding of the animal including, but not limited to: a. maintenance and cleaning of the kennel and yard area where the canine is housed; b. provision of food, water and general diet maintenance as prescribed by the departmentally authorized veterinarian; c. grooming on a daily basis, or more often as required by weather, working conditions or other factors; d. daily exercise (police canines are not permitted to run at large unless performing police duties, i.e. training, under the direct control of the handler); 1) when someone other than the handler is exercising or otherwise handling the canine in public, the canine shall be muzzled. e. general medical attention and maintenance of health care records. The kennel area of the officer's residence is subject to inspection by the Chief of Police or his/her designee without notice. Any records pertaining to the canine which are housed at the officer's home are also subject to review and inspection without notice. J. VETERINARY SERVICE A licensed veterinarian will be chosen by the City to supply such veterinary services as needed. Periodic examinations will be arranged by the veterinarian for the canine. All medical treatments will be administered through the veterinarian's orders. In an extreme emergency the handler may utilize the nearest available veterinarian. The handler will notify the City veterinarian as to the illness or injury of the canine, and treatment given, as soon as possible. 0 In order to continually develop the skills learned in the initial training, the canine handler and canine shall complete a minimum of 16 hours of refresher training each month. The canine supervisor shall arrange for periodic training to include so re -certification of specific skills at designated periods. The primary responsibility of maintaining the working capabilities of the canine will remain with the handler. The canine handler shall forward documentation of all training to the department's training officer. OPS-07.9 L. The department shall enhance the effectiveness of canine training and the reliability of court testimony by utilizing controlled substances in the training process. The following procedures shall be utilized for the use of controlled substances as canine training aids: A. Controlled substances used for canine training shall be obtained from the Drug Enforcement Administration (D.E.A.) Special Testing and Research Laboratory or Iowa City Evidence Custodian. The current D.E.A. procurement process will be followed when obtaining evidence from the D.E.A. All documentation relating to the procurement shall be preserved to enable tracking at a later date. B. All controlled substances obtained for canine training shall be stored in a dedicated safe in a secure locker when not in use for training. Only the canine officer and the canine supervisor shall have access to the safe. C. The canine officer will maintain a log of the controlled substances that will be stored in the dedicated safe. The log will document all chain of custody events concerning the use of the controlled substances. D. In the event the training controlled substances become lost, stolen, damaged, spilled, or unusable, the canine handler will complete an interdepartmental memorandum explaining the incident. This report will be forwarded to the canine supervisor who will notify the Captain of Field Operations. E. The canine supervisor shall conduct semiannual inspections of the training controlled substances. A report of the semiannual inspections will be submitted to the Captain of Field Operations and on the Departmental memorandum. The report will include the weight and condition of each controlled substance and include reference to any occurrence of lost, stolen, damaged, spilled, or unusable substances since the last inspection. F. Random inspections may also be undertaken by the canine supervisor, Captain of Field Operations, or chief of police designee. G. Once a controlled substance is no longer usable for training, D.E.A. and departmental procedures for documenting controlled substance destruction shall be followed. H. Any requests for the replacement for controlled substances will follow the current D.E.A. or Departmental procurement process - whichever is applicable. OPS-07.11 Dustin Liston, Chief of Police WARNING This directive is for departmental use only and does not apply in any criminal or civil proceeding. The department policy should not be construed as a creation of higher legal standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense with respect to third -party claims. Violations of this directive will only form the basis for departmental administrative sanctions. OPS-07.1 Original Date of Issue April 21. 1999 Effective Date of Reissue February 14, 2022 Reevaluation Date February 2025 General Order Number 99-04 Section Code OPS-10 Amends OPS-10 Previous Version C.A.L. E.A. Reference 1.2.9 see "INDEX AS:" INDEX AS: Canine Reports Searches Use of Force I. PURPOSE It is the purpose of this policy to provide guidelines for the management and use of the department's canine unit. The utilization of canines requires adherence to procedures that properly control their use and channel their specialized capabilities into acceptable crime prevention and control activities. II. POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to use trainelcrimeprevention s in acceptable fashion to augment the traditional law enforcement anfunctions of the Iowa City Police Department. The Department recndercertain circumstances that the use of a canine constitutes a use of formply with the Department's Use of Force policy, OPS-07.2 M. DEFINITIONS Canine (K-9) Team: an officer handler and his/her assigned police canine. Canine Supervisor: an ICPD sergeant selected/designated by the ICPD Command Staff. The Canine Supervisor reports directly to the Commander of Field Operations. IV. CANINE OFFICER SELECTION Canine officers for the department shall be considered a specialized assignment In addition to the minimum requirements established for application and selection to a specialized assignment, an officer must be able and willing to do the following: Be able (in conjunction with other family members) to care for and house the canine at the officer's residence with a secure outdoor area for the canine. 2. Demonstrate a strong desire to work with the canine and the willingness to care for and train the animal. & Possess the physical ability to train and deploy the canine. 4. Complete a canine training course and successfully meet all course requirements. 5. Be available on a twenty four (24) hour on call status subject to canine unit availability. & Promote the department and the canine program through educational and public relations duties (e.g. school visits, talks to civic groups, demonstrations, etc.). V. CANINE SELECTION Dogs eligible to provide service to the Iowa City Police Department will meet the following criteria: 1. Be X-rayed for hip dysphasia with a Schnelle grading of -0 and #1 as acceptable, or a rating of good being acceptable from the Orthopedic Foundation for Animals, or a German "A" stamp rating of "normal" or "fass normal". 2. Before any dog is considered for police training, it must be tested and evaluated as to its fitness for service. The purpose of pretesting is to determine if the animal has any undesirable temperament characteristics that would adversely affect its serviceability. Testing may be conducted by department personnel or contracted out to another business. Pre -testing shall measure the following qualities for all dogs considered for service with the Iowa City Police Department: OPS-07.3 a) Temperament b) Alertness c) Prey and defense drives d) Play and retrieving drives 3. All dogs must have a general physical examination to include fecal exam and DHL and rabies boosters. The physical examination is an important element in the pre -testing program. For economic reasons, dogs must successfully complete temperament testing and meet all other requirements prior to scheduling the physical exam. VI. PROCEDURES A. CANINE UTILIZATION 1. The Department's canine team, if available, may respond on a 24- hour basis to: conduct building searches; assist in the arrest or prevent the escape of serious or violent offenders; protect officers or others from death or serious injury; track suspects or locate lost or missing persons, or hidden evidence of a crime; and detect the presence of narcotics or explosives. a. Canine teams may be assigned "routine" calls -for -service when not engaged in canine specific calls -for -service or training. b. Canine teams may be called upon to do public demonstrations as assigned. 2. Canine handlers are responsible for determining whether a situation justifies canine use and the appropriate tactical measures that should be taken. Where the on -scene supervisor disagrees with the handler's tactical assessment, the Canine Supervisor or the Commander of Field Operations (or designee, when the Commander of Field Operations is absent) should be notified and his/her decision followed. Where time does not permit such notification, the directions of the on -scene supervisor shall be followed. a. Police canines shall not be handled or given commands by anyone other than the assigned handler. Should the assigned handler be injured or otherwise unable to command the canine, the canine should be removed from the scene. 3. Canine team assistance shall be requested by patrol officers to the Department's on duty canine team. Outside agency canine teams or Department's off duty canine requests must go through the Supervisor on duty. Communications center personnel will forward the requisite information concerning the incident to the canine handler or unit supervisor. Requests from the Investigative Section should be routed through the Investigative Supervisor on duty, or if unavailable, the request should be routed through the on -duty watch commander. In instances where the request comes from an active SRT response, the request will be routed through the SRT supervisor in charge of the scene. OPS-07.4 B. BUILDING SEARCHES FOR SUSPECTS IN HIDING A primary use of canines is for locating suspects in buildings or related structures where search by officers would create an unnecessary risk to officers and/or bystanders. All building searches or entries shall comply with departmental directives pertaining to building searches and entry. In addition the following guidelines apply when a canine unit is used in the search: 1. The building perimeter should be secured by responding personnel. 2. In all cases, an attempt shall be made to contact the building's owner or tenant, an attempt shall be made to determine whether there may be tenants or others in the building, and an attempt shall be made to ascertain the building's layout. 3. When a canine building search is anticipated, a preliminary search by officers should not be conducted, as this will interfere with the canine's ability to discriminate scents. 4. On -scene personnel should take the following steps in preparation for the canine search: a. Evacuate all tenants, workers or others from the facility. b. Request that all air moving equipment be shut down. c. Ascertain if there are any other pets or animals in the building or in the surrounding area. 5. The canine shall not be used to search facilities that contain substances potentially harmful to the animal unless overriding risk to human life is present. The presence of such substances is a factor weighing in favor of an on -lead search of the property. 6. Unless exigent circumstances exist, prior to commencing the search, the handler or other designated person shall loudly announce that there are police officers on the premises and that a trained police canine will be released if the individual does not surrender. A statement, similar to "IOWA CITY POLICE DOG! ANNOUNCE YOURSELF, COME OUT NOW OR YOU WILL BE BIT" shall be repeated at least once. In the absence of exigent circumstances, the canine unit shall wait at least 3 minutes prior to entry of the structure, to allow the suspect a reasonable opportunity to respond. In multilevel, partitioned or large single level structures said announcement shall be repeated as reasonably necessary to apprise occupants of the structure that there are police officers on the premises and that a trained police canine will be released if the individual does not surrender. For example, this standard may require a repetition of the announcement at new levels, entryways or portions of the structure distant from the original location of entry. To the extent possible, any warning should be communicated in a manner so that it is recorded by an in -car or body -cam recorder, or given over an open radio channel for capture on the voice data logs. The time and location of the announcement(s) should be relayed to communications for inclusion in the CAD but in any case shall be noted in the canine officer's incident report. 7. Prior to entry: a. All exits should be under containment. Officers should be OPS-07.5 positioned in such a manner as to provide a view of the site without exposing them. Containment means the suspect cannot escape from the perimeter without being observed. b. Radio communications switched to a designated frequency and limited to a tactical nature. 8. The decision as to whether the search should be conducted on- or off - lead will be made by the handler based on the information available at the time. The presence of substances potentially harmful to the canine is a factor weighing in favor of an on -lead search. 9. When apprehending suspects in these or related circumstances, canines shall be commanded to disengage as soon as the suspect is subdued or readily complies with the handler's commands. 10.Assisting officers should not walk between the canine and the suspect unless specifically instructed to do so by the handler. 11.The arrestee should not be transported in the same vehicle with the canine unless alternative transportation is not available and immediate transport is essential for safety or security reasons. C. REPORTS REQUIRED Use of specially trained police canines for law enforcement responsibilities constitutes a real or implied use of force. In this as in other cases, officers may only use that degree of force that reasonably appears necessary to apprehend or secure a suspect as governed by this department's Use of Force policy. In all instances where a canine is deployed, a supplemental report shall be submitted by the handler, or in the event he/she is unable to complete the report, by a watch supervisor. The supplemental report shall be forwarded to the Canine Supervisor. Whenever the canine unit apprehends a person, the handler shall complete a Use of Force Report. Whenever a canine apprehends an individual with physical contact, whether or not in the line -of -duty, the handler shall: 1. Summon a supervisor to the scene. 2. Examine the affected area to determine the seriousness of the bite or injury. 3. Obtain medical treatment for the person; medical personnel should examine the affected area irrespective of the perceived seriousness of the bite or injury. 4. Take color photographs of the affected area, if possible, prior to and following medical treatments. A "full body" photograph should also be included. 5. Complete an incident report whenever it is known or alleged that a canine has apprehended or otherwise injured an individual. The report shall detail the circumstances surrounding the incident, the identity of the individual involved and any witnesses, the extent of the injuries, if known, and measures taken in response to the incident. A Use of Force report shall also be filled out. Copies of the incident report shall be forwarded to the Canine Supervisor and the Commander of Field Operations prior to the end of the watch. OPS-07.6 D. CROWD CONTROL 1. Canine teams shall not be used for crowd control for peaceful demonstrations or gatherings. 2. Canine teams shall be used for crowd control only upon approval of the watch commander or canine supervisor, and only to protect against imminent loss of life or possible bodily injury. E. DRUG DETECTION Use of police canines in a drug detection capacity is authorized in the following situations and under the following conditions: 1. The canine unit shall maintain records that document the use and proficiency of individual canines in drug detection. This documentation shall be readily available to canine officers and others who may need it when seeking warrants. 2. Random exploratory sniffing of luggage, packages or other inanimate objects may be conducted in public facilities such as airports, and bus terminals, as authorized by the canine unit supervisor or other authorized command officer and in accordance with State and Federal law. a. When a drug detection canine alerts to luggage or related items, a warrant or consent to search must be obtained before it is opened unless exigent circumstances exist to justify a warrantless search. 3. The use of drug detection canines in public schools is permitted only when: a. The school's principal or designated authority requests or approves use of the canines. b. The search is limited to inanimate objects in public areas and the exterior of student lockers unless reasonable and articulable suspicion exists to gain admission to lockers and related areas where there is a reasonable expectation of privacy. (see Iowa Code Section 808A.3, Student Searches) 4. Drug -sniffing canines may be used to sniff motor vehicles when: a. Reasonable suspicion exists to believe the operator or passengers are in possession of illegal narcotics; or b. During a valid vehicle stop, the canine is used to sniff the vehicle's exterior in an exploratory manner. The traffic stop may not be unreasonably prolonged in order to have the canine unit dispatched to the stop unless there is a reasonable suspicion of criminal activity other than the reason for the stop. Unless the canine alerts to the vehicle, the operator may not be detained longer than necessary to conclude the business associated with the initial stop. F. TRACKING Police canines are available to track missing persons or suspects, or to locate evidence believed to have been abandoned or hidden in a specified open area. Such searches are subject to the following conditions and limitations: OPS-07.7 1. When officers are pursuing suspects and contact with the suspect is lost, the officer, prior to summoning a canine team shall: a. stop and pinpoint the location where the suspect was last seen; b. shut off engines of vehicles in the area if possible; and c. avoid vehicle or foot movement in the area where the suspect or subject was last seen. 2. Canines used for tracking persons shall remain on a leash of sufficient length to provide a reasonable measure of safety to the subject of the search without compromising the canine's tracking abilities. 3, When used to locate small children, unless there is a reasonable suspicion of foul play or a reasonable belief that serious bodily injury or death will occur if the child is not located immediately, the search shall be conducted on -leash. 4. Canine teams should not be used to apprehend persons suspected to be mentally ill, if no other crime is involved, unless the person poses an immediate significant threat of death or serious physical injury to themselves, an officer or others. G. CANINE USE 1. Teasing, agitating or roughhousing with a police canine is strictly prohibited unless performed as part of a training exercise. 2. Handlers shall not allow anyone to touch, pet or hug their canine without their permission and immediate supervision. Should a civilian express a desire to do so, they should be informed that police canines are working dogs and they can be dangerous if improperly approached. H. OUTSIDE USE OF CANINES 1. Handlers will not offer or provide the services of the police canine for use to any outside agency without supervisor approval. The on - duty shift supervisor will make the decision and grant or deny approval for the K-9 unit to respond to the requesting agency. The supervisor will consider the current availability of units within the city prior to authorizing the use of the unit outside the city. 2. Emergency requests for the canine unit which occur when the canine unit is off -duty, will be cleared by the watch commander and coordinated with the canine unit. I'. CANINE USE AND CARE Police canines are the sole property of the City of Iowa City and assigned to the selected officer(s) as a law enforcement tool. The canine officer has assigned responsibilities to maintain the animal, but the animal may be reassigned at the discretion of the Chief of Police. 1. Police canines shall not be used for breeding, participation in shows, field trials, exhibitions or demonstrations without prior approval of the Chief of Police or his/her designee. 2. Canine handlers are personally responsible for the daily care and OPS-07.8 feeding of the animal including, but not limited to: a. maintenance and cleaning of the kennel and yard area where the canine is housed; b. provision of food, water and general diet maintenance as prescribed by the departmentally authorized veterinarian; c. grooming on a daily basis, or more often as required by weather, working conditions or other factors; d. daily exercise (police canines are not permitted to run at large unless performing police duties, i.e. training, under the direct control of the handler); 1) when someone other than the handler is exercising or otherwise handling the canine in public, the canine shall be muzzled. e. general medical attention and maintenance of health care records. The kennel area of the officer's residence is subject to inspection by the Chief of Police or his/her designee without notice. Any records pertaining to the canine which are housed at the officer's home are also subject to review and inspection without notice. VETERINARY SERVICE A licensed veterinarian will be chosen by the City to supply such veterinary services as needed. Periodic examinations will be arranged by the veterinarian for the canine. All medical treatments will be administered through the veterinarian's orders. In an extreme emergency the handler may utilize the nearest available veterinarian. The handler will notify the City veterinarian as to the illness or injury of the canine, and treatment given, as soon as possible. K. TRAINING Successful completion of initial training for the police canine team is required before being put into service. In order to continually develop the skills learned in the initial training, the canine handler and canine shall complete a minimum of 16 hours of refresher training each month. The canine supervisor shall arrange for periodic training to include annual re -certification of specific skills at designated periods. The primary responsibility of maintaining the working capabilities of the canine will remain with the handler. The canine handler shall forward documentation of all training to the department's training officer. Initial, monthly, and annual evaluation/certification shall be documented. L. The department shall enhance the effectiveness of canine training and the reliability of court testimony by utilizing controlled substances in the training OPS-07.9 process. The following procedures shall be utilized for the use of controlled substances as canine training aids: A. Controlled substances used for canine training shall be obtained from the Drug Enforcement Administration (D.E.A.) Special Testing and Research Laboratory or Iowa City Evidence Custodian. The current D.E.A. procurement process will be followed when obtaining evidence from the D.E.A. All documentation relating to the procurement shall be preserved to enable tracking at a later date. B. All controlled substances obtained for canine training shall be stored in a dedicated safe in a secure locker when not in use for training. Only the canine officer and the canine supervisor shall have access to the safe. C. The canine officer will maintain a log of the controlled substances that will be stored in the dedicated safe. The log will document all chain of custody events concerning the use of the controlled substances. D. In the event the training controlled substances become lost, stolen, damaged, spilled, or unusable, the canine handler will complete an interdepartmental memorandum explaining the incident. This report will be forwarded to the canine supervisor who will notify the Captain of Field Operations. E. The canine supervisor shall conduct semiannual inspections of the training controlled substances. A report of the semiannual inspections will be submitted to the Captain of Field Operations and on the Departmental memorandum. The report will include the weight and condition of each controlled substance and include reference to any occurrence of lost, stolen, damaged, spilled, or unusable substances since the last inspection. F. Random inspections may also be undertaken by the canine supervisor, Captain of Field Operations, or chief of police designee. G. Once a controlled substance is no longer usable for training, D.E.A. and departmental procedures for documenting controlled substance destruction shall be followed. H. Any requests for the replacement for controlled substances will follow the current D.E.A. or Departmental procurement process - whichever is applicable. M. Equipment 1. Canine officers shall have a specially equipped vehicle intended for the purpose of transporting the canine. The canine officer shall use the vehicle to transport the canine to and from work or to other canine related duties. OPS-07.10 2. Canine transport vehicles shall have a cage designed specifically for the transport of canines. The cage shall be of a design that gives the canine adequate room for extended periods of stay and constructed in a manner that safeguards the canine from injury. The cage shall protect the driver and other occupants of the vehicle from the canine and shall shield the canine from outside contact. The canine vehicle shall not be utilized to transport detainees. 3. Canine transport vehicles shall be equipped with a temperature monitoring device that will alert the canine officer by an audible alert when the vehicle temperature exceeds safe levels. This system may also incorporate a remote - controlled door opening system to allow rapid exit of the canine for emergency situations. 4. Canine officers shall be provided with the necessary equipment for work, care, and use of the canine. At a minimum this will include: a. Water and food bowls b. An indoor crate of proper size for the breed of canine assigned to the officer. c. Walking and tracking leads d. Collars and neck chains to include tracking harnesses, collars, and general duty choker chains. e. Secure containers for narcotics used in training. f. General purpose and hidden bite sleeves for use in bite training. g. Reward "toys" for use in training. h. Grooming equipment to include brushes, nail clippers, other tools, and supplies for maintaining the canine's appearance 5. When necessary, the department shall have constructed an appropriate outdoor dog run at the canine officer's residence for containment of the canine. Any dog run utilized by the canine officer for securing the canine outside shall be approved by the canine supervisor and include a visual inspection. Any needed repairs or maintenance shall be the provided by the department. The canine officer shall be responsible for maintaining the outside dog run in a condition to prevent the escape of the police canine. 5. Other equipment may be provided as necessary. O. Deployment Data OPS-07.11 Canine officers shall record the following deployment data: a. Date and Time b. Requesting officer and agency c. Type of Deployment i. Traffic stops ii. Tracks iii. Dwelling open air detection iv. Building searches v. Open searches vi. Public relations events vii. Drug interdictions d. Outcome of deployment e. Weather conditions if applicable f. Notes the handler believe are pertinent Dustin Liston, Chief of Police WARNING This directive is for departmental use only and does not apply in any criminal or civil proceeding. The department policy should not be construed as a creation of higher legal standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense with respect to third -party claims. Violations of this directive will only form the basis for departmental administrative sanctions. MWMnWWMj REDLINE VERSION Green highlights are additions Red line highlights are deletions Original Date of Issue April 21, 1999 Effective Date of Reissue February 21, 2022 General Order Number 99-04 Section Code OPS-10 Reevaluation Date Amends February 2025 OPS-10 Previous Version C.A.L.E.A, 1.2.9 INDEX AS: Canine Reports Searches Use of Force Reference (see "INDEX AS:" OPS-07.1 I. PURPOSE It is the purpose of this policy to provide guidelines for the management and use of the department's canine unit. The utilization of canines requires adherence to procedures that properly control their use and channel their specialized capabilities into acceptable crime prevention and control activities. II. POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to use trained caMpe to es in acceptable fashion to augment the traditional law enforcement and crime -:pre ration functions of the Iowa City Police Department. The Department recognize,-that',pnder certain circumstances that the use of a canine constitutes a use of force an+,�,Iustdrrnplyr with the Department's ,Use of Force policy. � OPS-07.2 M. DEFINITIONS Canine (K-9) Team: an officer handler and his/her assigned police canine. Canine Supervisor: an ICPD sergeant selected/designated by the ICPD Command Staff. The Canine Supervisor reports directly to the Commander of Field Operations. IV. CANINE OFFICER SELECTION Canine officers for the department shall be considered a specialized assignment In addition to the minimum requirements established for application and selection to a specialized assignment, an officer must be able and willing to do the following: Be able (in conjunction with other family members) to care for and house the canine at the officer's residence with a secure outdoor area for the canine. 2. Demonstrate a strong desire to work with the canine and the willingness to care for and train the animal. 3. Possess the physical ability to train and deploy the canine. 4. Complete a canine training course and successfully meet all course requirements. 5. Be available on a twenty four (24) hour on call status subject to can unit availability. 6. Promote the department and the canine program through ed qatlor ai and public relations duties (e.g. school visits, talks to civic g(oups, demonstrations, etc.). PO V. CANINE SELECTION C C.1 .I Dogs eligible to provide service to the Iowa City Police Department will meet the following criteria: 1. Be X-rayed for hip dysphasia with a Schnelle grading of -0 and #1 as acceptable, or a rating of good being acceptable from the Orthopedic Foundation for Animals, or a German "A" stamp rating of "normal" or "fass normal". 2. Before any dog is considered for police training, it must be tested and evaluated as to its fitness for service. The purpose of pretesting is to determine if the animal has any undesirable temperament characteristics that would adversely affect its serviceability. Testing may be conducted by department personnel or contracted out to another business. Pre -testing shall measure the following qualities for all dogs considered for service with the Iowa City Police Department: QPS-o7.3 a) Temperament b) Alertness c) Prey and defense drives d) Play and retrieving drives 3. All dogs must have a general i physical examination to include fecal exarrr and DHL and rabies boosters. The physical examination is an important elerh nt in the pre -testing program. For economic reasons, dogs must successfully complete temperament testing and meet all other requirements prior to scheduling the physical exam. VI. PROCEDURES A. CANINE UTILIZATION 1. The Department's canine team, if available, may respond on a 24- hour basis to: conduct building searches; assist in the arrest or prevent the escape of serious or violent offenders; protect officers or others from death or serious injury; track suspects or locate lost or missing persons, or hidden evidence of a crime; and detect the presence of narcotics or explosives. a. Canine teams may be assigned "routine" calls -for -service when not engaged in canine specific calls -for -service or training. b. Canine teams may be called upon to do public demonstrations as assigned. 2. Canine handlers are responsible for determining whether a situation justifies canine use and the appropriate tactical measures that should be taken. Where the on -scene supervisor disagrees with the handler's tactical assessment, the Canine Supervisor or the Commander of Field Operations (or designee, when the Commander of Field Operations is absent) should be notified and his/her decision followed. Where time does not permit such notification, the directions of the on -scene supervisor shall be followed. a. Police canines shall not be handled or given commands by anyone other than the assigned handler. Should the assigned handler be injured or otherwise unable to command the canine, the canine should be removed from the scene. 3. Canine team assistance shall be requested by patrol officers to the Department's on duty canine team. Outside agency canine teams or Department's off duty canine requests must go through the Supervisor on duty. Communications center personnel will forward the requisite information concerning the incident to the canine handler or unit supervisor. Requests from the Investigative Section should be routed through the Investigative Supervisor on duty, or if unavailable, the request should be routed through the on -duty watch commander. In instances where the request comes from an active SRT response, the request will be routed through the SRT supervisor in charge of the scene. OPS-07.4 B. BUILDING SEARCHES FOR SUSPECTS IN HIDING A primary use of canines is for locating suspects in buildings or relat6A structures where search by officers would create an unnecessary, ris ' o officers and/or bystanders. All building searches or entries sK611 don"Oly with departmental directives pertaining to building searches 464 entry: In addition the following guidelines apply when a canine unit is used in the search:, 1. The building perimeter should be secured by responding 06(86nriN. 2. In all cases, an attempt shall be made to contact the building's o"er or tenant, an attempt shall be made to determine whether there may be tenants or others in the building, and an attempt shall be made to ascertain the building's layout. 3. When a canine building search is anticipated, a preliminary search by officers should not be conducted, as this will interfere with the canine's ability to discriminate scents. 4. On -scene personnel should take the following steps in preparation for the canine search: a. Evacuate all tenants, workers or others from the facility. b. Request that all air moving equipment be shut down. c. Ascertain if there are any other pets or animals in the building or in the surrounding area. 5. The canine shall not be used to search facilities that contain substances potentially harmful to the animal unless overriding risk to human life is present. The presence of such substances is a factor weighing in favor of an on -lead search of the property. 6. Unless exigent circumstances exist, prior to commencing the search, the handler or other designated person shall loudly announce that there are police officers on the premises and that a trained police canine will be released if the individual does not surrender. A statement, similar to "IOWA CITY POLICE DOG! ANNOUNCE YOURSELF, COME OUT NOW OR YOU WILL BE BIT" shall be repeated at least once. In the absence of exigent circumstances, the canine unit shall wait at least 3 minutes prior to entry of the structure, to allow the suspect a reasonable opportunity to respond. In multilevel, partitioned or large single level structures said announcement shall be repeated as reasonably necessary to apprise occupants of the structure that there are police officers on the premises and that a trained police canine will be released if the individual does not surrender. For example, this standard may require a repetition of the announcement at new levels, entryways or portions of the structure distant from the original location of entry. To the extent possible, any warning should be communicated in a manner so that it is recorded by an in -car or body -cam recorder, or given over an open radio channel for capture on the voice data logs. The time and location of the announcement(s) should be relayed to communications for inclusion in the CAD but in any case shall be noted in the canine officer's incident report. 7. Prior to entry: a. All exits should be under containment. Officers should be OPS-07.5 positioned in such a manner as to provide a view of the site without exposing them. Containment means the suspect cannot escape from the perimeter without being observed. b. Radio communications switched to a designated frequency and limited to a tactical nature. 8. The decision as to whether the search should be conducted on- or off - lead will be made by the handler based on the information available at the time. The presence of substances potentially harmful to the canine is a factor weighing in favor of an on -lead search. 9. When apprehending suspects in these or related circumstances, canines shall be commanded to disengage as soon as the suspect is subdued or readily complies with the handler's commands. 10. Assisting officers should not walk between the canine and the suspect unless specifically instructed to do so by the handler. 11. The arrestee should not be transported in the same vehicle with the canine unless alternative transportation is not available and immediate transport is essential for safety or security reasons. C. REPORTS REQUIRED Use of specially trained police canines for law enforcement responsibilities constitutes a real or implied use of force. In this as in other cases, officers may only use that degree of force that reasonably appears necessary to apprehend or secure a suspect as governed by this department's Use of Force policy. In all instances where a canine is deployed, a supplemental report shall be submitted by the handler, or in the event he/she is unable to complete the report, by a watch supervisor. The supplemental report shall be forwarded to the Canine Supervisor. Whenever the canine unit apprehends a person, the handler shall complete a Use of Force Report. Whenever a canine apprehends an individual with physical contact, whether or not in the line -of -duty, the handler shall: 1. Summon a supervisor to the scene. 2. Examine the affected area to determine the seriousness of the bite or injury. 3. Obtain medical treatment for the person; medical personnel should examine the affected area irrespective of the perceived seriousness of the bite or injury. 4. Take color photographs of the affected area, if possible, prior to and following medical treatments. A "full body" pho#ograpi o- d also be included. 5. Complete an incident report whenever it is known or al1egQ that a canine has apprehended or otherwise injured an indMdudl The report shall detail the circumstances surrounding thd;i�ncident, the identity of the individual involved and any witnesses,, the extent of the injuries, if known, and measures taken in respai tote incident. A Use of Force report shall also be filled opt. Cgies of the incident report shall be forwarded to the Canine Supe , isor and the Commander of Field Operations prior to the end of the watch. 0 E. OPS-07.6 CROWD CONTROL 1. Canine teams shall not be used for crowd control for peaceful demonstrations or gatherings. 2. Canine teams shall be used for crowd control only upon approval of the watch commander or canine supervisor, and only to protect against imminent loss of life or possible bodily injury. DRUG DETECTION Use of police canines in a drug detection capacity is authorized in the following situations and under the following conditions: 1. The canine unit shall maintain records that document the use and proficiency of individual canines in drug detection. This documentation shall be readily available to canine officers and others who may need it when seeking warrants. 2. Random exploratory sniffing of luggage, packages or other inanimate objects may be conducted in public facilities such as airports, and bus terminals, as authorized by the canine unit supervisor or other authorized command officer and in accordance with State and Federal law. a. When a drug detection canine alerts to luggage or related items, a warrant or consent to search must be obtained before it is opened unless exigent circumstances exist to justify a warrantless search. 3. The use of drug detection canines in public schools is permitted only when: a. The school's principal or designated authority requests or approves use of the canines. b. The search is limited to inanimate objects in public areas and the exterior of student lockers unless reasonable and articulable suspicion exists to gain admission to lockers and related, areas where there is a reasonable expectation of privacy. (see' Iowa Code Section 808A.3, Student Searches) 4. Drug -sniffing canines may be used to sniff motor Vbhiclehen: a. Reasonable suspicion exists to believe the operator or,,,, - passengers are in possession of illegal narcotics; ,6e�, b. During a valid vehicle stop, the canine is used to stiff Me vehicle's exterior in an exploratory manner. The",V ffi µ fop may not be unreasonably prolonged in order to have the cane unit. dispatched to the stop unless there is a reasonable suspicion of criminal activity other than the reason for the stop. Unless the canine alerts to the vehicle, the operator may not be detained longer than necessary to conclude the business associated with F. TRACKING q S-07.7 Police canines are available to track missing persons or supects, or, to locate evidence believed to have been abandoned or hidden Tin a s`cifie& open area. Such searches are subject to the following conditions 468 limitations: 1. When officers are pursuing suspects and contact with the suspect is lost, the officer, prior to summoning a canine team shall: a. stop and pinpoint the location where the suspect was last seen; b. shut off engines of vehicles in the area if possible; and c. avoid vehicle or foot movement in the area where the suspect or subject was last seen. 2. Canines used for tracking persons shall remain on a leash of sufficient length to provide a reasonable measure of safety to the subject of the search without compromising the canine's tracking abilities. 3. When used to locate small children, unless there is a reasonable suspicion of foul play or a reasonable belief that serious bodily injury or death will occur if the child is not located immediately, the search shall be conducted on -leash. 4. Canine teams should not be used to apprehend persons suspected to be mentally ill, if no other crime is involved, unless the person poses an immediate significant threat of death or serious physical injury to themselves, an officer or others. G. CANINE USE 1. Teasing, agitating or roughhousing with a police canine is strictly prohibited unless performed as part of a training exercise. 2. Handlers shall not allow anyone to touch, pet or hug their canine without their permission and immediate supervision. Should a civilian express a desire to do so, they should be informed that police canines are working dogs and they can be dangerous if improperly approached. H. OUTSIDE USE OF CANINES 1. Handlers will not offer or provide the services of the police canine for use to any outside agency without supervisor approval. The on - duty shift supervisor will make the decision and grant or deny approval for the K-9 unit to respond to the requesting agency. The supervisor will consider the current availability of units within the city prior to authorizing the use of the unit outside the city. 2. Emergency requests for the canine unit which occur when the canine unit is off -duty, will be cleared by the watch commander and coordinated with the canine unit. CANINE USE AND CARE Police canines are the sole property of the City of Iowa City and assigned to the selected officer(s) as a law enforcement tool. The canine officer has assigned responsibilities to maintain the animal, but the animal may be reassigned at the discretion of the Chief of Police. OPS-07.8 1, Police canines shall not be used for breeding, participation in shows, field trials, exhibitions or demonstrations without prior approval of the Chief of Police or his/her designee. Z Canine handlers are personally responsible for the daily care and feeding of the animal including, but not limited to: a. maintenance and cleaning of the kennel and yard area where the canine is housed; b. provision of food, water and general diet maintenance as prescribed by the departmentally authorized veterinarian; c. grooming on a daily basis, or more often as required by weather, working conditions or other factors; d. daily exercise (police canines are not permitted to run at large unless performing police duties, i.e. training, under the direct control of the handler); 1) when someone other than the handler is exercising or otherwise handling the canine in public, the canine shall be muzzled. e. general medical attention and maintenance of health care records. The kennel area of the officer's residence is subject to inspection by the Chief of Police or his/her designee without notice. Any records pertaining to the canine which are housed at the officer's home are also subject to review and inspection without notice. J. VETERINARY SERVICE A licensed veterinarian will be chosen by the City to supply such veterinary services as needed. Periodic examinations will be arranged by the veterinarian for the canine. All medical treatments will be administered through the veterinarian's orders. In an extreme emergency the handler may utilize the nearest available veterinarian. The handler will notify the City veterinarian as to the illness or injury of the canine, and treafrnent given, as soon as possible. K. TRAINING Successful completion of initial training for the police canine 1 am is required before being put into service. In order to continually develop the skills learned in the initial trair"g, the canine handler and canine shall complete a minimum of 16 hoursTbf refresher training each month. The canine supervisor shall arrange for periodic training to include annual re -certification of specific skills at designated periods. The primary responsibility of maintaining the working capabilities of the canine will remain with the handler. The canine handler shall forward documentation of all training to the department's training officer. Initial, monthly, and annual evaluation/certification shall be documented. OOPS-07.9 L. The department shall enhance the effectiveness of can ine,training„-,,and the reliability of court testimony by utilizing controlled substanc`6s jn the training process. The following procedures shall be utilized for the use aof controlled' substances as canine training aids: A. Controlled substances used for canine training shall be`cbtained from the Drug Enforcement Administration (D.E.A.) Special Testing and Research Laboratory or Iowa City Evidence Custodian. The current D.E.A. procurement process will be followed when obtaining evidence from the D.E.A. All documentation relating to the procurement shall be preserved to enable tracking at a later date. B. All controlled substances obtained for canine training shall be stored in a dedicated safe in a secure locker when not in use for training. Only the canine officer and the canine supervisor shall have access to the safe. C. The canine officer will maintain a log of the controlled substances that will be stored in the dedicated safe. The log will document all chain of custody events concerning the use of the controlled substances. D. In the event the training controlled substances become lost, stolen, damaged, spilled, or unusable, the canine handler will complete an interdepartmental memorandum explaining the incident. This report will be forwarded to the canine supervisor who will notify the Captain of Field Operations. E. The canine supervisor shall conduct semiannual inspections of the training controlled substances. A report of the semiannual inspections will be submitted to the Captain of Field Operations and on the Departmental memorandum. The report will include the weight and condition of each controlled substance and include reference to any occurrence of lost, stolen, damaged, spilled, or unusable substances since the last inspection. F. Random inspections may also be undertaken by the canine supervisor, Captain of Field Operations, or chief of police designee. G. Once a controlled substance is no longer usable for training, D.E.A. and departmental procedures for documenting controlled substance destruction shall be followed. H. Any requests for the replacement for controlled substances will follow the current D.E.A. or Departmental procurement process - whichever is applicable. M. Equipment 1. Canine officers shall have a specially equipped vehicle intended for the purpose of transporting the canine. The ORS-07.10 F� canine officer shall use the vehicle to transport,the c anine.to and from work or to other canine related dutie 2. Canine transport vehicles shall have a cage ddsigned' specifically for the transport of canines. The cage sFrOl be of a design that gives the canine adequate room for extended periods of stay and constructed in a manner that safeguards the canine from injury. The cage shall protect the driver and other occupants of the vehicle from the canine and shall shield the canine from outside contact. The canine vehicle shall not be utilized to transport detainees. I Canine transport vehicles shall be equipped with a temperature monitoring device that will alert the canine officer by an audible alert when the vehicle temperature exceeds safe levels. This system may also incorporate a remote - controlled door opening system to allow rapid exit of the canine for emergency situations. 4. Canine officers shall be provided with the necessary equipment for work, care, and use of the canine. At a minimum this will include: a. Water and food bowls b. An indoor crate of proper size for the breed of canine assigned to the officer. c. Walking and tracking leads d. Collars and neck chains to include tracking harnesses, collars, and general duty choker chains. e. Secure containers for narcotics used in training. f. General purpose and hidden bite sleeves for use in bite training. g. Reward "toys" for use in training. h. Grooming equipment to include brushes, nail clippers, other tools, and supplies for maintaining the canine's appearance 5. When necessary, the department shall have constructed an appropriate outdoor dog run at the canine officer's residence for containment of the canine. Any dog run utilized by the canine officer for securing the canine outside shall be approved by the canine supervisor and include a visual inspection. Any needed repairs or maintenance shall be the provided by the department. The canine officer shall be responsible for maintaining the outside dog run in a condition to prevent the escape of the police canine. 5. Other equipment may be provided as necessary, OPS-07.11 O. Deployment Data Canine officers shall record the following deployment data: a. Date and Time b. Requesting officer and agency c. Type of Deployment i. Traffic stops ii. Tracks iii. Dwelling open air detection - iv. Building searches v. Open searches vi. Public relations events vii. Drug interdictions d. Outcome of deployment e. Weather conditions if applicable f. Notes the handler believe are pertinent Dustin Liston, Chief of Police WARNING This directive is for departmental use only and does not apply in any criminal or civil proceeding. The department policy should not be construed as a creation of higher legal standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense with respect to third -party claims. Violations of this directive will only form the basis for departmental administrative sanctions. Original Date of Issue General Order Number April 21, 1999 1 99-04 Effective Date of Reissue February 21. 2022 Section Code OPS-10 Reevaluation Date Amends Februa 2025 1 OPS-10 Previous Version C.A.L.E.A, 1.2.9 INDEX AS: Canine Reports Searches Use of Force Reference (see "INDEX AS: OPS-07.1 I. PURPOSE" It is the purpose of this policy to provide guidelines for the management and use'',bf the department's canine unit. The utilization of canines requires adherence to procedures that properly control their use and channel their specialized capabilities into acceptable crime prevention and control activities. LI. POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to use trained canine teams in acceptable fashion to augment the traditional law enforcement and crime prevention functions of the Iowa City Police Department. The Department recognizes that under certain circumstances that the use of a canine constitutes a use of force and must comply with the Department's Use of Force policy. OPS-07.2 111. DEFINITIONS Canine (K-'g) Team: an officer handier and his/her assigned polic ,canin, Canine Supervisor;: an ICPD sergeant selected/designated by the ICPt. A Command Staff. The Canine Supervisor reports directly to the Commander of Field Operations. IV. CANINE OFFICER SELECTION Canine officers for the department shall be considered a specialized assdignment In addition to the minimum requirements established for application and selection to a specialized assignment, an officer must be able and willing to do the following: Be able (in conjunction with other family members) to care for and house the canine at the officer's residence with a secure outdoor area for the canine. 2. Demonstrate a strong desire to work with the canine and the willingness to care for and train the animal. 3. Possess the physical ability to train and deploy the canine, 4. Complete a canine training course and successfully meet all course requirements. 5. Be available on a twenty four (24) hour on call status subject to canine unit availability. 6. Promote the department and the canine program through educational and public relations duties (e.g. school visits, talks to civic groups, demonstrations, etc.). V. CANINE SELECTION Dogs eligible to provide service to the Iowa City Police Department will meet the following criteria: 1. Be X-rayed for hip dysphasia with a Schnelle grading of -0 and #1 as acceptable, or a rating of good being acceptable from the Orthopedic Foundation for Animals, or a German "A" stamp rating of "normal" or "fass normal". 2. Before any dog is considered for police training, it must be tested and evaluated as to its fitness for service. The purpose of pretesting is to determine if the animal has any undesirable temperament characteristics that would adversely affect its serviceability. Testing may be conducted by department personnel or contracted out to another business. Pre -testing shall measure the following qualities for all dogs considered for service with the Iowa City Police Department: OPS-07.3 a) Temperament I b) Alertness c) Prey and defense drivesrj d) Play and retrieving drives 3. All dogs must have a general physical examination to include fecal aafn and DHL and rabies boosters. The physical examination is an important el , ent in the pre -testing program. For economic reasons, dogs must successfully complete temperament testing and meet all other requirements prior to scheduling the physical exam. Vla PROCEDURES A. CANINE UTILIZATION 1. The Department's canine team, if available, may respond on a 24- hour basis to: conduct building searches; assist in the arrest or prevent the escape of serious or violent offenders; protect officers or others from death or serious injury; track suspects or locate lost or missing persons, or hidden evidence of a crime; and detect the presence of narcotics or explosives. a. Canine teams may be assigned "routine" calls -for -service when not engaged in canine specific calls -for -service or training. b. Canine teams may be called upon to do public demonstrations as assigned. 2. Canine handlers are responsible for determining whether a situation justifies canine use and the appropriate tactical measures that should be taken. Where the on -scene supervisor disagrees with the handler's tactical assessment, the Canine Supervisor or the Commander of Field Operations (or designee, when the Commander of Field Operations is absent) should be notified and his/her decision followed. Where time does not permit such notification, the directions of the on -scene supervisor shall be followed. a. Police canines shall not be handled or given commands by anyone other than the assigned handler. Should the assigned handler be injured or otherwise unable to command the canine, the canine should be removed from the scene. 3. Canine team assistance shall be requested by patrol officers to the Department's on duty canine team. Outside agency canine teams or Department's off duty canine requests must go through the Supervisor on duty. Communications center personnel will forward the requisite information concerning the incident to the canine handler or unit supervisor. Requests from the Investigative Section should be routed through the Investigative Supervisor on duty, or if unavailable, the request should be routed through the on -duty watch commander. In instances where the request comes from an active SRT response, the request will be routed through the SRT supervisor in charge of the scene. OPS-07.4 B. BUILDING SEARCHES FOR SUSPECTS IN HIDING A primary use of canines is for locating suspects in buildings or related structures where search by officers would create an unnecessary risk to officers and/or bystanders. All building searches or entries shall comply with departmental directives pertaining to building searches and entry. In addition the following guidelines apply when a canine unit is used in the search: 1. The building perimeter should be secured by responding personnel. 2. In all cases, an attempt shall be made to contact the building's owner or tenant, an attempt shall be made to determine whether there may be tenants or others in the building, and an attempt shall be made to ascertain the building's layout. 3. When a canine building search is anticipated, a preliminary search by officers should not be conducted, as this will interfere with the canine's ability to discriminate scents. 4. On -scene personnel should take the following steps in preparation for the canine search: a. Evacuate all tenants, workers or others from the facility. b. Request that all air moving equipment be shut down. c. Ascertain if there are any other pets or animals in the building or in the surrounding area. 5. The canine shall not be used to search facilities that contain substances potentially harmful to the animal unless overriding risk to human life is present. The presence of such substances is a factor weighing in favor of an on -lead search of the property. 6. Unless exigent circumstances exist, prior to commencing the search, the handler or other designated person shall loudly announce that there are police officers on the premises and that a trained police canine will be released if the individual does not surrender. A statement, similar to "IOWA CITY POLICE DOG! ANNOUNCE YOURSELF, COME OUT NOW OR YOU WILL BE BIT" shall be repeated at least once. In the absence of exigent circumstances, the canine unit shall wait at least 3 minutes prior to entry of the structure, to allow the suspect a reasonable opportunity to respond. In multilevel, partitioned or large single level structures said announcement shall be repeated as reasonably necessary to apprise occupants of the structure that there are police officers on the premises and that a trained police canine will be released if the individual does not surrender. For example, this standard may require a repetition of the announcement at new levels, entryways or portions of the structure distant from the original location of entry. To the extent possible, any warning should be communicated in a manner so that it is, recorded by an in -car or body -cam recorder, or given over an open radio channel for capture on the voice data logs. The time and location_ f 66 announcement(s) should be relayed to communication5'for itiolusion in the CAD but in any case shall be noted in the canine officer's incident report. y� 7. Prior to entry: = ;x a. All exits should be under containment. Officers should be OPS-07.5 positioned in such a manner as to provide a view of the site without exposing them. Containment means the suspect cannot escape from the perimeter without being observed. b. Radio communications switched to a designated frequency and limited to a tactical nature. 8. The decision as to whether the search should be conducted on- or off - lead will be made by the handler based on the information available at the time. The presence of substances potentially harmful to the canine is a factor weighing in favor of an on -lead search. 9. When apprehending suspects in these or related circumstances, canines shall be commanded to disengage as soon as the suspect is subdued or readily complies with the handler's commands. 10.Assisting officers should not walk between the canine and the suspect unless specifically instructed to do so by the handler. 11.The arrestee should not be transported in the same vehicle with the canine unless alternative transportation is not available and immediate transport is essential for safety or security reasons. C. REPORTS REQUIRED Use of specially trained police canines for law enforcement responsibilities constitutes a real or implied use of force. In this as in other cases, officers may only use that degree of force that reasonably appears necessary to apprehend or secure a suspect as governed by this department's Use of Force policy. In all instances where a canine is deployed, a supplemental report shall be submitted by the handler, or in the event he/she is unable to complete the report, by a watch supervisor. The supplemental report shall be forwarded to the Canine Supervisor. Whenever the canine unit apprehends a person, the handler shall complete a Use of Force R. Whenever a canine apprehends an individual with physical contact, whether or not in the line -of -duty, the handler shall: 1. Summon a supervisor to the scene. 2. Examine the affected area to determine the seriousness of the bite or injury. 3. Obtain medical treatment for the person; medical personnel should examine the affected area irrespective of the perceived seriousness of the bite or injury. 4. Take color photographs of the affected area, if possible, prior to and following medical treatments. A "full body" photograph should also be included. 5. Complete an incident report whenever it is known of lleged ghat a canine has apprehended or otherwise injured an ind11. dual o ;he report shall detail the circumstances surrounding the i,hcident the identity of the individual involved and any witnessesjhO ext uit of the injuries, if known, and measures taken in response to the ° incident. A Use of Force report shall also be filled out". Copi' of the incident report shall be forwarded to the Canine SupervkOr and the Commander of Field Operations prior to the end of the watch. OPS-07.6 D. CROWD CONTROL 1. Canine teams shall not be used for crowd control for peaceful demonstrations or gatherings. 2. Canine teams shall be used for crowd control only upon approval of the watch commander or canine supervisor, and only to protect against imminent loss of life or possible bodily injury. E. DRUG DETECTION Use of police canines in a drug detection capacity is authorized in the following situations and under the following conditions: 1. The canine unit shall maintain records that document the use and proficiency of individual canines in drug detection. This documentation shall be readily available to canine officers and others who may need it when seeking warrants. 2. Random exploratory sniffing of luggage, packages or other inanimate objects may be conducted in public facilities such as airports, and bus terminals, as authorized by the canine unit supervisor or other authorized command officer and in accordance with State and Federal law. a. When a drug detection canine alerts to luggage or related items, a warrant or consent to search must be obtained before it is opened unless exigent circumstances exist to justify a warrantless search. 3. The use of drug detection canines in public schools is permitted only when: a. The school's principal or designated authority requests or approves use of the canines. b. The search is limited to inanimate objects in public areas and the exterior of student lockers unless reasonable and articulable suspicion exists to gain admission to lockers and related areas where there is a reasonable expectation of privacy. (see Iowa Code Section 808A.3, Student Searches) 4. Drug -sniffing canines may be used to sniff motor vehicles when: a. Reasonable suspicion exists to believe the operator or passengers are in possession of illegal narcotics; or b. During a valid vehicle stop, the canine is used to sniff the vehicle's exterior in an exploratory manner. The traffic stop may not be unreasonably prolonged in order to have the c,anine�unit dispatched to the stop unless there is a reasonable suspicion of criminal activity other than the reason for the stop.' Unle ;the canine alerts to the vehicle, the operator may not tag det fined longer than necessary to conclude the business ,associated with the initial stop. c. A drug alert on a motor vehicle in and of itself is net.prole cause to arrest or search a passenger of that vehicle. Tyre must be additional articulable facts to provide a reasonabite belief of guilt before a passenger is arrested or searched. F. TRACKING OPS-07.7 Police canines are available to track missing persons or suspects, or to loot evidence believed to have been abandoned or hidden in a specified '6pen, r-ea.Such searches are subject to the following conditions and limitations: € k When officers are pursuing suspects and contact with the suspect is lost, the officer, prior to summoning a canine team shall: a. stop and pinpoint the location where the suspect was last seen; b. shut off engines of vehicles in the area if possible; and c. avoid vehicle or foot movement in the area where the suspect or subject was last seen. 2. Canines used for tracking persons shall remain on a leash of sufficient length to provide a reasonable measure of safety to the subject of the search without compromising the canine's tracking abilities. 3. When used to locate small children, unless there is a reasonable suspicion of foul play or a reasonable belief that serious bodily injury or death will occur if the child is not located immediately, the search shall be conducted on -leash. 4. Canine teams should not be used to apprehend persons suspected to be mentally ill, if no other crime is involved, unless the person poses an immediate significant threat of death or serious physical injury to themselves, an officer or others. G. CANINE USE 1. Teasing, agitating or roughhousing with a police canine is strictly prohibited unless performed as part of a training exercise. 2. Handlers shall not allow anyone to touch, pet or hug their canine without their permission and immediate supervision, Should a civilian express a desire to do so, they should be informed that police canines are working dogs and they can be dangerous if improperly approached. H. OUTSIDE USE OF CANINES 1. . Handlers will not offer or provide the services of the police canine for use to any outside agency without supervisor approval. The on - duty shift supervisor will make the decision and grant or deny approval for the K-9 unit to respond to the requesting agency. The supervisor will consider the current availability of units within the city prior to authorizing the use of the unit outside the city. 2. Emergency requests for the canine unit which occur when the canine unit is off -duty, will be cleared by the watch commander and coordinated with the canine unit. CANINE USE AND CARE Police canines are the sole property of the City of Iowa City and assigned to the selected officer(s) as a law enforcement tool. The canine officer has assigned responsibilities to maintain the animal, but the animal may be reassigned at the discretion of the Chief of Police. OPS-07.8 1. Police canines shall not be used for breeding, participation in ". s, field trials, exhibitions or demonstrations without prior approval of the Chief of Police or his/her designee. * , ,Canine handlers are personally responsible for the daily care and 'feeding of the animal including, but not limited to: a. maintenance and cleaning of the kennel and yard area where the canine is housed; b. provision of food, water and general diet maintenance as prescribed by the departmentally authorized veterinarian; c. grooming on a daily basis, or more often as required by weather, working conditions or other factors; d. daily exercise (police canines are not permitted to run at large unless performing police duties, i.e. training, under the direct control of the handler); 1) when someone other than the handler is exercising or otherwise handling the canine in public, the canine shall be muzzled. e. general medical attention and maintenance of health care records. The kennel area of the officer's residence is subject to inspection by the Chief of Police or his/her designee without notice. Any records pertaining to the canine which are housed at the officer's home are also subject to review and inspection without notice. J. VETERINARY SERVICE A licensed veterinarian will be chosen by the City to supply such veterinary services as needed. Periodic examinations will be arranged by the veterinarian for the canine. All medical treatments will be administered through the veterinarian's orders. In an extreme emergency the handler may utilize the nearest available veterinarian. The handler will notify the City veterinarian as to the illness or injury of the canine, and treatment given, as soon as possible. K. TRAINING Successful completion of initial training for the police canine team is required before being put into service. In order to continually develop the skills learned in the initial training, the canine handler and canine shall complete a minimum of 16 hours of refresher training each month. The canine supervisor shall arrange for periodic training to include annual re -certification of specific skills at designated periods. The primary responsibility of maintaining the working capabilities of the canine will remain with the handler. The canine handler shall forward documentation of all training to the department's training officer. Initial, monthly, and annual evaluation/certification shall be documented. OPS-07.9 L The.dePa,rnent shall enhance the effectiveness of canine training and the reliability f'court testimony by utilizing controlled substances in the training proee; b. The following procedures shall be utilized for the use of controlled su stances as canine training aids: A. Controlled substances used for canine training shall be obtained from the Drug Enforcement Administration (D.E.A.) Special Testing and Research Laboratory or Iowa City Evidence Custodian. The current D.E.A. procurement process will be followed when obtaining evidence from the D.E.A. All documentation relating to the procurement shall be preserved to enable tracking at a later date. B. All controlled substances obtained for canine training shall be stored in a dedicated safe in a secure locker when not in use for training. Only the canine officer and the canine supervisor shall have access to the safe. C. The canine officer will maintain a log of the controlled substances that will be stored in the dedicated safe. The log will document all chain of custody events concerning the use of the controlled substances. D. In the event the training controlled substances become lost, stolen, damaged, spilled, or unusable, the canine handler will complete an interdepartmental memorandum explaining the incident. This report will be forwarded to the canine supervisor who will notify the Captain of Field Operations. E. The canine supervisor shall conduct semiannual inspections of the training controlled substances. A report of the semiannual inspections will be submitted to the Captain of Field Operations and on the Departmental memorandum. The report will include the weight and condition of each controlled substance and include reference to any occurrence of lost, stolen, damaged, spilled, or unusable substances since the last inspection. F. Random inspections may also be undertaken by the canine supervisor, Captain of Field Operations, or chief of police designee. G. Once a controlled substance is no longer usable for training, D.E.A. and departmental procedures for documenting controlled substance destruction shall be followed. H. Any requests for the replacement for controlled substances will follow the current D.E.A. or Departmental procurement process - whichever is applicable. M. Equipment 1. Canine officers shall have a specially equipped vehicle intended for the purpose of transporting the canine. The OPS-07.10 canine officer shall use the vehicle to transport the canine to and from work or to other canine related duties. Canine transport vehicles shall have a cage designed specifically for the transport of canines. The cage shall be of a design that gives the canine adequate room for extended periods of stay and constructed in a manner that safeguards the canine from injury. The cage shall protect the driver and other occupants of the vehicle from the canine and shall shield the canine from outside contact. The canine vehicle shall not be utilized to transport detainees. 3. Canine transport vehicles shall be equipped with a temperature monitoring device that will alert the canine officer by an audible alert when the vehicle temperature exceeds safe levels. This system may also incorporate a remote - controlled door opening system to allow rapid exit of the canine for emergency situations. 4. Canine officers shall be provided with the necessary equipment for work, care, and use of the canine. At a minimum this will include: a. Water and food bowls b. An indoor crate of proper size for the breed of canine assigned to the officer. c. Walking and tracking leads d. Collars and neck chains to include tracking harnesses, collars, and general duty choker chains. e. Secure containers for narcotics used in training. f. General purpose and hidden bite sleeves for use in bite training. g. Reward "toys" for use in training. h. Grooming equipment to include brushes, nail clippers, other tools, and supplies for maintaining the canine's appearance 5. When necessary, the department shall have constructed an appropriate outdoor dog run at the canine officer's residence for containment of the canine. Any dog run utilized by the canine officer for securing the canine outside shall be approved by the canine supervisor and include a visual inspection. Any needed repairs or maintenance shall be the provided by the department. The canine officer shall be responsible for maintaining the outside dog run in a condition to prevent the escape of the police canine. 5. Other equipment may be provided as necessary. OPS-07.11 O. Deployment Data Can nd'officers shall record the following deployment data; a I#e and Time b. Requesting officer and agency c. Type of Deployment i. Traffic stops ii. Tracks iii. Dwelling open air detection iv. Building searches v. Open searches vi. Public relations events vii. Drug interdictions d. Outcome of deployment e. Weather conditions if applicable f. Notes the handler believe are pertinent Dustin Liston, Chief of Police WARNING This directive is for departmental use only and does not apply in any criminal or civil proceeding. The department policy should not be construed as a creation of higher legal standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense with respect to third -party claims. Violations of this directive will only form the basis for departmental administrative sanctions. Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual CHIEF'S PREFACE Policing involves a special trust given to us by the public to uphold and enforce the laws. "To work in partnership with the community, enhance trust, protect with courage and compassion and empower victims of crime through excellent service" is more than just our mission statement; it represents the very embodiment of the special relationship that our police department has fostered with the community members who live, work and visit within the City of Iowa City. The police are responsible for the protection of lives, property and the rights of all persons. Members must be mindful to deliver services in a manner that is professional, fair and impartial. As a member of the Iowa City Police Department, these policies will provide the guidance and framework for the delivery of services and conduct for all members of the Department. They reflect current case decisions, best practices consistent with the industry standard and a high professional standard which is influenced by subject matter experts. This policy manual is a working tool, an on- going "living document" and will be ever -changing with current laws and best practices. As such, it will be updated regularly to incorporate the most contemporary laws and standards applicable to our profession. Law Enforcement is an honorable, complex and demanding profession that is continually changing. The Policy Manual is a vital tool for every member of the police department to utilize. Although it is not possible to anticipate every situation employees will face, there may be times when you use your best judgment consistent with the Law Enforcement Code of Ethics and the core values of the Iowa City Police Department. This manual will assist you in making proper, ethical and responsible decisions and enable the department to function in the most effective manner. Perhaps, even more importantly, it will provide the members of our community with the highest quality of police services. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Chief's Preface - 1 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ���|' Department .��� `�|`y . �U�� Policy Manual LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICS AS G law enforcement officer, my fundamental duty is to SgRe the community; to safeguard lives and pn}p8dv; to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression Or iDUO0idGUOD and the peaceful against abuse or disorder; and to F8Sp8[t the CUOSUtUUOO8| rights of all to liberty, equality and justice. | will h88p my private life unsullied GS an ex@O0p|8 to GU and will behave in G manner that d08S not bring discredit to nnR or to my agency. | will maintain 0OUr8g8OUS C8|mn in the f8CR of danger, SCO[D or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be CODSt8DUy mindful of the welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed both in my personal and official life, | will be exemplary in Obeying the |8vv and the PggU|8UOOS of my department. Whatever | SgU or hear Of@ CODfideDb@| D@tU[8 or that is confided to me in my official capacity will be kept ever secret Un|eSS revelation is necessary in the performance UfO0yduty. | will never 8CL OffiCkJUSk/ Or permit p8rSOn@| fee|ingS, prejudices, pO|iUC8| beliefs, 8Spir8Lk}nS. @DiDlUSitieS or friendships to influence my d8CSi0DS. With DO C000p[OrDisg for QiOle and with mB|enU8SS prOSeCUUOn of criminals, | will enforce the |8vv COUrteOUS|y and appropriately without fear or favor, malice or ill will, never employing unnecessary force or abuse and never accepting I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it as a public trust to be held SO long as | 8m true to the EHhiCS of police service. | will never engage in acts of corruption or bribery, nor will | CUDdUDe such @CtS by other police OffiCOnS. | will CUUpe[Gtg with all legally authorized agencies and their representatives inthe pursuit Ofjustice. | know that | alone @O0responsible for 0Oyown standard Ofprofessional performance and will take every reasonable opportunity to enhance and improve my level of knowledge and competence. I will constantly strive to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God to my chosen profession ... |awenforoement. Copyright Lexipol,uo2022/02/09.All Rights Reserved. Law Enforcement Code ofEthics -2 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual MISSION STATEMENT "To work in partnership with the community, enhance trust, protect with courage and compassion, and empower victims of crime through excellence in service." Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Mission Statement - 3 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Table of Contents Chief's Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Law Enforcement Code of Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chapter 1 - Law Enforcement Role and Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 100 - Law Enforcement Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 101 - Chief Executive Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 102 - Oath of Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 103 - Policy Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Chapter 2 - Organization and Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 200 - Organizational Structure and Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 201 - General Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 202 - Emergency Operations Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 203 - Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 206 - Supervision Staffing Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 207 - Retired Officer Identification Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Chapter 3 - General Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 302 - Handcuffing and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 305 - Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 306 - Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 307 - Vehicle Pursuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 308 - Foot Pursuits . 64 309 - Officer Response to Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 313 - Child Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 314 - Dependent Adult Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 315 - Discriminatory Harassment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 316 - Missing Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 317 - Public Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 318 - Victim and Witness Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 319 - Hate Crimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 320 - Standards of Conduct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 323 - Report Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 343 - Off -Duty Law Enforcement Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Chapter 4 - Patrol Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 404 - Special Response Team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 412 - Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives . . . . . . . . . . 133 Chapter 6 - Investigation Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 605 - Brady Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Copyright Lexipol, ILLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Table of Contents - 4 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Chapter 10 - Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 1004 - Anti -Retaliation . . . . . . . . 142 1005- Reporting of Arrests, Convictions and Court Orders . . . . . . . . . 145 1006 - Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 1007 - Sick Leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 1017- Meal Periods and Breaks . . . . . . . . 153 1019 - Payroll Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 1020 - Overtime Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 1022 - Work -Related Injury and Occupational Disease Reporting . . . . . . . 157 1032 - Line -of -Duty Deaths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Attachments . Copyright Lexipol, ILLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Table of Contents - 5 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Chapter 1 - Law Enforcement Role and Authority Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Law Enforcement Role and Authority - 6 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual N Enforcement Authority 100-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose Of this policy is to @ffiO0 the @UthOhb/ Of the [DU0b8[S of the |OVv@ City PO|iC8 Department to perform their functions based on established legal authority. 100.2 POLICY |tiSthe policy 0fthe Iowa City Police Department b]limit its members U]only exercise the authority granted b]them by law. While this department recognizes the power of peace officers tomake arrests and take other enforcement acUnn, officers are encouraged to use sound discretion in the enforcement of the law. This department does not tolerate abuse of law enforcement authority. 100'3 PEACE OFFICER POWERS Certified rnannbere of this department are authorized to exercise peace officer powers pursuant toapplicable state law. 1003.1 ARREST AUTHORITY WITHIN THE JURISDICTION {)FTHE |CWACITY POLICE DEPARTMENT The arrest authority within the jurisdiction of the Iowa City Police Department includes: (8) |Dcompliance with GDarrest warrant (Iowa Code §804.7). (b) When the officer has probable cause tObelieve that apublic offense was committed by the person to be arrested (Iowa Code § 804.7). (c) When the officer has probable cause to believe that the individual is a material witness to a felony who will |ih8|y be unavailable for service of SubpO8na, provided that the officer (Iowa Code § 804.11): 1 . Identifies him/herself as an officer. 2. Explains the reason for the arrest. 3. Causes the witness to be taken to the nearest or most accessible magistrate to obtain a subpoena (Iowa Code § 804.23). (d) \80leO the OffiD8[ is in full uniform or displaying 8 badge or other insignia of authority and ObSen/ea an individual violating or attempting to violate an order which affects the public generally during a state of emergency (Iowa Code § 29C. 18). 100.3.2 AUTHORITY OUTSIDE THE JURISDICTION OFTHE |OVVACITY POLICE DEPARTMENT The arrest authority Ufofficers outside the jurisdiction Ufthe Iowa City Police Department includes: (8) |Ocompliance with 8Darrest warrant (Iowa Code §804'4\. (b) When 8public offense has been committed 0attempted to be committed iOthe officer's presence (Iowa Code § 804.9). Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Law Enforcement Authority -7 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Law Enforcement Authority (c) When the officer has DrOb8b|8 C@uS8 to believe the person to be arrested has (d) When GOofficer who iSiOfull uniform V[displaying 8b@dgeO[Othe[iOSigOi@Of8uUloritv obSenxyS an individual violating or attempting to violate an Order which affects the public generally during Gstate Ofemergency (Iowa Code &2SC.18\. 100.33 GRANTING AUTHORITY T[)OTHERS An officer making @ |UgG| arrest may orally summon as O0@Dy persons @Sthe officer reasonably finds necessary [Oaid the officer inmaking the arrest (Iowa Code G804.17\. 100'4 INTERSTATE PEACE OFFICER POWERS The authority of officers may be extended to other states: (8) As applicable under interstate COrOoaote. meOlOn8OdUnlS of understanding Or nlUtU8| aid 8g[eeDleO1S in DOODp|i@OC8 with the |8VVs of each state UOVV8 Code § 884.713; |OVV8 Code §8O8.1\. (b) When an officer enters the SiUteS of Wisconsin, N8b[8Sk8, K4iDOeSOL8 or Missouri in fresh pursuit of person believed to have COnlnlUted 8 felony 8A/S. GL8L. @ 978.04 /VViSCOnSin\� Neb. ��8v 8i8t 829-418 (Nebraska); Minn.�t8L �82885 (P�inn�SOi8)' (Wisconsin); � � �^ ` '. � �" � (Minnesota); (o) When an officer enters South Dakota in fresh pursuit of person believed LO have CO00iUed 8 Ch0e in the officer's presence (S[][|L 8 23A-3-9; 80CL § 23A-3-10 (South Dakota)). (d) When an officer has entered U|iOOiS in fresh pursuit of person believed LO have committed an offense (725 ILCS 5/107-4 (Illinois)). If an officer makes an arrest in Wisconsin, Nebraska, Minnesota, Missouri, South Dakota or Illinois, the arresting officer shall cause the person to be taken without delay to a jud0g, magistrate or court |nthe �UriSdiC{iOnwh8n9[h88�RSLvv8Sm8d�(VViS�8t8L89YG�04� Neb. F�Hv. 8[8t &29-41�� ' ` ^ . � � �^ . Minn. Stat. Q026.00' &544 155 R@Mo; S[}CL § 23A-3-12' 725 |LCG 5/107-4) 100'5 CONSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS All rn8rnb8rS Sh8U ObS8n/e and comply with every p8rSOn'S clearly established rights under the United States and Iowa Constitutions. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Law Enforcement Authority -8 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Chief Executive Officer 101.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE All law enforcement Chief Executive Officers employed within the State of Iowa are required to meet specific requirements for appointment. This policy provides guidelines for the appointment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Iowa City Police Department, who is required to exercise the powers and duties of the office as prescribed by state law (Iowa Code § 804.7; Iowa Code § 820.9). 101.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department that the Chief of Police meets the minimum standards for exercising his/her authority granted by law. 101.3 CHIEF OF POLICE REQUIREMENTS The Chief of Police of this department, as a condition of employment, shall: (a) Be certified by the Iowa Law Enforcement Academy (ILEA) within one year of employment (Iowa Code § 8013.11). (b) Meet all of the requirements as specified in Iowa Code § 400.13. Copyright Lexipol, ILLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Chief Executive Officer - 9 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Oath of Office 102.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to ensure that oaths, when appropriate, are administered to department members. 102.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department that, when appropriate, department members affirm the oath of their office as an expression of commitment to the constitutional rights of those served by the Department and the dedication of its members to their duties. 102.3 OATH OF OFFICE All department members, when appropriate, shall take and subscribe to the oaths or affirmations applicable to their positions (Iowa Const. art. XI, § 5; Iowa Code § 63.10). The form of the oath should be as follows. If a member is opposed to taking an oath, he/she shall be permitted to substitute the word "affirm" for the word "swear". I, (employee name), do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of Iowa, and that I will faithfully and impartially, to the best of my ability, discharge all the duties of the office of (naming it) in (name of township, city, county, district, or state), as now or hereafter required by law. 102.4 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS The oath of office shall be filed as required for any other public record and retained in accordance with the established records retention schedule. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. oath of Office - 10 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Policy Manual 103.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The manual of the Iowa City Police Department is hereby established and shall be referred to as the Policy Manual or the manual. The manual is a statement of the current policies, procedures, rules and guidelines of this department. All members are to conform to the provisions of this manual. All prior and existing manuals, orders and regulations that are in conflict with this manual are rescinded, except to the extent that portions of existing manuals, orders and other regulations that have not been included herein shall remain in effect where they do not conflict with the provisions of this manual. 103.2 POLICY Except where otherwise expressly stated, the provisions of this manual shall be considered as guidelines. It is recognized that the work of law enforcement is not always predictable and that circumstances may arise that warrant departure from these guidelines. It is the intent of this manual to be viewed from an objective standard, taking into consideration the sound discretion entrusted to members of this department under the circumstances reasonably available at the time of any incident. 103.2.1 DISCLAIMER The provisions contained in the Policy Manual are not intended to create an employment contract nor any employment rights or entitlements. The policies contained within this manual are for the internal use of the Iowa City Police Department and shall not be construed to create a higher standard or duty of care for civil or criminal liability against the City, its officials or department members. Violations of any provision of any policy contained within this manual shall only form the basis for administrative action, training or discipline. The Iowa City Police Department reserves the right to revise any policy content, in whole or in part. 103.3 AUTHORITY The Chief of Police shall be considered the ultimate authority for the content and adoption of the provisions of this manual and shall ensure compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws. The Chief of Police or the authorized designee is authorized to issue General Orders, which shall modify those provisions of the manual to which they pertain. 103.4 DEFINITIONS The following words and terms shall have these assigned meanings throughout the Policy Manual, unless it is apparent from the content that they have a different meaning: Adult - Any person 18 years of age or older. City - The City of Iowa City. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Policy Manual - 11 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Policy Manual Nom-sworn-Emp|oyeesandvolunteers who are not certified peace officers. DepmrtmmemWUCP0-The Iowa City Police Department. Employee - Any person employed bythe Department. Manual - The Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual. KWay- Indicates a pernoiaeivg, discretionary orconditional action. Member - Any person employed or appointed by the Iowa City Police Department, including: ° FuU-mndpart-Umeam ° Certified peace officers ° Non -sworn employees ° Volunteers Officer - Those emp|oyeea, regardless of rank, who are certified peace officer employees of the Iowa City Police Department (Iowa Code 88O1.4). On -duty - A member'a status during the period when he/she is actually engaged in the performance ofhis/her assigned duties. Order -Awritten O[verbal instruction issued by8superior. Rank - The title ofthe classification held byanofficer. Shall orwill - Indicates umandatory action. Should - Indicates a generally required or expected ooUon, absent a rational basis for failing to CODfU[O0. Supervisor - A person in a position of authority that may include responsibility for hiring, transfer, suspension, promotion, discharge, assignment, reward O[discipline Ofother department members, directing the work of other members or having the authority to adjust grievances. The supervisory UXe[CiS8 of authority may not be [D8[e|y POuUDU or clerical in D8tU[8 but [8qUi[eS the use Ofindependent judgment. The term "SuperviSOr'may also include any person (U.Q.,UffiC8FiD-Ch@[gS.lead U[senior worker) given responsibility for the direction of the work of others vvi[hOUi regard to @ formal job title, rank or compensation. 103.5 ISSUING THE POLICY MANUAL /\Delectronic version Ofthe Policy Manual will b8made available U}all members 0Othe department network for viewing and printing. NO changes Sh@U be made to the nn8nU8| vvithOUL authorization from the Chief ufPolice or the authorized designee. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Policy Manual -12 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Policy Manual Each member shall acknowledge that he/she has been provided access to and has had the opportunity to review the Policy Manual and General Orders. Members shall seek clarification as needed from an appropriate supervisor for any provisions that they do not fully understand. 103.6 PERIODIC REVIEW OF THE POLICY MANUAL The Chief of Police will ensure that the Policy Manual is periodically reviewed and updated as necessary. 103.7 REVISIONS TO POLICIES All revisions to the Policy Manual will be provided to each member on or before the date the policy becomes effective. Each member will be required to acknowledge that he/she has reviewed the revisions and shall seek clarification from an appropriate supervisor as needed. Members are responsible for keeping abreast of all Policy Manual revisions. Each Watch Commander will ensure that members under his/her command are aware of any Policy Manual revision. All department members suggesting revision of the contents of the Policy Manual shall forward their written suggestions to their Division Commanders, who will consider the recommendations and forward them to the command staff as appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Policy Manual - 13 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Chapter 2 - Organization and Administration Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Organization and Administration - 14 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Organizational ��� u�� �� N��� ~�=~U~�mw Structure ��� Responsibility U ���� °����°�. ~~ =~���� N����=° ���.~= �� U ��� 200-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes the organizational structure of the Department and defines general responsibilities of department members. 200.2 POLICY The |OwG City PO|iC8 Department will implement and 0@iOh]iD an O[gGDizGUOD@| structure that provides clear and identifiable roles for command, control and guidance of the Department. Each pOSibOO and assignment should have clearly identified responsibilities and @ defined chain Of 200-3 DIVISIONS The Chief of PU|iC8 is [gSpODSib|U for @dDliDiSt8hDQ and Ol@D@QiDg the |OvV8 City PU|iC8 Department. There are two divisions in the Department: 0 Support Services Division 0 Field Operations Division 200.3.1 SUPPORT SERVICES DIVISION The Support Services [)kviSiOD is C000O0@Dded by GD @SSiQDUd C@ntaiO, vvhDSS primary mBSpOnSibi|ib/ is to provide general nn@n@gennen[. direction and COn[pO| for the GUppOd 88rviCUS Division. The Support Services [)iViSiUD consists Uftechnical and administrative services including Animal 88rviC8S, R8COrdS' Evidence, Community C)Utn88Ch ASSiSt8nLS' Training, Accreditation, and Computer System Analyst. 2003.2 FIELD OPERATIONS DIVISION The Field [)onraUone Division is commanded by [eSpOOSibi|ib/ is to provide QeDg[@| O08O8g8rOUDt. Operations Division. The Field C)panaUone Division Investigations Division. 200.4 COMMAND PROTOCOL an assigned C8D[8in, vvhOSH primary direction and &ODtn]| for the Field consists of uniformed patrol and the 2004] SUCCESSION {)FCOMMAND The Chief of Police enenjaee oornnlend over all members of the |nvva City Police Department. [)uhnQ planned abagnoga. the Chief of Police will designate a Division Commander to serve as the acting Chief of Police. EXCU[t when designated GS@bOv8,thgUnd8[OfCOmnl@Dd@uUlOritviDUleGbS8DCUO[uD8v@i|@bi|itv of the Chief of Police is as follows: (a) Field Operations Division Commander (b) Support Services Division Commander Copyright Lexipm.uoe02cmume.All Rights Reserved. Organizational Structure and Responsibility ' Published with permission byIowa City Police Department 15 Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Organizational Structure and Responsibility (c) Lieutenant of Investigations 200.4.2 UNITY OF COMMAND Except where specifically delegated authority may exist by policy or special assignment (e.g., SRT), any supervisor may temporarily direct any subordinate if an operational necessity exists. 200.5 AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES Each member will be assigned duties and responsibilities. Each member is delegated the authority necessary to effectively execute those responsibilities. Each member will also be held accountable for the appropriate application of that delegated authority. Copyright I_exipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Organizational Structure and Responsibility - Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department 16 | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual General Orders ers 201-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for issuing General Orders. 201.2 POLICY General Orders will be used to modify policies of the Iowa City Police Department when an immediate need to adapt policy or procedure gxiata, in order to beet meet the mission of the Department. Applicable collective bargaining agreements and other alternatives should be considered before a General Order is issued. 201'3 PROTOCOL General Orders will b8incorporated into the Policy Manual, 8Srequired, upon approval. General C)ndO[S will modify existing pO|iCigS or C[U@te @ new policy as @ppFOph@tg and will be FUSCiOdgd if incorporated into the manual. The Support Services Division Commander or the authorized designee should ensure that all General Orders are disseminated appropriately. General Orders should be numbered consecutively and incorporate the year Ofissue. All members will benotified when @ General Order is rescinded or has been formally adopted into the Policy Manual. 201.4 RESPONSIBILITIES 2014.1 COMMAND STAFF C000rD@Dd staff shall pUhOdiC8Uy [8ViUVv General [}ndSnS to dUtU00iO8 whether they ShUU|d be fnrnn@||y incorporated into the Policy M3nU8| and, as 8ppn}phaL8' will neCOnnrnend necessary modifications tOthe Chief OfPolice. 201.4.2 CHIEF OFPOLICE Only the Chief of Police or the authorized designee may approve and issue General Orders. 201-5 ACCEPTANCE OF DIRECTIVES All members shall be provided access tothe General Orders. Each member shall acknowledge that he/she has been provided access to and has had the opportunity to review the General Orders. Members shall seek clarification @Sneeded from @Dappropriate supervisor for any provisions they do not fully understand. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. General Orders -17 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual �� Operations ��U �������r������N��� ����N���N������ Plan 202-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy clarifies the role of the Iowa City Police Department and responsibilities of its members pertaining to large-scale emergencies and the Iowa Department of Homeland Security and Emergency Management (HGEW1D). 202.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department will prepare for large-scale emergencies within and outside its jurisdiction through planning and mutual cooperation with other agencies. 202'3 ACTIVATING THE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN The Emergency Operations Plan can be activated in a number of ways. For the Iowa City Police DepG[tO0gDt' the Chief of P0|iC8 or the highest [GDhiDQ on -duty supervisor may activate the Emergency Operations Plan inresponse toamajor amergency. Upon @CUv@tiOD of the D|@O. the Chief of Police or the @uUlO[iz8d designee should CODt8C1 the HSEMD to assist with mutual aid response from local, state and federal law enforcement agencies. 202.3.1 RECALL [}FPERSONNEL |nthe event that the Emergency Operations Plan is activated, all employees of the Iowa City Police Department are subject to immediate recall to service. Employees may also be subject to recall during extraordinary circumstances as deemed necessary by the Chief of Police or the highest ranking on -duty supervisor. Once received, failure to promptly respond to an order to report for duty may result in discipline. 202'4 LOCATION OF THE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Copies of the Emergency Operations Plan are available electronically for all members. All members should familiarize themselves with the Emergency Operations Plan and the roles they will play when the plan is implemented. The Support Services Division Commander should ensure that department members are familiar with the roles they will play when the plan is implemented. 202'5 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN REVIEW The Chief of Police or the authorized designee nhoU review the Emergency Operations Plan at least annually and ensure the p|@D CODfU[[DS to any FgviSiOOS made by the N@UOD@| |DCidgOt Management System (NIMS). The Chief of Police or the authorized designee should appropriately address any needed revisions. 202'6 TRAINING The Department should provide annual training on the Emergency Operations Plan for all supervisors and other appropriate personnel. All supervisors should familiarize themselves with Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Emergency Operations Plan -18 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Emergency Operations Plan the Emergency Operations Plan and personnel responsibilities when the plan is implemented. Training should incorporate a full or partial exercise, tabletop or command discussion. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Emergency Operations Plan - 19 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Training ��N��N~ Nng 203-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes g8O8[@| guidelines for how training is to be identified, conducted and documented. This policy is not meant to address all specific training endeavors or identify every required training topic. 203'2 POLICY The Department shall administer a training program that will meet the standards of federal, state, |UC@| and the |OVV@ L@VV EDf0[CUOnUOt /\C8deDly (ILEA) t[@iDiDQ FeqUiPgO08DtS. It is @ priority of this department to provide continuing 8dUC8UOn and training for the prOfSSSiOn8| growth and development Ufits members. 203'3 OBJECTIVES The objectives of the training program are to: (8) Enhance the level Uflaw enforcement service to the public. (b) Increase the technical expertise and overall effectiveness of department members. (C) Provide for continued professional development Ofdepartment members. (d) EnSUnB COmnp|i8nQ8 with ILEA rU|HS and nBgU|@dOnS concerning |8vv enforcement training. 203.4 TRAINING COORDINATOR The Chief of Police shall designate u Training Coordinator who is responsible for developing, reviewing, updating and O0@iDt@iDiDQ the dep8[trDgD1 training p|GD SO that required t[@iOiDQ is COnnp|Ri8d. The Training Coordinator should review the training plan annually. 2034.1 TRAINING COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Training Coordinator shall ensure that all regular officers receive the [UqUiR3d DliDi[OUO0 hOU[S 203-5 TRAINING 203.5.1 GOVERN MENT-MAN DATED TRAINING The following |iStS' VVhi|8 not all iDC|USiv8' identify training that is required under state and federal |8vvS and nBgU|@UOnS. /\ddiUOn8| required training may be identified in individual policies. (a) Federally mandated training: 1. National Incident Management System (N|K8S)training (b) State -mandated training: Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Training - 20 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Training 1. Officers must successfully complete certified basic law enforcement training before being issued a peace officer's license (Iowa Code § 8013.11). 2. Annual ILEA officer in-service training. Training shall consist of (501 IAC 8.1): (a) Firearms training and qualification with all duty firearms for officers authorized to carry firearms by the Department. (b) Maintenance of CPR certification. (c) A minimum of 12 hours of academic in-service training annually or 36 hours of academic in-service training every three years. (d) Mental health in-service training. (e) Training for investigation, identification, and reporting of public offenses based on the race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, political affiliation, sex, sexual orientation, age, or disability for the victim. (f) A minimum of two hours of child abuse identification and reporting training every three years. (g) A minimum of two hours of dependent adult abuse identification and reporting training every three years. (h) De-escalation techniques and prevention of bias. (c) Any other mandated training as determined by the Iowa City Police Department. 203.9 TRAINING COMMITTEE The Training Coordinator may establish a Training Committee, on a temporary or as -needed basis, which will assist with identifying training needs. The Training Committee should be comprised of at least three members, with the senior ranking member of the committee acting as the chairperson. Committee members should be selected based on their abilities at post -incident evaluation and at assessing related training needs. The Training Coordinator may remove or replace members of the committee at his/her discretion. The Training Committee should review certain incidents to determine whether training would likely improve future outcomes or reduce or prevent the recurrence of the undesirable issues related to an incident. Specific incidents the Training Committee should review include, but are not limited to: (a) Any incident involving the death or serious injury of a member. (b) Incidents involving a high risk of death, serious injury or civil liability. (c) Incidents identified by the Department to determine possible training needs. The Training Committee should as needed, as determined by the Training Coordinator, to review the identified incidents. The committee shall determine by consensus whether a training need exists and then submit written recommendations of its findings to the Training Coordinator. The recommendation should not identify specific facts of any incidents, such as identities of members involved or the date, time and location of the incident, but should focus on the type of training being recommended. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Training - 21 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Training The Training Coordinator will consider the recommendations of the committee and determine what training should be addressed, taking into consideration the mission of the Department and the available resources. Training recommendations as determined by the Training Coordinator shall be submitted to the command staff for review. 203.10 TRAINING ATTENDANCE (a) All members assigned to attend training shall attend as scheduled unless previously excused by their immediate supervisor. Excused absences should be limited to: 1. Court appearances. 2. Previously approved vacation or time off. 3. Illness or medical leave. 4. Physical limitations preventing the member's participation. 5. Emergency situations or department necessity. (b) Any member who is unable to attend training as scheduled shall notify his/her supervisor as soon as practicable but no later than one hour prior to the start of training and shall make arrangements through his/her supervisor or the Training Coordinator to attend the required training on an alternate date. 203.11 DAILY TRAINING BULLETINS Daily Training Bulletins (DTBs) are contained in a Web -accessed system that provides training on the Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual and other important topics. Generally, one training bulletin is available for each day of the month. However, the number of DTBs may be adjusted by the Training Coordinator. Members assigned to participate in DTBs shall only use the login credentials assigned to them by the Training Coordinator. Members should not share their password with others and should frequently change their password to protect the security of the system. After each session, members should log off the system to prevent unauthorized access. The content of the DTBs is copyrighted material and shall not be shared with others outside of the Department. Members who are assigned to participate in the DTB program should complete each DTB at the beginning of their shifts or as otherwise directed by their supervisor. Members should not allow uncompleted DTBs to build up over time, and may be required to complete DTBs missed during extended absences (e.g., vacation, medical leave) upon returning to duty. Although the DTB system can be accessed from any Internet -enabled computer, members shall only take DTBs as part of their on -duty assignments, unless directed otherwise by a supervisor. Supervisors will be responsible for monitoring the progress of those under their command to ensure compliance with this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Training - 22 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Training 203.12 TRAINING RECORDS The Training Coordinator is responsible for the creation, filing and storage of all training records. Training records shall be retained in accordance with the established records retention schedule (501 IAC 8.3). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Training - 23 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Supervision �� N U �����U���� Levels Staffing �~ U " �� ~~� ~~ ~� 206-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines UD eDSU[U that proper supervision is @v@i|@b|8 tomeet the needs ofthe Department and members throughout all Divisions. 206.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department will ensure that proper supervision iSavailable U]meet the needs of its members and to achieve the goals of the Department. The needs of its members should be balanced with the needs of the Department for flexibility and discretion in assigning members to meet supervisory needs. While balance is desirable, the paramount concern is to meet the needs ofthe Department. 206'3 MINIMUM SUPERVISION STAFFING LEVELS K4ininnUrn staffing levels should be established by the Division Commanders for each Division and work group. The supervision staffing |Uv8|S should support proper supervision, Sp@D of control, COnnp|i8nC8 with any CO||8CtivH bargaining 8grRHnnHnt and activity levels to meet the needs Of members and the goals ofthe Department. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Supervision Staffing Levels -24 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Retired Officer Identification Card 207.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the issuance, denial, suspension or revocation of Iowa City Police Department identification cards to qualified former or retired peace officers under the Law Enforcement Officers' Safety Act (LEOSA) (18 USC § 926C). 207.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to provide identification cards to qualified former or retired officers to facilitate the lawful carrying of concealed weapons by those individuals. 207.3 LEOSA The Chief of Police may issue an identification card for LEOSA purposes to any qualified former officer of this department who (18 USC § 926C(c)): (a) Separated from service in good standing from this department as an officer. (b) Before such separation, had regular employment as a peace officer for an aggregate of 10 years or more or, if employed as a peace officer for less than 10 years, separated from service after completing any applicable probationary period due to a service - connected disability as determined by this department. (c) Has not been officially found by a qualified medical professional employed by the department to be unqualified for reasons related to mental health. (d) Has not entered into an agreement with this department where the officer acknowledges that he/she is not qualified to receive a firearms qualification certificate for reasons related to mental health. (e) Is not prohibited by federal law from receiving or possessing a firearm. 207.3.1 LEOSA CARD FORMAT The LEOSA identification card should contain a photograph of the former officer and identify him/ her as having been employed as an officer. If the Iowa City Police Department qualifies the former officer, the LEOSA identification card or separate certification should indicate the date the former officer was tested or otherwise found by the Department to meet the active -duty standards for qualification to carry a firearm. 207.3.2 AUTHORIZATION Any qualified former peace officer, including a former officer of this department, may carry a concealed firearm under 18 USC § 926C when he/she is: (a) In possession of photographic identification that identifies him/her as having been employed as a peace officer, and one of the following: Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Retired Officer Identification Card - 25 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Retired Officer Identification Card (a) An indication from the person's former law enforcement agency that he/she has, within the past year, been tested or otherwise found by the law enforcement agency to meet agency -established active -duty standards for qualification in firearms training to carry a firearm of the same type as the concealed firearm. (b) A certification, issued by either the state in which the person resides or by a certified firearms instructor who is qualified to conduct a firearms qualification test for active -duty peace officers within that state, indicating that the person has, within the past year, been tested or otherwise found to meet the standards established by the state or, if not applicable, the standards of any agency in that state. (b) Not under the influence of alcohol or another intoxicating or hallucinatory drug or substance. (c) Not prohibited by federal law from receiving a firearm. (d) Not in a location prohibited by Iowa law or by a private person or entity on his/her property if such prohibition is permitted by Iowa law. (e) permits private persons or entities to prohibit or restrict the possession of concealed firearms on their property; or (f) prohibits or restricts the possession of firearms on any State or local government property, installation, building, base, or park. 207.3 FORMER OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES 207.3.1 RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER LEOSA In order to obtain or retain a LEOSA identification card, the former officer shall: (a) Sign a waiver of liability of the Department for all acts taken related to carrying a concealed firearm, acknowledging both his/her personal responsibility as a private person for all acts taken when carrying a concealed firearm as permitted by LEOSA and also that these acts were not taken as an employee or former employee of the Department. (b) Remain subject to all applicable department policies and federal, state and local laws. (c) Demonstrate good judgment and character commensurate with carrying a loaded and concealed firearm. (d) Successfully pass an annual criminal history background check indicating that he/she is not prohibited by law from receiving or possessing a firearm. 207.4 DENIAL, SUSPENSION OR REVOCATION A LEOSA identification card may be denied or revoked upon a showing of good cause as determined by the Department. In the event that an identification card is denied, suspended or Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Retired Officer Identification Card - 26 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Retired Officer Identification Card revoked, the former officer may request a review by the Chief of Police. The decision of the Chief of Police is final. 207.5 FIREARM QUALIFICATIONS The Lead Firearms Instructor may provide former officers from this department an opportunity to qualify. Written evidence of the qualification and the weapons used will be provided and will contain the date of the qualification. The Lead Firearms Instructor will maintain a record of the qualifications and weapons used. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Retired Officer Identification Card - 27 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Chapter 3 - General Operations Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. General Operations - 28 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Handcuffing ��� °� Restraints �����������8NNU���� ������ 302-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the use of handcuffs and other restraints during detentions and 302.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department authorizes the use of restraint devices in accordance with this policy, the Use OfForce Policy and department training. Restraint devices shall not be used to punish, to display authority or as a show of force. 302'3 USE OF RESTRAINTS n|y members who have successfully completed |Ovv8 City PO|iC8 [)Hp@dnnRnt-8pprOv8d training on the use of restraint devices described in this policy are authorized to use these devices. When deciding whether to Use any restraint, officers ShOU|d carefully balance officer safety concerns with factors that include, but are not limited to: ° The circumstances Orcrime leading tOthe arrest. ° The demeanor and behavior Cfthe arrested person. ° The age and health Ofthe person. ° Whether the person iSknown LObepregnant. ° Whether the person has 8hearing O[speaking disability. ° Whether the person has any other apparent disability. In such cases, consideration should be given, safety permitting, to handcuffing to the front in order to allow the person to sign or write notes 3023] RESTRAINT C)FDETAINEES Situations may arise where it may be reasonable to restrain a person who may, after brief investigation, be released without arrest. Unless arrested, the use of restraints on detainees should continue only for as long as is reasonably necessary to ensure the safety of officers and others. When deciding whether to [gDlOv8 [8St[GiOtS from 8 detainee, UffiC8[S should cUDtiDuOUS|y vVUiQh the S8hStv in[8n3StS at hand against the continuing intrusion upon the detainee. 302.3.2 RESTRAINT C}FPREGNANT PERSONS Persons who are kDOVVD to be p[8gOGOt should be [8st[@iDSd in the least [8StriCbvU manner that is effective for officer safety. Leg irons, waist chains, or handcuffs behind the body should not be used unless the officer has a reasonable suspicion that the person may ngaia1, attempt esoapg, injure self orothers, ordamage property. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Handcuffing and Restraints -28 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Handcuffing and Restraints No person who is in labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery shall be handcuffed or restrained except in extraordinary circumstances and only when a supervisor makes an individualized determination that such restraints are necessary for the safety of the arrestee, officers, or others. 302.3.3 RESTRAINT OF JUVENILES A juvenile should not be restrained unless he/she physically resists, threatens physical violence, is suspected of an act of violence against a person or when the officer reasonably believes that the juvenile presents a risk of injury to him/herself or others (Iowa Code § 232.19). 302.3.4 NOTIFICATIONS Whenever an officer transports a person with the use of restraints other than handcuffs, the officer shall inform the jail staff upon arrival at the jail that restraints were used. This notification should include information regarding any other circumstances the officer reasonably believes would be potential safety concerns or medical risks to the person (e.g., prolonged struggle, extreme agitation, impaired respiration) that may have occurred prior to, or during, transportation to the jail. 302.4 APPLICATION OF HANDCUFFS OR PLASTIC CUFFS Handcuffs, including temporary nylon or plastic cuffs, may be used only to restrain a person's hands to ensure officer safety. In most situations, handcuffs should be applied with the hands behind the person's back. Handcuffs should be double -locked to prevent tightening, which may cause undue discomfort or injury to the hands or wrists. In situations where one pair of handcuffs does not appear sufficient to restrain the person or may cause unreasonable discomfort due to the person's size, officers should consider alternatives, such as using an additional set of handcuffs or multiple plastic cuffs. Handcuffs should be removed as soon as it is reasonable or after the person has been searched and is safely confined within a detention facility. 302.5 APPLICATION OF SPIT HOODS Spit hoods are temporary protective devices designed to prevent the wearer from biting and/or transferring or transmitting fluids (saliva and mucous) to others. Spit hoods may be placed upon persons in custody when the officer reasonably believes the person will bite or spit, either on a person or in an inappropriate place. They are generally used during application of a physical restraint, while the person is restrained, or during or after transport. Officers utilizing spit hoods should ensure that the spit hood is fastened properly to allow for adequate ventilation and that the restrained person can breathe normally. Officers should provide assistance during the movement of a restrained person due to the potential for impairing or distorting that person's vision. Officers should avoid comingling those wearing spit hoods with other detainees. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Handcuffing and Restraints - 30 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Handcuffing and Restraints Spit hoods should not be used in situations where the restrained person is bleeding profusely from the area around the mouth or nose, or if there are indications that the person has a medical condition, such as difficulty breathing or vomiting. In such cases, prompt medical care should be obtained. If the person vomits while wearing a spit hood, the spit hood should be promptly removed and discarded. Persons who have been sprayed with oleoresin capsicum (OC) spray should be thoroughly decontaminated, including hair, head and clothing, prior to application of a spit hood. Those who have been placed in a spit hood should be continually monitored and shall not be left unattended until the spit hood is removed. Spit hoods shall be discarded after each use. 302.6 APPLICATION OF LEG RESTRAINT DEVICES Leg restraints may be used to restrain the legs of a violent or potentially violent person when it is reasonable to do so during the course of detention, arrest or transportation. Only restraint devices approved by the Department shall be used. In determining whether to use the leg restraint, officers should consider: (a) Whether the officer or others could be exposed to injury due to the assaultive or resistant behavior of a person. (b) Whether it is reasonably necessary to protect the person from his/her own actions (e.g., hitting his/her head against the interior of the patrol vehicle, running away from the arresting officer while handcuffed, kicking at objects or officers). (c) Whether it is reasonably necessary to avoid damage to property (e.g., kicking at windows of the patrol vehicle). 302.6.1 GUIDELINES FOR USE OF LEG RESTRAINTS When applying leg restraints the following guidelines should be followed: (a) If practicable, officers should notify a supervisor of the intent to apply the leg restraint device. In all cases, a supervisor shall be notified as soon as practicable after the application of the leg restraint device. (b) Once applied, absent a medical or other emergency, restraints should remain in place until the officer arrives at the jail or other facility or the person no longer reasonably appears to pose a threat. (c) Once secured, the person should be placed in a seated or upright position, secured with a seat belt, and shall not be placed on his/her stomach for an extended period, as this could reduce the person's ability to breathe. (d) The restrained person should be continually monitored by an officer while in the leg restraint. The officer should ensure that the person does not roll onto and remain on his/her stomach. (e) The officer should look for signs of labored breathing and take appropriate steps to relieve and minimize any obvious factors contributing to this condition. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Handcuffing and Restraints - 31 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Handcuffing and Restraints (f) When transported by emergency medical services, the restrained person should be accompanied by an officer when requested by medical personnel. The transporting officer should describe to medical personnel any unusual behaviors or other circumstances the officer reasonably believes would be potential safety or medical risks to the person (e.g., prolonged struggle, extreme agitation, impaired respiration). 302.7 REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION If a person is restrained and released without an arrest, the officer shall document the details of the detention and the need for handcuffs or other restraints. If a person is arrested, the use of handcuffs or other restraints shall be documented. Officers should document the following information in reports, as appropriate, when restraints other than handcuffs are used on a person: (a) The factors that led to the decision to use restraints. (b) Supervisor notification and approval of restraint use. (c) The types of restraints used. (d) The amount of time the person was restrained. (e) How the person was transported and the position of the person during transport. (f) Observations of the person's behavior and any signs of physiological problems. (g) Any known or suspected drug use or other medical problems. 302.8 TRAINING Subject to available resources, the Training Coordinator should ensure that officers receive periodic training on the proper use of handcuffs and other restraints, including: (a) Proper placement and fit of handcuffs and other restraint devices approved for use by the Department. (b) Response to complaints of pain by restrained persons. (c) Options for restraining those who may be pregnant without the use of leg irons, waist chains, or handcuffs behind the body. (d) Options for restraining amputees or those with medical conditions or other physical conditions that may be aggravated by being restrained. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Handcuffing and Restraints - 32 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual ����~ N 0 =� ���� ^��~ �� �� °���� UNU����N�����N������ "��U�����N���� ���� U�����N� ,� "��� ""�� �� � ������ �"" � � 305.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish policy and procedures for the investigation of an incident |nwhich 8person iSinjured Ordi8S3S[hHn3SU|[Of8nOMCHFinvO|vedShOOtingOrdi8S@S8r8SUU Ofanother action Uf@Dofficer. In other incidents not covered by this policy, the Chief of Police may decide that the investigation will follow the process provided in this policy. 305.2 POLICY The policy of the |Ovv8 City Police Department is to ensure that officer -involved shootings and deaths are investigated iO@thorough, fair and impartial manner. 305'3 TYPES OF INVESTIGATIONS Officer -involved shootings and deaths involve several separate investigations. The investigations may include: ° Acriminal investigation OfUleSUSDCCt's8CdOnS. ° /\ criminal investigation VfLheiOmo1medOfficer's@ctiOOs. ° An administrative investigation as to policy compliance by involved officers. 305.4 CONTROL OFINVESTIGATIONS Investigators from surrounding agencies may be assigned to work on the criminal investigation of office FiDvO|vgdshootings and deaths. Jurisdiction is determined by the location of the shooting or death and the agency employing[hR involved officer. The following scenarios outline the jurisdictional responsibilities for investigating office FinvO|v8dshootings and deaths. 3054.1 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION ()FSUSPECT ACTIONS The investigation of any possible ChDliO8| conduct by the SUSp8{t is CUDtrOUgd by the @g8DCy in vvhOSe jurisdiction the SUSpHCt'S CrirnH occurred. For example, the |Ovv8 City PO|iD8 Department VV0u|d control the iDVeSbg8tiOD ifthe suspect's crime occurred in Iowa City. If multiple Qim8S have been committed in mUNp|H jurisdictions, identification Of the agency that will CODtFD| the iDV8SUg8bOD may be reached in the SGDl8 way GSwith any other crime. The investigation may be conducted by the agency in control of the criminal investigation of the involved officer, at the discretion of the Chief of Police and with concurrence from the other agency. 305/4.2 CRIMINAL |NVEGT|G/\T|[)N8 OF OFFICER /\CT|{)N8 The control of the criminal investigation into the involved officer's conduct during the incident will be determined by the employing agency's protocol. When an officer from this department is involved, Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Officer- Involved Shootings and Deaths -33 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths the criminal investigation will be handled according by the State of Iowa Department of Criminal Investigations Division. 305.4.3 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATION Regardless of where the incident occurs, the administrative investigation of each involved officer is controlled by the respective employing agency. 305.5 INVESTIGATION PROCESS The following procedures are guidelines used in the investigation of an officer -involved shooting or death. 305.5.1 UNINVOLVED OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Upon arrival at the scene of an officer -involved shooting or death, the first uninvolved ICPD officer will be the officer -in -charge and will assume the responsibilities of a supervisor until properly relieved. This officer should, as appropriate: (a) Secure the scene and identify and eliminate hazards for all those involved. (b) Take reasonable steps to obtain emergency medical attention for injured individuals. (c) Request additional resources from the Department or other agencies. (d) Coordinate a perimeter or pursuit of suspects. (e) Check for injured persons and evacuate as needed. (f) Brief the supervisor upon arrival. 305.5.2 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Upon arrival at the scene, the first uninvolved ICPD supervisor should ensure completion of the duties as outlined above, plus: (a) Attempt to obtain a brief overview of the situation from any uninvolved officers. In the event that there are no uninvolved officers who can supply adequate overview, the supervisor should attempt to obtain a brief voluntary overview from one involved officer. (b) If necessary, the supervisor may administratively order any ICPD officer to immediately provide public safety information necessary to secure the scene, identify injured parties, and pursue suspects. (a) Public safety information shall be limited to such things as outstanding suspect information, number and direction of any shots fired, perimeter of the incident scene, identity of known or potential witnesses, and any other pertinent information. (b) The initial on -scene supervisor should not attempt to order any involved officer to provide any information other than public safety information. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths - 34 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths (c) Provide all available information to the Johnson County Emergency Communications Center (JECC). If feasible, sensitive information should be communicated over secure networks. (d) Take command of and secure the incident scene with additional ICPD members until properly relieved by another supervisor or other assigned personnel or investigator. (e) As soon as practicable, ensure that involved officers are transported (separately, if feasible) to a suitable location for further direction. (a) Each involved ICPD officer should be given an administrative order not to discuss the incident with other involved officers or ICPD members pending further direction from a supervisor. (b) When an involved officer's weapon is taken or left at the scene for other than officer -safety reasons (e.g., evidence), ensure that he/she is provided with a comparable replacement weapon or transported by other officers. 305.5.3 FIELD OPERATIONS COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES Upon learning of an officer -involved shooting or death, the Field Operations Commander shall be responsible for coordinating all aspects of the incident until he/she is relieved by the Chief of Police. All outside inquiries about the incident shall be directed to the public information officer. 305.5.4 NOTIFICATIONS The following persons shall be notified as soon as practicable: • Commander of Field Operations • Chief of Police • Investigation Division Commander • Outside agency investigators (if appropriate) • Peer support personnel • Medical Examiner (if necessary) • Involved officer's agency representative (if requested) • Public Information Office 305.5.5 INVOLVED OFFICERS The following shall be considered for the involved officer: (a) Any request for legal or union representation will be accommodated. 1. Involved ICPD officers shall not be permitted to meet collectively or in a group with an attorney or any representative prior to providing a formal interview or report. 2. Requests from involved non-ICPD officers should be referred to their employing agency. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths - 35 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths (b) Discussions with licensed attorneys will be considered privileged as attorney -client communications. (c) Discussions with employee groups/agency representatives will be privileged only as to the discussion of non -criminal information. (d) A licensed psychotherapist shall be provided by the Department to each involved ICPD officer. A licensed psychotherapist may also be provided to any other affected ICPD members, upon request. 1. Interviews with a licensed psychotherapist will be considered privileged. 2. An interview or session with a licensed psychotherapist may take place prior to the member providing a formal interview or report. However, the involved members shall not be permitted to consult or meet collectively or in a group with a licensed psychotherapist prior to providing a formal interview or report. 3. A separate fitness -for -duty exam may also be required (see the Fitness for Duty Policy). (e) Communications with peer support group counselors will be considered privileged to the extent provided in Iowa Code § 622.10. Care should be taken to preserve the integrity of any physical evidence present on the involved officer's equipment or clothing, such as blood or fingerprints, until investigators or lab personnel can properly retrieve it. Each involved ICPD officer shall be given reasonable paid administrative leave following an officer - involved shooting or death. It shall be the responsibility of the involved officer's Watch Commander to make schedule adjustments to accommodate such leave. 305.6 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION The State of Iowa Department of Criminal Investigation (DCI) is responsible for the criminal investigation into the circumstances of any officer -involved shooting involving injury or death. If available, investigative personnel from this department may be assigned to partner with investigators from outside agencies or the Prosecuting Attorney's Office to avoid duplicating efforts in related criminal investigations. Once public safety issues have been addressed, criminal investigators should be given the opportunity to obtain a voluntary statement from involved officers and to complete their interviews. The following shall be considered for the involved officer: (a) ICPD supervisors should not participate directly in any voluntary interview of ICPD officers. This will not prohibit such personnel from monitoring interviews or providing the criminal investigators with topics for inquiry. (b) If requested, any involved officer will be afforded the opportunity to consult individually with a representative of his/her choosing or an attorney prior to speaking with criminal investigators. However, in order to maintain the integrity of each involved officer's statement, he/she shall not consult or meet with a representative or an attorney collectively or in groups prior to being interviewed. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths - 36 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths (c) If any involved officer is physically, emotionally, or otherwise not in a position to provide a voluntary statement when interviewed by ohrnin8| inv8SUg8tOnG' consideration should be given to allowing a reasonable period for the officer to schedule an alternate time for the interview. (j) Any voluntary St@t8Dl8Ot provided by GD involved officer will be made 8v@i|8b|8 for iDdVSiOO in any n8|8t8d investigation including administrative investigations. However, no administratively coerced statement will be provided to any criminal investigators unless the officer consents. 305.8.1 REPORTS BYINVOLVED |CPDOFFICERS In the event that suspects remain outstanding or subject to prosecution for related ofhensea, this department Sh8|| nB|8in the authority to n8qUinB involved |CPC> OffiC8rS to provide sufficient iDfU[DlGUOD for related C[i0iD@| reports to facilitate the @pp[8heDSiUD and pnDSUCUU0D of those While the involved ICPD officer may write the report, it is generally recommended that such reports be COrnp|H[8d by assigned investigators, who ShOU|d interview all involved OMiD8rS as viCUnnS/ witnesses. Since the purpose of these reports will be to facilitate criminal prosecution, statements of involved OMDCerS ShOU|d fnCUS On evidence to 8S[@b|iSh the H|8rnen[S of criminal activities by suspects. Care should bgtaken not t8duplicate information provided byinvolved officers iDother reports. Nothing in this section shall be construed to deprive an involved ICPD officer of the right to consult with legal counsel prior to completing any such criminal report. Reports related to the prosecution of criminal suspects will be processed according to normal prO08dUnBS but ShOU|d also be included for reference in the investigation of the officer -involved shooting O[death. 305.0.2 VV|TNEG8 IDENTIFICATION AND INTERVIEWS BeC8US8 DO[8nU8| vvi[neSSeS to an officer -involved ShOOUnQ or death may become unavailable or the iDtgghh/ of their St@terOgD1S CUDlpPDDliSUd with the p8SS@Qe of time, @ supervisor should take r88SOn8b|R steps to promptly COOnJin8t8 with criminal investigators to utilize available |8vv enforcement personnel for the following: (a) Identification of all persons present at the scene and in the immediate area. 1When feasible, a recorded statement should be obtained from those persons who claim not to have witnessed the incident but who were present at the time it occurred. 2. Any potential witness who is unwilling or unable to remain available for a formal interview ShOU|d not be detained @bS8Ot [e@SDDGb|8 SuSpidOD to detain or probable C@USR to arrest. VVithOU[ detaining the individual for the SO|e purpose of identification, attempts to identify the witness prior to his/her departure should be made whenever feasible. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Officer- Involved Shootings and Deaths -37 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths (b) Witnesses who are willing to provide a formal interview should be asked to meet at a suitable location where criminal investigators may obtain a recorded statement. Such witnesses, if willing, may be transported by a member of the Department. 1. A written, verbal or recorded statement of consent should be obtained prior to transporting a witness. When the witness is a minor, consent should be obtained from the parent or guardian, if available, prior to transportation. (c) Promptly contacting the suspect's known family and associates to obtain any available and untainted background information about the suspect's activities and state of mind prior to the incident. 305.6.3 INVESTIGATIVE PERSONNEL Once notified of an officer -involved shooting or death, it shall be the responsibility of the Investigations supervisor to assign appropriate investigative personnel to handle the investigation of related crimes. Department investigators will be assigned to work with investigators from the DCI and may be assigned to separately handle the investigation of any related crimes not being investigated by the DCI. All related department reports, except administrative and/or privileged reports, will be forwarded to the Investigations supervisor for approval. Privileged reports shall be maintained exclusively by members who are authorized such access. Administrative reports will be forwarded to the appropriate Division Commander. 305.7 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATION In addition to all other investigations associated with an officer -involved shooting or death, this department will conduct an internal administrative investigation of involved ICPD officers to determine conformance with department policy. This investigation will be conducted under the supervision of the Commander of Field Operations and will be considered a confidential officer personnel file. Interviews of members shall be subject to department policies and applicable laws. (a) Any officer involved in a shooting or death may be requested or administratively compelled to provide a blood sample for alcohol/drug screening, if the administrative investigator reasonably believes, based upon objective facts, that the employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Absent consent from the officer, such compelled samples and the results of any such testing shall not be disclosed to any criminal investigative agency. (b) If any officer has voluntarily elected to provide a statement to criminal investigators, the assigned administrative investigator should review that statement before proceeding with any further interview of that involved officer. 1. If a further interview of the officer is deemed necessary to determine policy compliance, care should be taken to limit the inquiry to new areas with minimal, if any, duplication of questions addressed in the voluntary statement. The involved Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths - 38 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths officer shall be provided with a copy of his/her prior statement before proceeding with any subsequent interviews. (c) In the event that an involved officer has elected not to provide criminal investigators with a voluntary statement, the assigned administrative investigator shall conduct an administrative interview to determine all relevant information. 1. Although this interview should not be unreasonably delayed, care should be taken to ensure that the officer's physical and psychological needs have been addressed before commencing the interview. 2. If requested, the officer shall have the opportunity to select an uninvolved representative to be present during the interview. However, in order to maintain the integrity of each individual officer's statement, involved officers shall not consult or meet with a representative collectively or in groups prior to being interviewed. 3. Administrative interviews should be recorded by the investigator. The officer may also record the interview. 4. The officer shall be informed of the nature of the investigation and ordered to provide full and truthful answers to all questions. The officer shall be informed that the interview will be for administrative purposes only and that the statement cannot be used criminally. 5. The Commander of Field Operations shall compile all relevant information and reports necessary for the Department to determine compliance with applicable policies. 6. Regardless of whether the use of force is an issue in the case, the completed administrative investigation shall be submitted to the Chief of Police who will restrict his/her findings as to whether there was compliance with the Use of Force Policy. 7. Any other indications of potential policy violations shall be determined in accordance with standard disciplinary procedures. 305.8 AUDIO AND VIDEO RECORDINGS Any officer involved in a shooting or death may be permitted to review available Mobile Audio/ Video (MAV), body -worn video, or other video or audio recordings prior to providing a recorded statement or completing reports. Upon request, non -law enforcement witnesses who are able to verify their presence and their ability to contemporaneously perceive events at the scene of an incident may also be permitted to review available MAV, body -worn video, or other video or audio recordings with the approval of assigned investigators or a supervisor. Any MAV, body -worn video, and other known video or audio recordings of an incident should not be publicly released during an ongoing investigation without consulting the prosecuting attorney or City Attorney's Office, as appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths - 39 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths 305.9 DEBRIEFING Following an officer -involved shooting or death, the Iowa City Police Department should conduct both a critical incident stress debriefing and a tactical debriefing. 305.9.1 CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS DEBRIEFING A critical incident stress debriefing should occur as soon as practicable. The Support Services Commander is responsible for organizing the debriefing. Notes and recorded statements should not be taken because the sole purpose of the debriefing is to help mitigate the stress -related effects of a traumatic event. The debriefing is not part of any investigative process. Care should be taken not to release or repeat any communication made during a debriefing unless otherwise authorized by policy, law or a valid court order. Attendance at the debriefing shall only include those members of the Department directly involved in the incident, which can include support personnel (e.g., dispatchers, non -sworn personnel). Family or other support personnel may attend with the concurrence of those involved in the incident. The debriefing shall be closed to the public and should be closed to all other members of the Department, including supervisory and Commander of Field Operations personnel. 305.9.2 TACTICAL DEBRIEFING A tactical debriefing should take place to identify any training or areas of policy that need improvement. The Chief of Police should identify the appropriate participants. This debriefing should not be conducted until all involved members have provided recorded or formal statements to the criminal and/or administrative investigators. 305.10 MEDIA RELATIONS Any media release shall be prepared with input and concurrence from department representatives responsible for each phase of the investigation. No involved ICPD officer shall make any comment to the media unless he/she is authorized by the Chief of Police. Department members receiving inquiries regarding officer -involved shootings or deaths occurring in other jurisdictions shall refrain from public comment and will direct those inquiries to the agency having jurisdiction and primary responsibility for the investigation. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths - 40 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Firearms 306-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for issuing firearms, the safe and legal carrying of firearms, firearms maintenance and firearms training. This policy does not apply to issues related to the use of firearms that are addressed in the Use of Force or Officer -involved Shootings and Deaths policies. This policy only applies to those members who are authorized to carry firearms. 306.2 POLICY The |Ovv@ City PO|iC8 Oep8dnn8n[ will equip KS nnennb8rS with finBGnnS to address the hSkS posed to the public and department O0eO0b8nS byviolent and sometimes well -armed pgnSUDS. The Department will ensure firearms are appropriate and in good working order and that relevant training is provided as FgSOu[C8S 8||UvV. 306'3 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS, AMMUNITION AND OTHER WEAPONS pNambore ehoU only use firearms that are issued or approved by the Department and have been 1hOn]UQh|y inspected by fingG0OS instructor. Except in an emergency O[GS directed by supervisor, no firearm shall be carried by a member who has not qualified with that firearm at an authorized department range. All other weapons not provided by the Department, indUding, but not limited to, ChenniC8| Or electronic weapons, impact weapons O[any weapon prohibited or restricted by |Gvv or that is not covered elsewhere bydepartment policy, may not be carried bymembers inthe performance of their official duties without the express written authorization Ofthe Chief UfPolice. This exclusion does not apply to the carrying of a single folding pocketknife that is not otherwise prohibited by law. 300.3.1 HANDGUNS Department approved duty handguns are � i G|OCk17Gen 4OrGen 5-9mm—Including MOSModels ii G|ook 19 Gen 4 or Gen 5 — 9mm — Including K4C}G Models iii G|ooh22Gen 4—.4O8&VV(Department Issued Only) iv. G|Vck23Gen 4-4OS&VV(Department Issued Only) v. G|ook28Gen 4orGen 5-9nnnn(Plainclothes and AdnninAssignments Only) vi. Gkock34Gen 4urGen 5—Smm—Including MOGModels v|i G|OCk45 Gen 5-9mm Including yW{}8 yWOde|S 300.3.3 SHOTGUNS Department approved shotguns are iRemington: 87O12gauge pump action Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Firearms -41 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Firearms iii Remington O7OMagnum Breaching Shotgun — for Special ResponseTeano iv. Beretta 1301 300.3.3 PATROL RIFLES Department approved patrol rifles are: |. F|nnk River Arms, Model: L/\F|15 ii. B[@VO COOOp@Oy' Model: BCM4 iii Co|t. Models: 8720. 0920. and 8940 iv. /\e[O Precision, K4Ode|S: )(15 and M4E1 v. Kni ht'o/\rnlonnent.Mode|:8F|15 vi. DGOiEA Defense, Model: [)[}K44 vii LIVIT. Model: Defender viii GeisSe|8 AuU]Ol@tiCS, Model: SD-556 ix. 8[)LGVV Models: Loyal S and M4-78 x. 8|ON|CG. Model: S/\R-15 A. BV /\rme. Model: B\/4 xii FN HH[St8|, Model FN15 xiii. Sons of Liberty Model M4-76 Custom Rifle Members may deploy the patrol rifle in any circumstance where the member can articulate @ naosnnob|n expectation that the rifle may be needed. Examples of some general guidelines for deploying the p8tFU| rifle may include, but are not limited to: (8) Situations where the member reasonably anticipates 8Oarmed encounter. (b) When a member is faced with a situation that may require accurate and effective fire 8tlong range. (c) Situations vvhen* o member reasonably expects the need to meet or exceed o suspect's firepower. (d) When 8member reasonably believes that there may be8need tOfire On8barricaded person O[@person with 8hostage. (e) When a member reasonably believes that a suspect may be wearing body armor. (0 When authorized Orrequested by@supervisor. (g) When needed [O8Uih8Oiz88Oanimal. When not deployed, the patrol rifle shall be properly secured consistent with department training in a locking weapons rack orc argo area or trunk of a marked or unmarked i vehicle. 308.34 PERSONALLY OWNED DUTY FIREARMS Mennbnne desiring to oony on authorized but personally owned duty firearm must receive written 8ppnDv8| from the Chief OfPolice or the authorized designee. [)OCe approved, pe[SOO8Uy owned duty firearms are subject to the following restrictions: Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Firearms -42 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Firearms (a) The firearm Sh@U be in good working order and on the department list of approved (b) The firearm shall be inspected by the a firearms instructor prior to being carried and thereafter shall be subject to inspection on an annual basis. (c] Prior to carrying the fireann, rnannbarS ahuU qualify under range supervision and Ular8aft8r shall qualify in mCoOrdGnoe with the department qualification schedule. K8arnbenG must deno0nstn3Ay proficiency and S8fa handling, and that the firearm functions properly. (d) Members Sh8]| provide written notice Of the nneka. rnOd8|. QO|or. S8ha| number and caliber Ofthe firearm to the Lead Firearms |natruCt0r, who will maintain a list of the iDf0[nl8UOO. 300.3.5 AUTHORIZED SECONDARY HANDGUN Members desiring to carry department or personally owned secondary handguns are subject to the following restrictions: (8) The handgun shall be in good working order and on the department list of approved firearms. (b) Only one secondary handgun may bUcarried 8t8time. (C) The pU[Ch8SR of the handgun and 8DlDlUDitiOD Sh8U be the PBSpODSihi|itv of the member unless the handgun and ammunition are provided bythe Department. (d) The handgun shall be carried concealed at all times and in such a manner as to prevent unintentional COCkiDg. discharge or loss of physical COOtFO|. (e) The handgun shall be inspected by the Lead Firearms Instructor prior to being carried and thereafter shall be subject to inspection whenever it is deemed necessary. Al Ammunition Sh8U be the S8mR as department issue. If the caliber of the handgun is other than department issue, the Chief ufPolice or the authorized designee shall approve the ammunition. (o) Prior to C8nyiDg the SgC0Dd8ry handgun, 0Oen0be[S Sh@U qualify UDd8[ [@Dg8 supervision and thereafter shall qualify in accordance with the department qualification schedule. K48Dlh8[S must demonstrate proficiency and S8f8 handling, and that the handgun functions properly. (h) MU[DbU[S Sh8U provide vv[itt8D DUtiCU of the O0@kg' [DOd8|' CO|U[' Seh8| DUDlbg[ and caliber Of@ secondary handgun to the Lead Firearms |nS[nJCtOr, who will maintain @ list of the iDfo[O0@bOD. 308.3.8 AUTHORIZED OFF -DUTY FIREARMS The carrying of firearms by rnenlb9rS vvhi|8 off -duty is permitted by the Chief of PO|iCH but may be [OSCiDd8d ShUU|d circumstances dictate (e.g.. @d0iOiSt[@bv8 leave). Members who choose to Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Firearms -43 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Firearms carry a department issued firearm while off -duty, based on their authority as peace officers, will be required to meet the following guidelines: (a) The firearm shall be carried concealed at all times and in such a manner as to prevent unintentional cocking, discharge or loss of physical control. (b) It will be the responsibility of the member to submit the firearm to the Lead Firearms Instructor for inspection prior to being personally carried. Thereafter the firearm shall be subject to periodic inspection by the Lead Firearms Instructor. (c) Prior to carrying any off -duty firearm, the member shall demonstrate to the Lead Firearms Instructor that he/she is proficient in handling and firing the firearm and that it will be carried in a safe manner. (d) The member will successfully qualify with the firearm prior to it being carried. (e) If a member desires to use more than one firearm while off -duty, he/she may do so, as long as all requirements set forth in this policy for each firearm are met. (f) Members shall only carry department -authorized ammunition. (g) When armed, officers shall carry their badges and Iowa City Police Department identification cards under circumstances requiring possession of such identification. 306.3.7 AMMUNITION Members shall carry only department -authorized ammunition. Members shall be issued fresh duty ammunition in the specified quantity for all department -issued firearms during the member's firearms qualification at least once a year. Replacements for unserviceable or depleted ammunition issued by the Department shall be dispensed by the Lead Firearms Instructor when needed, in accordance with established policy. Members carrying personally owned authorized firearms of a caliber differing from department - issued firearms shall be responsible for obtaining fresh duty ammunition in accordance with the above, at their own expense. 306.4 EQUIPMENT Firearms carried on- or off -duty shall be maintained in a clean, serviceable condition. Maintenance and repair of authorized personally owned firearms are the responsibility of the individual member. 306.4.1 REPAIRS OR MODIFICATIONS Each member shall be responsible for promptly reporting any damage or malfunction of an assigned firearm to a supervisor or the Lead Firearms Instructor. Firearms that are the property of the Department or personally owned firearms that are approved for department use may be repaired or modified only by a person who is department -approved and certified as an armorer or gunsmith in the repair of the specific firearm. Such modification or repair must be authorized in advance by the Lead Firearms Instructor. Any repairs or modifications to the member's personally owned firearm shall be done at his/her expense and must be approved by the Lead Firearms Instructor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Firearms - 44 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Firearms 306.4.2 HOLSTERS Only department -approved holsters shall be used and worn by members when on duty. Members shall periodically inspect their holsters to make sure they are serviceable and provide the proper security and retention of the handgun. 306.4.3 TACTICAL LIGHTS Tactical lights may only be installed on a firearm carried on- or off -duty after they have been examined and approved by the a firearms instructor. Once the approved tactical lights have been properly installed on any firearm, the member shall qualify with the firearm to ensure proper functionality and sighting of the firearm prior to carrying it. 306.4.4 OPTICS OR LASER SIGHTS Optics may only be installed on a firearm carried on- or off -duty after they have been examined and approved by the Lead Firearms Instructor. Any approved sight shall only be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer specifications. Once approved sights have been properly installed on any firearm, the member shall qualify with the firearm to ensure proper functionality and sighting of the firearm prior to carrying it. Except in an approved training situation, a member may only sight in on a target when the member would otherwise be justified in pointing a firearm at the target. 306.4.5 SOUND SUPPRESSORS a. The department may provide sound suppressors for department issued patrol and SRT rifles that meet the requirements of this policy. The issuance of department owned sound suppressors shall be at the discretion of the lead range officer. b. Officers with authorized personally owned rifles may purchase sound suppressors for duty use on those rifles that meet the requirements of this order with the approval of the lead range officer or designee. c. The use of a sound suppressor on a department owned or approved patrol rifle is subject to the following requirements: i. The make and model of sound suppressor and method of attachment shall be approved by the lead range officer. ii. All approved sound suppressors shall attach via a "quick detach" muzzle device which shall be installed by a department armorer. iii. The rifle shall be zeroed with the sound suppressor attached and all qualifications shall be completed with the sound suppressor attached. iv. The sound suppressor shall be attached at all times when the rifle is carried and used on duty. d. Sound suppressors shall be inspected by department armorers as part of the rifle inspection. Repairs to sound suppressors shall only be completed by the manufacturer or manufacturer approved gunsmith. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Firearms - 45 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Firearms 306.5 SAFE HANDLING, INSPECTION AND STORAGE Members shall maintain the highest level of safety when handling firearms and shall consider the following: (a) Members shall not unnecessarily display or handle any firearm. (b) Members shall be governed by all rules and regulations pertaining to the use of the range and shall obey all orders issued by a firearms instructor. Members shall not dry fire or practice quick draws except as instructed by the Lead Firearms Instructor or other firearms training staff. (c) Members shall not clean, repair, load or unload a firearm anywhere in the Department, except where clearing barrels are present. (d) Shotguns or rifles removed from vehicles or the equipment storage room shall be loaded and unloaded using clearing barrels. (e) Members shall not place or store any firearm or other weapon on department premises except where the place of storage is locked. No one shall carry firearms into a jail when processing an arrestee but shall place all firearms in a secured location. (f) Members shall not use any automatic firearm, heavy caliber rifle, gas or other type of chemical weapon or firearm from the armory, except with approval of a supervisor. (g) Any firearm authorized by the Department to be carried on- or off -duty that is determined by a member to be malfunctioning or in need of service or repair shall not be carried. It shall be promptly presented to the Lead Firearms Instructor for inspection and repair. Any firearm deemed in need of repair or service by the Lead Firearms Instructor will be immediately removed from service. If the firearm is the member's primary duty firearm, a replacement firearm will be issued to the member until the duty firearm is serviceable. 306.5.1 INSPECTION AND STORAGE Handguns shall be inspected regularly and upon access or possession by another person. Shotguns and rifles shall be inspected at the beginning of the shift by the member to whom the weapon is issued. The member shall ensure that the firearm is carried in the proper condition and loaded with approved ammunition. Inspection of the shotgun and rifle shall be done while standing outside of the patrol vehicle. All firearms shall be pointed in a safe direction or into clearing barrels. Personally owned firearms may be safely stored in lockers at the end of the shift. Department - owned firearms shall be stored in the appropriate equipment storage room. Handguns may remain loaded if they are secured in an appropriate holster. Shotguns and rifles shall be unloaded in a safe manner and stored in the appropriate equipment storage room. 306.5.2 STORAGE AT HOME Members shall ensure that all firearms and ammunition are locked and secured while in their homes, vehicles or any other area under their control, and in a manner that will keep them inaccessible to children and others who should not have access. Members shall not permit department -issued firearms to be handled by anyone not authorized by the Department to do so. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Firearms - 46 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Firearms K4UOObe[S ShUU|d be @VVG[U that negligent storage of firearm could result in Ck/| and QiO0iD8| liability (Iowa Code § 724.22). 300.5.3 ALCOHOL AND DRUGS Firearms shall not b8carried hvany member, either on- U[Uf-dub/'who has consumed 8Oamount of an alcoholic beverage, taken any drugs or medication, or taken any combination thereof that would tend to adversely affect the member's senses or judgment. 308.54 SUBSECTION TITLE 306'6 FIREARMS TRAINING AND QUALIFICATIONS All rn8nnbHrS who carry 8 firearm while on -duty are required to SUCC8SSfUUy COrnp|8t8 training annually with their duty firearms. In @ddiUUD' all O0eDlbgnS will qualify at least annually with their secondary firearms. Training and qualifications must be on an approved range course (501 |AC /& least annually, all members carrying 8fire@nn ShOU|d receive practical training designed to simulate field SiUJ8UUDS including low -light shooting. 308.0.1 NON -CERTIFICATION {)RNON-QUALIFICATION If any nnHnnber fails to nlH8[ nnininnUmn standards for hn8@nnS training Or qU8|UlC8tiOn for any me@SOD' iDC|UdiD0 injury, iUOgSS. duty status or scheduling conflict, that member shall advise his/ her immediate supervisor prior tOthe end Ofthe required training Orqualification period. Those who fail to meet minimum standards or qualify shall be provided remedial training and will be subject to the following requirements: (a) /\ddUUOne| range assignments may be scheduled to assist the member in demonstrating consistent firearm proficiency. (b) Members shall be given credit for a range training or qualification when Obtaining a qualifying score or meeting standards after remedial training. (c) No range credit will be given for: 1 . Unauthorized range make-up. 2. Failure to meet minimum standards or qualify after remedial training. Members who repeatedly fail to meet O0iDiOOurD standards will be FgOOOved from field assignment and may be subject to disciplinary action. 306'7 FIREARM DISCHARGE Except during training or FUC[e@tiUO8| use, any member who diSCh@Fg8S G firearm iDtUOUUDGUy or unintentionally, On- or off -duty, Sh@U make 8 verbal report to his/her supervisor @S SOOn as Ci[CUDlSt8OC8S permit. If the discharge [8SU|tS in injury or death to another pe[SOD' @ddiUUD@| statements and reports shall be made in accordance with the Officer- Involved Shootings and Deaths Policy. If a firearm was discharged as a use of force, the involved nngnober shall adhere to the additional reporting nBqUinBmHn|S set forth in the Use of Force Policy. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Firearms -47 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Firearms In all other cases, written reports shall be made as follows: (a) If on -duty at the time of the incident, the member shall file a written report.Division Commander (b) If off -duty at the time of the incident and under the auspice of taking police action, the member shall file a written report unless otherwise directed by a supervisor. 306.7.1 DESTRUCTION OF ANIMALS Members are authorized to use firearms to stop an animal in circumstances where the animal reasonably appears to pose an imminent threat to human safety and alternative methods are not reasonably available or would likely be ineffective. In circumstances where there is sufficient advance notice that a potentially dangerous animal may be encountered, department members should develop reasonable contingency plans for dealing with the animal (e.g., fire extinguisher, conducted energy device, oleoresin capsicum (OC) spray, animal control officer). Nothing in this policy shall prohibit any member from shooting a dangerous animal if circumstances reasonably dictate that a contingency plan has failed or becomes impractical. 306.7.2 INJURED ANIMALS With the approval of a supervisor, a member may euthanize an animal that is so badly injured that human compassion requires its removal from further suffering and where other dispositions are impractical. 306.7.3 WARNING AND OTHER SHOTS Warning shots by officers of the Iowa City Police Department are prohibited. 306.8 LEAD FIREARMS INSTRUCTOR DUTIES The range will be under the exclusive control of the Lead Firearms Instructor. All members attending will follow the directions of the Lead Firearms Instructor. The Lead Firearms Instructor will maintain a roster of all members attending the range and will submit the roster to the Training Coordinator after each range date. Failure of any member to sign in and out with the Lead Firearms Instructor may result in non -participation or non -qualification. The Lead Firearms Instructor has the responsibility of making periodic inspection, at least once a year, of all duty firearms carried by members of this department to verify proper operation. The Lead Firearms Instructor has the authority to deem any department -issued or personally owned firearm unfit for service. The member will be responsible for all repairs to his/her personally owned firearm; it will not be returned to service until it has been inspected and approved by the Lead Firearms Instructor. The Lead Firearms Instructor has the responsibility for ensuring each member meets the minimum requirements during training shoots and, on at least a yearly basis, can demonstrate proficiency in the care, cleaning and safety of all firearms the member is authorized to carry. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Firearms - 48 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Firearms The Lead Firearms Instructor shall complete and submit U]the training coordinator documentation of the training courses provided. Documentation shall include a description of the training provided and, 0O@form that has been approved bythe Department, @ list Ufeach member who completes the training. The Lead Firearms |nSirUCtOr ShOU|d keep @CCUr@tH n8COrdS Of all training ShOOtS. qualifications, repairs, maintenance O[other records GSdirected bythe Training Coordinator. 306.9 FLYING WHILE ARMED The Transportation Security Administration (TSA)has imposed rules governing law enforcement OffiCg[S flying @O0gd UO C000O0gn:i8| @in:[@ft. The fOUUvvDQ [eqUiFg[DUDtS apply to Offi08[S who intend to be armed while flying on a commercial air carrier or flights where screening is conducted (a) Officers wishing to fly while armed must bHflying iD8Dofficial capacity, not for vacation Orpleasure, and must have 8need LOhave the firearm accessible, 8Sdetermined bv the Department based Onthe law and published TGArules. (b) {)MiC8[S must carry their |Ow8 Qb/ Police Department ideOUfiC8hOO C8nd' bearing the officer's name, a full -face photograph, identification number, and the signature of the Chief of Police or the official seal of the Department and must present this identification LO 8idiO8 ODiCi8|S when requested. The officer ShOU|d also carry the Si8OdGnd photo identification needed for passenger screening by airline and TSA officials (e.g., driver's license, passport). (C) The |Ow8 {|ih/ Police Department must submit 8 yJ8hOn8| L8vv Enforcement Te|CCO00UOiC8UOOS System (NLEl-S) message prior to the officer's travel. If approved, TGA will S8Od the |OVV8 City Police Department an NLEl[G nneSS8ge containing a unique alphanumeric identifier. The officer must present the message on the day of travel to airport personnel as authorization to travel while armed. (d) An OffiCi8| letter Si0OBd by the Chief Of Police authorizing armed travel may also accompany the officer. The letter should outline the officer's need to fly armed, detail his/her itinerary, and include that the officer has completed the mandatory TSA training for |8Vv eOfO[Ce0eOi officer flying Vvhi|D armed. (e) Officers must have completed the mandated TSA security training covering officers flying vvhile8rnled. The training Sh8U be given by the department -appointed iDSLRJCtO[ 0l It is the officer's responsibility LO notify the air C8Oier in advance of the intended armed travel. This notification should be accomplished by early check -in at the carrier's check -in counter. (g) Any officer flying while armed should discreetly contact the flight crew prior to take -off and notify them of his/her assigned seat. (h) [)iSCretOD nOUSL be used LO avoid 8|80miOg passengers Or C[eVV by displaying 8 firearm. The officer must keep the firearm COOCe8|ed OD his/her person at all U0CS. Firearms are not permitted in carry -on luggage and may not be stored in an overhead Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Firearms -48 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Firearms (i) Officers should try to resolve any problems associated with flying armed through the flight captain, ground security manager, TSA representative or other management representative of the air carrier. Q) Officers shall not consume alcoholic beverages while aboard an aircraft, or within eight hours prior to boarding an aircraft. 306.10 CARRYING FIREARMS OUT OF STATE Qualified, active, full-time officers of this department are authorized to carry a concealed firearm in all other states subject to the following conditions (18 USC § 92613): (a) The officer shall carry his/her Iowa City Police Department identification card whenever carrying such firearm. (b) The officer may not be the subject of any current disciplinary action. (c) The officer may not be under the influence of alcohol or any other intoxicating or hallucinatory drug. (d) The officer will remain subject to this and all other department policies (including qualifying and training). Officers are cautioned that individual states may enact local regulations that permit private persons or entities to prohibit or restrict the possession of concealed firearms on their property, or that prohibit or restrict the possession of firearms on any state or local government property, installation, building, base or park. Federal authority may not shield an officer from arrest and prosecution in such locally restricted areas. Active law enforcement officers from other states are subject to all requirements set forth in 18 USC § 926B. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Firearms - 50 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits ����NNN��U�� �-88���NNU��» 307-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for vehicle pursuits iDorder t0protect the safety Ofinvolved officers, the public and fleeing suspects. 3071.1 DEFINITIONS DUfD0OOS P8|8tgd to this policy include: Blocking or vehicle imtercemt-Aelow-soeed000rdinatedmaneuverwheratwoormorepumuing vehicles simultaneously intercept and block the movement of a suspect vehicle, the driver of which may be unaware of the impending enforcement stop. The goal is containment and preventing a pursuit. Blocking iSnot Gmoving O[stationary road block. Boxing -in - A tactic designed to stop a suspect's vehicle by surrounding it with law enforcement vehicles and then S|0vViDg all vehicles tO@ stop. Pursuit Intervention Technique (PKl[) -A low -speed maneuver designed to cause the suspect vehicle t0spin out, St@|| and come tU8stop. Ramming - The deliberate act of contacting a suspect's vehicle with another |avv enforcement V8hiC|G t0functionally damage U[otherwise force the suspect's vehicle to stop. Roadblocks - A tactic designed to stop o suspect's vehicle by intentionally placing a |avv enforcement vehicle or other immovable object in the path of the suspect's vehicle. Terminate 'Tu discontinue a pursuit orstop chasing fleeing vehicles. Tire deflation device - A device designed to puncture the tires of the pursued vehicle. Trail - FO||Ovving the path of the pursuit at @ S8f8 speed vvhi|H obeying all traffic |8vvS and without @CUvGtiDQ UO0e[g8DCy equipment. If the pursuit is at 8 S|OvV rate of speed, the trailing vehicle will maintain sufficient distance from the pursuit vehicles SO as to clearly indicate an absence Of participation iDthe pursuit. Vehicle pursuit - An event involving one or more |uvv enforcement officers attempting to apprehend 8 SuSpUCt, who is attempting to avoid arrest while Upe[@UDQ @ vehicle by using high- speed driving or other evasive tactics, such as driving off a highway, turning suddenly or driving in G |gQ@| O0@DDe[ but willfully failing to yield to an OfhCe['S emergency signal to stop. Violent Felony Imminent Threat - For this policy, violent felony imminent threat means a person has used O[threatened 1Ouse deadly force/inflict serious injury ODanother O[8Dofficer reasonably believes that 8 person vvOU|d use dR@d|yfOrCH/inf|iCL serious injury against any person Un|8SS immediately apprehended. Violent FS|ODy Crimes- For this policy, G violent felony crime is defined as any crime designated as a felony under Iowa law that has as an element of the use, attempted use, or threatened use Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits -51 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 8fphysical force against another, U[iSburglary, arson, O[extortion, 0[otherwise involves conduct that presents a serious potential risk of physical injury to another. Felony Property Crimes- For this policy, felony property crime means any property felony QiO08.ThiS definition specifically iDC|udUS (U#iC8[S Sh@U not pursue) @ bank robbery where only 8 note was diSp|3yed. shoplifting r8|3hBd CaUS vvhHrR no vvR8pOn was diSp|8yed. StO|8n vehicles, and suspected impaired drivers. Serious Injury- FOrUliSDO|iCySehOUSi jUryrn88nSbOdi|yi jUryvvhiChdOHS@nyOfLhHfOUOvving: creates a substantial risk of death, causes aghoua permanent diofigunanoent, uauaga protracted loss or impairment of the function of any bodily member or organ. 307.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department to weigh the importance of apprehending suspects who unlawfully flee from law enforcement against the [iShS @SSOCi@tgd with vehicle pursuits. 307'3 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Vehicle pursuits shall only be conducted using authorized police department emergency vehicles that are equipped with and displaying emergency lighting and sirens as required by law. Officers shall drive with due regard for the safety ofall persons and property. However, officers may, when in pursuit of suspect and provided Uleng is DO uDneGSUD@b|e risk to p8[SUOS and property (Iowa Code § 321.231): (a) Proceed pasta red or stop signal or stop sign but only after slowing down as may be necessary for safe operation. (b) Exceed the speed limit. (d Disregard regU|8UOnS governing direction Of movement Or turning in specified directions. 307.3.1 WHEN POINITIATE APURSUIT {JUiDerS are authorized to initiate @ pursuit when it is nB8SOn8b|8 to believe that SUSpHCt, who has been given an appropriate signal to stop by a law enforcement officer, is attempting to evade arrest or detention by fleeing in a vehicle and the driver or occupant is believed to be a person who has used U[threatened tUuse deadly force/inflict serious injury UD@D1hU[O[theUffiC8[[U8SOD@b|y believes that the driver Oroccupant would USR de8d|yforC8/inf|iCt S8riOUS injury against another unless immediately apprehended. The safety of department members and the public ShOU|d be the primary consideration when determining whether @ v8hiC|Upu[SUit should be initiated or C0OUDuUd. C}ffi&enS must be mindful that irnrnHdi8t8 apprehension of SUSpRC| is n@nR|y more important than the safety of the public and department members. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits -52 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits Factors that shall be considered, both individually and collectively, when deciding to initiate or continue a pursuit include, but are not limited to: (a) The seriousness of the known or reasonably suspected crime and its relationship to community safety. (b) The importance of protecting the public and balancing the known or reasonably suspected offense and the apparent need for immediate capture against the risks to officers, innocent motorists and others. (c) The safety of the public in the area of the pursuit, including the type of area, time of day, the amount of vehicular and pedestrian traffic (e.g., school zones) and the speed of the pursuit relative to these factors. (d) The pursuing officers' familiarity with the area of the pursuit, the quality of radio communications between the pursuing vehicles and dispatcher/supervisor, and the driving capabilities of the pursuing officers under the conditions of the pursuit. (e) Whether weather, traffic and road conditions unreasonably increase the danger of the pursuit when weighed against the risks resulting from the suspect's escape. (f) Whether the identity of the suspect has been verified and whether there is comparatively minimal risk in allowing the suspect to be apprehended at a later time. (g) The performance capabilities of the vehicles used in the pursuit in relation to the speed and other conditions of the pursuit. (h) Emergency lighting and siren limitations on unmarked police department vehicles that may reduce visibility of the vehicle, such as visor or dash -mounted lights, concealable or temporary emergency lighting equipment and concealed or obstructed siren positioning. (i) Vehicle speeds. Q) Other persons in or on the pursued vehicle (e.g., passengers, co -offenders and hostages). (k) The availability of other resources, such as air support assistance. (1) Whether the pursuing vehicle is carrying passengers other than on -duty police officers. Pursuits should not be undertaken with an arrestee in the pursuit vehicle unless exigent circumstances exist, and then only after the need to apprehend the suspect is weighed against the safety of the arrestee in transport. A vehicle containing more than a single arrestee should not be involved in a pursuit. (m) Officers shall not pursue vehicles for: 1. Traffic Violations 2. Misdemeanors, including those that are safety related such as OWls 3. Felony property crimes 4. Violent felony crimes with no imminent threat (n) Officers may pursue vehicles for violent felonies with imminent threat but should be familiar with and use the following Pursuit Decision Matrix as guidance in Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 53 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits determining whether to initiate or continue a pursuit.lt is a guide designed to assist the officers in their use of discretion and shall be followed when making vehicular pursuit decisions.The degrees of risk associated with vehicular pursuit in specific circumstances are defined as follows: PURSUIT DECISION MATRIX GUIDES LOWER RISK 1. Marked vehicles 2. Straight roads, good surfaces, clear line of sight 3. Few intersections 4. Few or no pedestrians 5. Good weather 6. No hazardous maneuvers by violator 7. Speeds at or less than 20 m.p.h. over the posted limit 8. Officer is calm and in control 9. Lack of special circumstances (i.e., school zones, hospitals, etc.) MODERATE RISK 1. Some intersecting streets (i.e., residential area) 2. Light pedestrian traffic 3. Moderate traffic, little congestion 4. Speeds 20 m.p.h. greater than the posted speed limit 5. Officer generally calm, under control 6. Some hazardous, but not extreme maneuvers (i.e., crossing center line to pass vehicles) by the violator HIGH RISK 1. Frequent intersecting streets (i.e., a business district) 2. Poor weather, slippery streets, low visibility 3. Blind curves or intersections, narrow streets 4. Numerous pedestrians 5. Heavy, congested traffic 6. Speed twice the posted speed limit, or greater than 80 m.p.h. 7. Extremely hazardous maneuvers (i.e., driving against oncoming traffic, failing to stop for red lights) by the violator 8. Numerous vehicles in pursuit 9. Officer excited, not in full control of emotions 10.Existence of special circumstances (i.e., school zones, hospitals, etc.) PURSUIT DECISION MATRIX 0, • • . r�•� :;,� Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 54 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits May Pursue. Discontinue If Risks Exceed Known Threat To Public Safety If Capture Is Delayed. Deciding to initiate or continue a vehicle pursuit is a decision that an officer must make quickly and under unpredictable and dynamic circumstances. It is recognized that vehicle pursuits may place department members and the public at significant risk. Therefore, no officer or supervisor shall be criticized or disciplined for deciding not to engage in a vehicle pursuit because of the perceived risk involved. 307.3.2 WHEN TO TERMINATE A PURSUIT Pursuits should be terminated whenever the totality of objective circumstances known or which reasonably ought to be known to the officer or supervisor during the pursuit indicates that the present risks of continuing the pursuit reasonably appear to outweigh the risks resulting from the suspect's escape. When a supervisor directs the pursuit to be terminated, officers shall immediately terminate the pursuit. The factors listed in this policy on initiating a pursuit will apply equally to the decision to terminate a pursuit. Officers and supervisors must objectively and continuously weigh the seriousness of the offense against the potential danger to innocent motorists, themselves and the public when electing to continue a pursuit. In addition to the factors that govern when initiating a pursuit is allowable, other factors should be considered in deciding whether to terminate a pursuit, including: (a) The distance between the pursuing vehicle and the fleeing vehicle is so great that further pursuit would be futile or require the pursuit to continue for an unreasonable time or distance. (b) The pursued vehicle's location is no longer definitely known. (c) The pursuing vehicle sustains damage or a mechanical failure that renders it unsafe to drive. (d) The pursuing vehicle's emergency lighting equipment or siren becomes partially or completely inoperable. (e) Hazards posed to uninvolved bystanders or motorists. (f) The danger that the continued pursuit poses to the public, the officers or the suspect, balanced against the risk of allowing the suspect to remain at large. (g) The identity of the suspect is known and it does not reasonably appear that the need for immediate capture outweighs the risks associated with continuing the pursuit. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 55 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 307.4 PURSUIT VEHICLES When involved in a pursuit, unmarked police department emergency vehicles should be replaced by marked emergency vehicles whenever practicable. Vehicle pursuits should be limited to three police department emergency vehicles. However, the number of vehicles involved will vary with the circumstances. An officer or supervisor may request that additional vehicles join a pursuit if, after assessing the factors outlined above, it appears that the number of officers involved would be insufficient to safely arrest the number of suspects. All other officers shall stay out of the pursuit but should remain alert to its progress and location. Any officer who drops out of a pursuit may then, if necessary, proceed to the pursuit termination point at legal speeds, following the appropriate rules of the road. 307.4.1 VEHICLES WITHOUT EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Officers operating vehicles not equipped with emergency lights and siren are prohibited from initiating or joining in any pursuit. Officers in such vehicles may provide support to pursuing vehicles as long as the vehicle is operated in compliance with all traffic laws. Those officers should discontinue such support immediately upon arrival of a sufficient number of authorized emergency police department vehicles or any air support. 307.4.2 PRIMARY PURSUIT VEHICLE RESPONSIBILITIES The initial pursuing officer will be designated as the primary pursuit vehicle and will be responsible for the conduct of the pursuit unless he/she is unable to remain reasonably close to the suspect's vehicle. The primary responsibility of the officer initiating the pursuit is the apprehension of the suspect without unreasonable danger to him/herself or others. The primary pursuing officer should notify the dispatcher, commencing with a request for priority radio traffic, that a vehicle pursuit has been initiated, and as soon as practicable provide information including, but not limited to: (a) The location, direction of travel and estimated speed of the suspect's vehicle. (b) The description of the suspect's vehicle including the license plate number, if known. (c) The reason for the pursuit. (d) The use of firearms, threat of force, violence, injuries, hostages or other unusual hazards. (e) The number of occupants and identity or description. (f) The weather, road and traffic conditions. (g) The need for any additional resources or equipment. (h) The identity of other law enforcement agencies involved in the pursuit. Until relieved by a supervisor or a secondary pursuing officer, the officer in the primary pursuit vehicle shall be responsible for broadcasting the progress of the pursuit. Unless circumstances Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 56 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits reasonably indicate otherwise, the primary pursuing officer should, as soon as practicable, relinquish the responsibility of broadcasting the progress of the pursuit to an officer in a secondary pursuit vehicle or to air support joining the pursuit to minimize distractions and allow the primary pursuing officer to concentrate foremost on safe pursuit tactics. 307.4.3 SECONDARY PURSUIT VEHICLE RESPONSIBILITIES The second officer in the pursuit will be designated as the secondary pursuit vehicle and is responsible for: (a) Immediately notifying the dispatcher of his/her entry into the pursuit. (b) Remaining a safe distance behind the primary pursuit vehicle unless directed to assume the role of primary pursuit vehicle or if the primary pursuit vehicle is unable to continue the pursuit. (c) Broadcasting information that the primary pursuing officer is unable to provide. (d) Broadcasting the progress of the pursuit, updating known or critical information and providing changes in the pursuit, unless the situation indicates otherwise. (e) Identifying the need for additional resources or equipment as appropriate. (f) Serving as backup to the primary pursuing officer once the suspect has been stopped. 307.5 PURSUIT DRIVING The decision to use specific driving tactics requires the same assessment of the factors the officer considered when determining whether to initiate and/or terminate a pursuit. The following are tactics for officers who are involved in the pursuit: (a) Officers, considering their driving skills and vehicle performance capabilities, will space themselves from other involved vehicles such that they are able to see and avoid hazards or react safely to unusual maneuvers by the fleeing vehicle. (b) Because intersections can present increased risks, the following tactics should be considered: 1. Available officers not directly involved in the pursuit may proceed safely to controlled intersections ahead of the pursuit in an effort to warn cross traffic. 2. Pursuing officers should exercise due caution and slow down as may be necessary when proceeding through intersections. (c) As a general rule, officers should not pursue a vehicle driving the wrong direction on a roadway or highway. In the event the pursued vehicle does so, the following tactics should be considered: 1. Maintain visual contact with the pursued vehicle by paralleling the vehicle while driving on the correct side of the roadway. 2. Request other officers to observe exits available to the suspect. (d) Notify other law enforcement agency if it appears that the pursuit may enter its jurisdiction. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 57 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits (8) Officers involved in a pursuit should not attempt to pass other pursuing vehicles unless the situation indicates otherwise orthey are requested k]dOaubvthe pursuing officer and with a clear understanding of the maneuver process between the involved officers. 307.5.1 PURSUIT TRAILING In the UV0rt that iOUU8| pursuing OffkenS relinquish CODtrO| of the pursuit to @OUth8[ agency, the initial OffiC8rS may, with the pRnniSSiOn of supervisor, trail the pursuit to the termination point in order to provide information and assistance for the arrest of the suspect and reporting the incident. 307.5.2 OFFICERS NOT INVOLVED |NTHE PURSUIT {JOiDRrS who are not involved in the pursuit ShOU|d nSnn8in in their assigned 8n88S, should not p@[@||U| the pursuit route and ShOU|d not beC000g involved with the pursuit UD|USS directed O[h8nwiSH by supervisor. Uninvolved officers are authorized to use emergency equipment 2t iDt8[SeCtiODS @|ODg the pursuit path to clear iDte[SSCUUDS Of vehicular and pedestrian traffic to protect the public. Those officers ShOU|d attempt to p|8C8 their vehicles in |OCGUOnS that provide some safety or an escape route in the event of an unintended collision or if the suspect intentionally tries [Oram the police department vehicle. Non -pursuing members needed for non -emergency duties at the pursuit termination point should respond in a non -emergency manner, observing the rules of the road. The primary pursuit vehicle, secondary pursuit vehicle and supervisor vehicle should bethe only vehicles operating under emergency conditions (emergency lights and siren) unless other officers are assigned 0othe pursuit. 307'6 SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND RESPONSIBILITIES Available supervisory and management control will be exercised over all vehicle pursuits involving officers from this department. The supervisor of the officer initiating the pursuit, or if unavailable, the nearest on -duty supervisor, will be responsible for: (8) Immediately notifying involved officers and the dispatcher Ofsupervisory presence and ascertaining all reasonably available information to continuously assess the situation and risk h]CLOrS 8SSOCi8ted with the pU[SUiL This is to eOSUrH that the pursuit is conducted within established department guidelines. (b) Engaging in the pursuit, when appropriate, to provide on -scene supervision. (C) Exercising management and control of the pursuit even if not engaged in it. (d) Ensuring that no more than the required law enforcement vehicles are involved in the pursuit under the guidelines set forth iDthis policy. (8) Directing that the pU[SUiL be terminated if, in his/her 'Udg[OeOL it is not justified to continue the pursuit under the guidelines Ofthis policy. (f) Ensuring that canines Or additional reSOUrCCS are requested, if @V8i|8b|8 and appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits -58 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits (z) Ensuring that the proper radio channel iSbeing used. (h) Ensuring that the Watch Commander is notified of the pursuit, as soon as practicable. (i) Ensuring the notification and/or coordination of outside agencies if the pursuit either leaves OriSlikely tOleave the jurisdiction Ofthis department. U) Controlling and managing Iowa City Police Department officers when a pursuit enters another jurisdiction. (k) Preparing a post -pursuit review and documentation Of the pursuit as required]f the VV8tCh CO[O[O@ner was directly involved in the pursuit this will be C0Dlp|et8d by the Field Operations Commander. 307-7 JOHNS0NCOUNTY EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS CENTER (JECC) C000DlUDiC@tiUO Center Responsibilities - Communications during @ pursuit iSvital to the S@f8 apprehension of the offender as well as the safety of the officers and bystanders. Emergency C000O0UDiC@U0DS during pursuits will be conducted 8CCOndiDg to the established pO|iCi8S and practices of the Joint Emergency Communications Center and currently includes the following; Immediately upon [gCgkviDQ iDforD@bOD that an officer is in pursuit, the ECOwiU advise all other non -emergency radio traffic to move to another channel and give the pursuing officer phO[ib/ use Of L@VV 1Thg EC[) will @dViSg the pursuing officer Ofany pertinent iOfn[0@tiOO concerning the area Ofthe pursuit. Notify 8watch commander/supervisor of the pursuit inprogress. The ECOshall record ODthe CAD log all the information furnished bvthe officer during the pUrSU|l. As long as the pursuit is continued, the E[O will manage the pursuit communications byre - broadcasting Contact Su[R]UDdiDg agencies and advise Ul8Ol Of the pu[SUit)WAe do not eOCOu[8g8 involvement of other agencies in the pursuit other than for perimeter control and assistance in attempts to identify the violator unless specifically requested otherwise. When the pursuit leaves the city |innitS' or it is reasonably imminent that it will, the EC}OwiU contact the appropriate law enforcement agency with necessary information. As time permits, the ECOwiU run vehicle and registered owner information and h[O8dC@S[ pertinent information. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits -58 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 307.8 LOSS OF PURSUED VEHICLE When the pursued vehicle is lost, the involved officers should broadcast pertinent information to assist other officers in locating the vehicle. The primary pursuing officer or supervisor will be responsible for coordinating any further search for either the pursued vehicle or suspects fleeing on foot. 307.9 INTERJURISDICTIONAL CONSIDERATIONS When a pursuit enters another agency's jurisdiction, the primary pursuing officer or supervisor, taking into consideration the distance traveled, unfamiliarity with the area and other pertinent facts, should determine whether to request the other agency to assume the pursuit. Unless entry into another jurisdiction is expected to be brief, it is generally recommended that the primary pursuing officer or supervisor ensure that notification is provided to each outside jurisdiction into which the pursuit is reasonably expected to enter, regardless of whether the jurisdiction is expected to assist. 307.9.1 ASSUMPTION OF PURSUIT BY ANOTHER AGENCY Officers will relinquish control of the pursuit when another agency has assumed the pursuit, unless the continued assistance of the Iowa City Police Department is requested by the agency assuming the pursuit. Upon relinquishing control of the pursuit, the involved officers may proceed, with supervisory approval, to the termination point of the pursuit to assist in the investigation. The supervisor should coordinate such assistance with the assuming agency and obtain any information that is necessary for any reports. The roles and responsibilities of officers at the termination point of a pursuit initiated by this department shall be coordinated with appropriate consideration of the needs of the agency assuming the pursuit. Notification of a pursuit in progress should not be construed as a request to join the pursuit. Requests to or from another agency to assume a pursuit should be specific. Because of communication limitations between local law enforcement agencies, a request for another agency's assistance will mean that its personnel will assume responsibility for the pursuit. For the same reasons, when a pursuit leaves another jurisdiction and a request for assistance is made to this department, the other agency should relinquish control. 307.9.2 PURSUITS EXTENDING INTO THIS JURISDICTION The agency that initiates a pursuit shall be responsible for conducting the pursuit. Officers from this department should not join a pursuit unless specifically requested to do so by the pursuing agency, the reason for the pursuit is for a violent felony with imminent threat, and with approval from a supervisor. The exception to this is when a single vehicle from the initiating agency is in pursuit. Under this circumstance, an officer from this department may, with supervisor approval, immediately join the pursuit until sufficient vehicles from the initiating agency join the pursuit or until additional information is provided allowing withdrawal from the pursuit. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 60 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits When a request is made for this department to assist or take over a pursuit that has entered the jurisdiction of the Iowa City Police Department, the supervisor should consider: a. The public's safety within this jurisdiction. b. The safety of the pursuing officers. c. Whether the circumstances are serious enough to continue the pursuit. d. Whether there is adequate staffing to continue the pursuit. e. The ability to maintain the pursuit. As soon as practicable, a supervisor should review a request for assistance from another agency. The supervisor, after considering the above factors, may decline to assist in or assume the other agency's pursuit. Assistance to a pursuing agency by officers of this department will conclude at the City limits, provided that the pursuing agency has sufficient assistance from other sources. Ongoing participation from this department may continue only until sufficient assistance is present. In the event that the termination point of a pursuit from another agency is within this jurisdiction, officers shall provide appropriate assistance including, but not limited to, scene control, coordination and completion of supplemental reports and any other assistance requested or needed. 307.10 CAPTURE OF SUSPECTS Proper self-discipline and sound professional judgment are the keys to a successful conclusion of a pursuit and apprehension of evading suspects. Officers shall use only that amount of force that reasonably appears necessary given the facts and circumstances perceived by the officer at the time of the event to accomplish a legitimate law enforcement purpose. Unless relieved by a supervisor, the primary pursuing officer should coordinate efforts to apprehend the suspect following the pursuit. Officers should consider the safety of the public and the involved officers when formulating plans for setting up perimeters or for containing and capturing the suspect. 307.11 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS a. The pursuing officer will forward a written report detailing the pursuit to the watch supervisor/ watch commander before completing their tour of duty.The watch supervisor will forward a written report to the Commander of Field Operations within 10 days unless an extension is allowed by the Commander of Field Operations. The reports shall include: 1. Evaluation of the circumstances involved. 2. If the initiating officer followed the required procedures. 3. Were there other units involved and did they follow procedures? 4. Did communications perform their responsibilities? Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 61 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 5. Did supervisors perform their responsibilities? 6. Was force used to stop the vehicle, i.e. controlled stopping devices? 7. Were procedures followed regarding termination of pursuits? (b) The supervisor of the unit initiating the pursuit shall be responsible for submission of a written analysis and critique of the pursuit through the chain of command to the Chief of Police.The report shall include an evaluation of the pursuit referring to the circumstances and adherence to this policy. (c) A vehicular pursuit is deemed a "use of force", hence a Use of Force report must be completed.The "Supervisory Review" needs only to note that a separate pursuit analysis was completed and list any policy violations. (d) As a vehicular pursuit is deemed a "use of force", the Department's Use of Force policy and Use of Force continuum apply to vehicular pursuits. (e) On an annual basis a documented analysis of all pursuits for the past calendar year shall be completed. This report shall be completed by the Sergeant of Planning and Research and be forwarded to the Chief of Police. The analysis is intended to reveal patterns or trends that indicate training needs and/or policy modifications. 307.12 REGULAR AND PERIODIC PURSUIT TRAINING In addition to initial and supplementary training on pursuits, all officers will participate, no less than annually, in regular and periodic training addressing this policy and the importance of vehicle safety and protecting the public. Training will include recognition of the need to balance the known offense and the need for immediate capture against the risks to officers and others. 307.13 POLICY REVIEW Officers of this department shall certify in writing that they have received, read and understand this policy initially, upon any amendments and whenever training on the policy is provided. 307.14 PURSUIT INTERVENTION 307.14.1 USE OF FIREARMS The use of firearms to disable a pursued vehicle is not generally an effective tactic and involves all the dangers associated with discharging firearms. Officers should not utilize firearms during an ongoing pursuit unless the conditions and circumstances meet the requirements authorizing the use of deadly force. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit any officer from using a firearm to stop a suspect from using a vehicle as a deadly weapon. 307.14.2 INTERVENTION STANDARDS Any intervention tactic, depending upon the conditions and circumstances under which it is used, may present dangers to the officers, the public or anyone in or on the vehicle being pursued. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 62 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits Certain applications of intervention tactics may be construed to be a use of force, including deadly force, and are subject to policies guiding such use. Officers shall consider these facts and requirements prior to deciding how, when, where and if an intervention tactic should be employed. The following are some possible alternatives to consider when determining methods of stopping a fleeing vehice: Tire deflation devices should be deployed only after notification of pursuing officers and the supervisor of the intent and location of the intended deployment, and in a manner that: 1. Should reasonably only affect the pursued vehicle. 2. Provides the deploying officer adequate cover and escape from intentional or unintentional exposure to the approaching vehicle. 3. Takes into account the limitations of such devices as well as the potential risk to officers, the public and occupants of the pursued vehicle. 4. Takes into account whether the pursued vehicle is a motorcycle, a vehicle transporting hazardous materials or a school bus transporting children. Use of fuses or traffic cones to set up an apparent roadblock in advance of the pursued vehicle. Remember to clear the road and select a safe location. Do not use the spotlight focused on the back window of the pursued vehicle. Stationary roadblocks are prohibited Moving roadblocks are prohibited. Ramming is prohibited. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Vehicle Pursuits - 63 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Foot Pursuits 308.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines to assist officers in making the decision to initiate or continue the pursuit of suspects on foot. 308.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department that officers, when deciding to initiate or continue a foot pursuit, continuously balance the objective of apprehending the suspect with the risk and potential for injury to department members, the public or the suspect. Officers are expected to act reasonably, based on the totality of the circumstances. 308.3 DECISION TO PURSUE The safety of department members and the public should be the primary consideration when determining whether a foot pursuit should be initiated or continued. Officers must be mindful that immediate apprehension of a suspect is rarely more important than the safety of the public and department members. Officers may be justified in initiating a foot pursuit of any individual that the officer reasonably believes is about to engage in, is engaging in or has engaged in criminal activity. The decision to initiate or continue such a foot pursuit, however, must be continuously re-evaluated in light of the circumstances presented at the time. Mere flight by a person who is not suspected of criminal activity alone shall not serve as justification for engaging in an extended foot pursuit without the development of reasonable suspicion regarding the individual's involvement in criminal activity or being wanted by law enforcement. Deciding to initiate or continue a foot pursuit is a decision that an officer must make quickly and under unpredictable and dynamic circumstances. It is recognized that foot pursuits may place department members and the public at significant risk. Therefore, no officer or supervisor shall be criticized or disciplined for deciding not to engage in a foot pursuit because of the perceived risk involved. If circumstances permit, surveillance and containment are generally the safest tactics for apprehending fleeing persons. In deciding whether to initiate or continue a foot pursuit, an officer should continuously consider reasonable alternatives to a foot pursuit based upon the circumstances and resources available, such as: (a) Containment of the area. (b) Saturation of the area with law enforcement personnel, including assistance from other agencies. (c) A canine search. (d) Thermal imaging or other sensing technology. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Foot Pursuits - 64 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Foot Pursuits (e) Apprehension at another time when the identity of the suspect is known or there is information available that would likely allow for later apprehension, and the need to immediately apprehend the suspect does not reasonably appear to outweigh the risk of continuing the foot pursuit. 308.4 GENERAL GUIDELINES When reasonably practicable, officers should consider alternatives to engaging in or continuing a foot pursuit when: (a) Directed by a supervisor to terminate the foot pursuit; such an order shall be considered mandatory. (b) The officer is acting alone. (c) Two or more officers become separated, lose visual contact with one another or obstacles separate them to the degree that they cannot immediately assist each other should a confrontation take place. In such circumstances, it is generally recommended that a single officer keep the suspect in sight from a safe distance and coordinate the containment effort. (d) The officer is unsure of his/her location and direction of travel. (e) The officer is pursuing multiple suspects and it is not reasonable to believe that the officer would be able to control the suspects should a confrontation occur. (f) The physical condition of the officer renders him/her incapable of controlling the suspect if apprehended. (g) The officer loses radio contact with the dispatcher or with assisting or backup officers. (h) The suspect enters a building, structure, confined space, isolated area or dense or difficult terrain, and there are insufficient officers to provide backup and containment. The primary officer should consider discontinuing the foot pursuit and coordinating containment pending the arrival of sufficient resources. (i) The officer becomes aware of unanticipated or unforeseen circumstances that unreasonably increase the risk to officers or the public. Q) The officer reasonably believes that the danger to the pursuing officers or public outweighs the objective of immediate apprehension. (k) The officer loses possession of his/her firearm or other essential equipment. (1) The officer or a third party is injured during the foot pursuit, requiring immediate assistance, and there are no other emergency personnel available to render assistance. (m) The suspect's location is no longer known. (n) The identity of the suspect is established or other information exists that will allow for the suspect's apprehension at a later time, and it reasonably appears that there is no immediate threat to department members or the public if the suspect is not immediately apprehended. It is important for the pursuing officer to consider what evidence the suspect is believed to be in possession at the time of the pursuit. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Foot Pursuits - 65 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Foot Pursuits (o) The officer's ability to safely continue the foot pursuit is impaired by inclement weather, darkness or other environmental conditions. (p) Unless a person poses an obvious threat to themselves or another, officers shall not engage in a foot pursuit for: 1. Curfew Violations, or 2. Citation -only violations 308.5 RESPONSIBILITIES IN FOOT PURSUITS 308.5.1 INITIATING OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Unless relieved by another officer or a supervisor, the initiating officer shall be responsible for coordinating the progress of the pursuit and containment. When acting alone and when practicable, the initiating officer should not attempt to overtake and confront the suspect but should attempt to keep the suspect in sight until sufficient officers are present to safely apprehend the suspect. Early communication of available information from the involved officers is essential so that adequate resources can be coordinated and deployed to bring a foot pursuit to a safe conclusion. Officers initiating a foot pursuit should, at a minimum, broadcast the following information as soon as it becomes practicable and available: (a) Location and direction of travel (b) Call sign identifier (c) Reason for the foot pursuit, such as the crime classification (d) Number of suspects and description, to include name if known (e) Whether the suspect is known or believed to be armed with a dangerous weapon Officers should be mindful that radio transmissions made while running may be difficult to understand and may need to be repeated. Absent extenuating circumstances, any officer unable to promptly and effectively broadcast this information should terminate the foot pursuit. If the foot pursuit is discontinued for any reason, immediate efforts for containment should be established and alternatives considered based upon the circumstances and available resources. When a foot pursuit terminates, the officer will notify the dispatcher of his/her location and the status of the foot pursuit termination (e.g., suspect in custody, lost sight of suspect), and will direct further actions as reasonably appear necessary, to include requesting medical aid as needed for officers, suspects or members of the public. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Foot Pursuits - 66 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Foot Pursuits 308.5.2 ASSISTING OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Whenever any officer announces that he/she iSengaged iD@foot pursuit, all other officers should minimize nonessential radio traffic to permit the involved OffiCRrS rn8xirnUrn 8CCHSS to the radio frequency. 308.5.3 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Upon becoming 8vv8r8 of fOO[ pursuit, the supervisor shall make every r8GSOn8b|e effort to @SCUrt@iD sufficient information to direct FgSpODdiDg nBSOu[CSS and to take C0O0rD@Dd' &0DtnO| and coordination of the foot pursuit. The supervisor ShOU|d respond to the area whenever possible; the supervisor does not, hUwSVe[' need to be physically pngS8Dt to exercise CODtnD| over the foot pursuit. The supervisor shall C0ntinUOUS|y @SSeSS the situation in order to enSUn3 the foot pursuit iSconducted within established department guidelines. The supervisor shall terminate the foot pursuit when the danger to pursuing officers or the public appears to unreasonably outweigh the objective of immediate apprehension of the suspect. Upon apprehension of the suspect, the supervisor shall promptly proceed to the termination point to direct the post -foot pursuit activity. 308.54 J{)HNSONC{)UNTY EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS CENTER UECC\ RESPONSIBILITIES Upon notification or becoming aware that 8foot pursuit isinprogress, the dispatcher iSresponsible for: (@) Clearing the radio channel Ofnon-emergency traffic. (b) Coordinating pursuit communications Ofthe involved officers. (c) Broadcasting pursuit updates aawell onother pertinent information as necessary. (d) Ensuring that @ field supervisor iSnotified Ofthe foot pursuit. (e) Notifying and coordinating with other involved or affected agencies as practicable. (f) Notifying the Watch Commander @Ssoon 8Spracticable. (g) Assigning @nincident number and logging all pursuit activities. 308-6 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS The initiating officer shall complete appropriate crime/arrest reports documenting, at a minimum: (8) Date and time Ofthe foot pursuit. (b) Initial reason and circumstances surrounding the foot pursuit. (C) Course and approximate distance Ofthe foot pursuit. (d) Alleged offenses. (H) Involved vehicles and officers. /f\ Whether asuspect was apprehended aawell aathe means and methods used. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Foot Pursuits -O7 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Foot Pursuits 1Any use Ufforce shall be reported and documented iDcompliance with the Use of Force Policy. (9) A[Rest88 iDfD[O08UOD, if applicable. (h) Any injuries 8nd/OrnnHdiC8|[ne8Ln)8nL (i) Any property U[equipment damage. 0) Name of the supervisor at the scene or who handled the incident. Assisting officers taking an @CUvS ndH in the apprehension Of the SUaoeut Sh@U complete supplemental reports as necessary or as directed. The supervisor rHvewing[henBpOrtviUm8k8@prR|iminarydHtHnninBtiOnUh8tth8pUrGUit8ppe8rG to be in compliance with this policy or that additional review and/or follow-up is warranted. In any case in which a suspect is not apprehended and there is insufficient information to support further iDv8SUgGUOD' @ SUPerviSO[ may @uUlUhzg that the initiating OffiDg[ Deed not C000p|Ute 8 formal report. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Foot Pursuits -O8 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual ����~ N��= � Calls U����� o�����U�o��� �� �� �� ��UN.�°��� Response ��� ��~=NN~= 309-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides Uffi&8[S with guidelines for the safe and @ppFDphGt8 V8hiCU|8[ [eSpUOSe to emergency and non -emergency incidents or requests for oeeietonce, whether these are dispatched or self -initiated. 309.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department to appropriately respond to emergency and non -emergency calls for service or requests for assistance, whether these are dispatched or self -initiated. 309'3 RESPONSE TO CALLS {JUioere responding to non -emergency calls ahoU proceed aononding|y, unless they are sent or redirected to a higher priority call, and shall obey all traffic laws. 309.3.1 EMERGENCY CALLS {]Rioore responding to an emergency call shall proceed immediately aoappropriate and ehoU CODUOuOUS|y operate the 8DleFgUDCy wghiC|U lighting @Dd/O[ siren as required by |8vV /|OVV8 Officers should only respond toacall aaanemergency response when audispatched or when circumstances reasonably indicate @n emergency response is required. This includes, but is not limited to: (a) When in pursuit or apprehending a violator or suspected violator. (b) When responding tO8 reported emergency involving @ medical emergency, possible personal injury, death or significant property damage. kd When immediate 8SSiStaDCe is requested by an officer Orother law enforcement agency. Officers not responding tuacall as an emergency response shall observe all traffic laws and proceed without the use of emergency lights and siren. 309-4 REQUESTING EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE When requesting emergency assistance, the involved department member should [U8SOD@b|y believe there is an imminent threat to the safety of him/herself or another person, or that assistance iSneeded U]prevent imminent serious harm b]the public. If circumstances permit, the requesting member should provide the following information: ° Identifying call sign 0 Location of the emergency situation Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Officer Response 10Calls -O8 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Officer Response to Calls • Violator information, including weapons, if applicable • Reason for the request and type of emergency • The number of officers or resources required • Hazards and any known or potential dangers for responding officers In any event where a situation has stabilized and emergency response is not required, the requesting member shall immediately notify the dispatcher. 309.5 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Responding with emergency lights and/or siren does not relieve the operator of an emergency vehicle of the duty to continue to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons and property, and does not protect the operator from the consequences of reckless disregard for the safety of others (Iowa Code § 321.231(5)). The officer may, when responding to a call with an emergency response, and provided there is no endangerment or unnecessary risk to persons and property (Iowa Code § 321.231): • Proceed past a red or stop signal or stop sign, but only after slowing down as may be necessary for safe operation. • Exceed the speed limit. • Disregard regulations governing direction of movement or turning in specified directions. • Park or stand in the roadway. 309.5.1 NUMBER OF OFFICERS ASSIGNED The number of officers assigned to respond to an emergency call or request for assistance should be limited to that which is reasonably necessary. 309.6 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Vehicles not equipped with emergency lights and siren are prohibited from initiating orjoining in an emergency response. Officers in such vehicles may provide support to pursuing vehicles as long as the vehicles are operated in compliance with all traffic laws. Those officers should terminate their involvement in any emergency response immediately upon arrival of a sufficient number of emergency law enforcement vehicles. If the emergency equipment on the vehicle should fail to operate, the officer must terminate the emergency response and continue accordingly. The officer shall notify their supervisor or the dispatcher of the equipment failure so that another officer may be assigned to the emergency response. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Officer Response to Calls - 70 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Officer Response to Calls 309-7 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES The decision to initiate or continue an emergency response is at the discretion of the officer. If, in the officer's judgment, the weather, traffic and road conditions do not permit such @ response without unreasonable risk, the officer may elect to respond to the call without the use of emergency lights and siren at the legal speed limit. In such an event, the officer should immediately notify the dispatcher. An officer shall also discontinue an emergency response when directed by a supervisor or as otherwise appropriate. Upon receiving authorization U[determining that @Demergency response isappropriate, whenever practicable, an officer shall immediately give the location from which he/she is responding. The first officer arriving Etthe emergency call should determine whether tUincrease O[reduce the level of the response of additional officers and shall notify the dispatcher of his/her determination. Any subsequent Ch8DQU in the appropriate neSpOOSU level should be CODl[DuOic8tgd to the dispatcher by the officer in charge of the scene unless a supervisor assumes this responsibility. 309-8 JOHNS0NCOUNTY EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS CENTER (JECC) When iDforD8UOD ngGSUD@b|y indicates that the public is dl[e@tgOed with SghOUS injury or deu[h, or an officer requests emergency assistance and immediate law enforcement response is negded, the dispatcher shall assign an emergency response and ensure acknowledgement and [HSpODS8 of handling and assisting OMiC8[S. In all other circumstances, the dispatcher shall obtain authorization from the VV@tCh Commander U[@ on -duty supervisor prior tO GSSiQDiDQ an emergency response. 309.8.1 RESPONSIBILITIES Upon notification or assignment of an emergency response, the dispatcher is responsible for: (8) Confirming the location from which the officer is responding or requesting assistance. (b) Attempting to assign the C|OSeSL available 8SSiSUnA OffiCe[8 to the |OC8iiDn Of the emergency call. (C) Continuing to obtain and broadcast information as necessary concerning the response and monitoring the situation until itiSstabilized Orterminated. (d) Notifying and coordinating allied emergency services (e.g.,fire, emergency medical services). (8) Notifying the on -duty supervisor 8Ssoon 8Spracticable. (f) Controlling all radio COnlnlUOiC8UODS during the emergency and coordinating assistance under the direction of the Watch Commander or on -duty supervisor. 309.9 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Upon being notified that GD gO08[Q8DCy [USpODS8 has been initiated or ngqu8St8d' the on- duty (a) The proper response has been initiated. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Officer Response 10Calls -71 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Officer Response to Calls (b) No more than those officers reasonably necessary under the circumstances are involved in the response. (c) Affected outside jurisdictions are being notified as practicable. The on -duty supervisor shall monitor the response until it has been stabilized or terminated and assert control by directing officers into or out of the response, if necessary. If, in the supervisor's judgment, the circumstances require additional officers to be assigned an emergency response, the supervisor may do so. It is the on -duty supervisors responsibility to terminate an emergency response that, in his/her judgment, is inappropriate due to the circumstances. When making the decision to authorize an emergency response, the Watch Commander or the on -duty supervisor should consider: • The type of call or crime involved. • The type and circumstances of the request. • The necessity of a timely response. • Weather, traffic and road conditions. • The location of the responding officers and the location of the incident. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. officer Response to Calls - 72 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Child Abuse 313.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the investigation of suspected child abuse. This policy also addresses when Iowa City Police Department members are required to notify the Department of Human Services (DHS) of suspected child abuse. 313.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Child - Unless otherwise specified by a cited statute, a child is any person under the age of 18 years. Child abuse - Any offense or attempted offense involving violence or neglect with a child victim when committed by a person responsible for the child's care or any other act that would mandate notification to a social service agency or law enforcement. 313.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department will investigate all reported incidents of alleged criminal child abuse and ensure DHS is notified as required by law. 313.3 MANDATORY NOTIFICATION Members of the Iowa City Police Department shall notify DHS when there is reasonable belief to believe a child has suffered abuse (Iowa Code § 232.69). Members shall also notify DHS promptly when the department receives a report of child abuse (Iowa Code § 232.70). For purposes of notification, abuse includes (Iowa Code § 232.68): (a) Acts or omissions by the person responsible for the care of a child, which includes physical injury or mental injury. (b) Sexual offenses. (c) Failure to provide care necessary for the child's health and welfare when financially able to do so or when offered reasonable means to do so. (d) Child prostitution. (e) The presence of illegal drugs. (f) Manufacturing, use, or possession of a dangerous substance. (g) Allowing access to a registered sex offender. (h) Allowing access to obscene material or bestiality in the presence of a minor. 313.3.1 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE Notification shall be made orally and in writing. Notification shall be made by telephone to the Child Abuse Hotline as soon as practicable but no later than in 24 hours. A written report shall be Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Child Abuse - 73 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Child Abuse provided to DHS within 48 hours of the oral notification. The oral and written report shall include the following information (Iowa Code § 232.70): (a) The names and home address of the child and child's parents and other persons believed to be responsible for the child's care (b) The child's present whereabouts if not the same as the parent's or other person's home address (c) The child's age (d) The nature and extent of the child's injuries, including any evidence of previous injuries (e) The name, age, and conditions of other children in the same home (f) Any other information that may be helpful in establishing the cause of the injury to the child, the identity of the person or persons responsible for the injury or in providing assistance to the child. (g) The name and address of the person making the report 313.4 QUALIFIED INVESTIGATORS Patrol officers and detectives should betrained to conduct child abuse investigations. These investigations should include: (a) Conduct interviews in child -appropriate interview facilities. (b) Coordinate with other enforcement agencies, social service agencies, and school administrators as needed (Iowa Code § 232.71 B). (c) Provide referrals to therapy services, victim advocates, guardians, and support for the child and family as appropriate. (d) Participate in or coordinate with multidisciplinary investigative teams as applicable (Iowa Code § 915.35; 441 IAC 175.36). 313.5 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTING In all reported or suspected cases of child abuse, officers shall write a report even if the allegations appear unfounded or unsubstantiated. Investigations and reports related to suspected cases of child abuse should address, as applicable: (a) The overall basis for the contact. This should be done by the investigating officer in all circumstances where a suspected child abuse victim was contacted. (b) The exigent circumstances that existed if officers interviewed the child victim without the presence of a parent or guardian. (c) Any relevant statements the child may have made and to whom he/she made the statements. (d) If a child was taken into protective custody, the reasons, the name and title of the person making the decision, and why other alternatives were not appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Child Abuse - 74 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Child Abuse (e) Documentation of any visible injuries or any injuries identified by the child. This should include photographs of such injuries, if practicable. (f) Whether the child victim was transported for medical treatment or a medical examination. (9) Whether the victim identified a household member as the alleged perpetrator, and a list of the names of any other children who may reside in the residence. (h) Identification of any prior related reports or allegations of child abuse, including other jurisdictions, as reasonably known. (i) Previous addresses of the victim and suspect. (j) Other potential witnesses who have not yet been interviewed, such as relatives or others close to the victim's environment. All cases of the unexplained death of a child should be investigated as thoroughly as if it had been a case of suspected child abuse (e.g., a sudden or unexplained death of an infant). 313.6 PROTECTIVE CUSTODY Before taking any child into protective custody, the officer should make reasonable attempts to contact DHS. Generally, removal of a child from his/her family, guardian or other responsible adult should be left to the child welfare authorities when they are present or have become involved in an investigation. Generally, members of this department should remove a child from his/her parent or guardian without a court order only when no other effective alternative is reasonably available and immediate action reasonably appears necessary to protect the child. Prior to taking a child into protective custody, the officer should take reasonable steps to deliver the child to another qualified parent or legal guardian unless it reasonably appears that the release would endanger the child or result in abduction. If this is not a reasonable option, the officer shall ensure that the child is delivered to a place designated by the rules of the court (Iowa Code § 232.79). Whenever practicable, the officer should inform a supervisor of the circumstances prior to taking a child into protective custody. If prior notification is not practicable, officers should contact a supervisor promptly after taking a child into protective custody. Children may only be removed from a parent or guardian in the following situations: (a) Pursuant to a court order (Iowa Code § 232.78) (b) When there is not enough time to apply for a court order and the child's life or health is in imminent danger the officer shall (Iowa Code § 232.79): 1. Immediately bring the child to a place designated by the rules of the court. 2. Make reasonable efforts to notify the parents, guardian or custodian of the child's location. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Child Abuse - 75 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Child Abuse 3. Immediately inform the court of the emergency removal and the circumstances of the removal followed up in writing to the court within 24 hours. 313.6.1 NEWBORN SAFE HAVEN LAW A parent or a person authorized on the parent's behalf may voluntarily relinquish custody of a newborn infant up to 30 days old with any hospital or health care facility or by calling 9-1-1 and relinquishing physical custody, without expressing an intent to again assume physical custody, to the officer who responds to the call (Iowa Code § 233.1 et seq.). Any such person relinquishing a newborn infant in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 233 of the Iowa Code is immune from criminal prosecution for neglect or abandonment unless there are indications of child abuse (Iowa Code § 233.3; Iowa Code § 726.3; Iowa Code § 726.6). Unless the individual relinquishing the newborn infant expresses an intent to again assume physical custody of the infant, the officer responding to such a call shall take physical custody of the newborn infant and (Iowa Code § 233.2): (a) Should request the name of the parents and information on any medical history of the infant and parents. (b) Should take reasonable actions to ensure the physical health and safety of the infant. (c) Shall transport the infant to the nearest hospital or health care facility and provide any parental identification or medical history received. (d) Shall notify the Department of Human Services as soon as practicable. (e) Should provide any required testimony for subsequent legal proceedings. (f) Should comply with all other relevant laws. Any transcripts or recordings of 9-1-1 calls made or any other identifying information received by the department from a person complying with this law is confidential and shall not be disclosed except as otherwise allowed by law (Iowa Code § 233.5). 313.7 INTERVIEWS 313.7.1 PRELIMINARY INTERVIEWS Absent extenuating circumstances or impracticality, officers should record the preliminary interview with suspected child abuse victims. Officers should avoid multiple interviews with a child victim and should attempt to gather only the information necessary to begin an investigation. When practicable, investigating officers should defer interviews until a person who is specially trained in such interviews is available. Generally, child victims should not be interviewed in the home or location where the alleged abuse occurred. 313.7.2 DETAINING SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE VICTIMS FOR AN INTERVIEW An officer should not involuntarily detain a child who is suspected of being a victim of child abuse solely for the purpose of an interview or physical exam without the consent of a parent or guardian unless one of the following applies: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Child Abuse - 76 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Child Abuse (a) Exigent circumstances exist, such as: 1A nS8SOD@b|e belief that rn8dit@| iSSu8S of the child Deed to be addressed 2. Areasonable belief that the child iSVrwill baindanger Ofharm if the interview or physical exam is not immediately completed. 3. The alleged offender is the custodial parent Orguardian and there is reason to believe the child may beincontinued danger. (b) A court order or warrant has been issued. 313-8 MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS If the child has been the viCUO0 of abuse that [8qUi[8S 8 [D8diC@| 8x@DliD@UOD. the iDVeSUg8UOQ officer should obtain consent for such examination from the appropriate parent, guardian or agency having legal custody 8fthe child. The officer should also arrange for the child's transportation U] the appropriate medical facility. In cases where the alleged offender iathe custodial parent orguardian and is refusing consent for the rnediC8| Hx8rnin@UOn. OffiD8rG ShOU|d notify 8 supervisor b8fOn8 proceeding. If exigent CiPCUrDSt@OCUS do not exist or if state |Gvv does not provide for OffiC8[S to take the child for 8 medical examination, the notified supervisor should consider obtaining a court order for such an 313.9 DRUG -ENDANGERED CHILDREN A coordinated response by |ovv enforcement and social services agencies is appropriate to meet the immediate and |ODg8Ftg0O Dl8diC@| and safety DggdS of Chi|dF8D exposed to the manufacturing, trafficking Or USH of narcotics. 313.9.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Investigation 88CtODSupg[visO[ShUu|d: (@) Work with professionals from the appropriate agencies, including C)||8. other |8vv enforcement agencies, medical service providers and local prosecutors to develop community -specific procedures for responding to situations where there are children gDd@DQUR}d bytheir exposure to [DUth@nlphUt@DliDe |GbS or the n0GDufo{tUr8 and trafficking Ofother drugs. (b) Activate any available interagency response when an officer notifies the Investigation Section supervisor that the officer has responded to a drug lab or other narcotics crime SCUDg vvhg[8 8 child is p[8SODt or where 8Vid8ODg indicates that @ child lives at the scene. (c) Develop a report format or checklist for use when officers respond to drug labs or other n8rCOtCS QimR SCRnHS. The ChHCNiSL will help officers document the environmental, medical, social and other conditions that may affect the child. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Child Abuse -77 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Child Abuse 313.9.2 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Officers respondingU}Gdrug lab U[other narcotics crime scene where @ child iS present or where there iSevidence that 8 child lives should: (8) [}UCUO0UDt the 8DVinODDl8DC8|' medical, SOCi8| and other CODdidOOS of the child using photography as appropriate and the checklist or form developed for this purpose. (b) Notify the Investigation Section supervisor so an interagency response can begin. 313'10 STATE MANDATES AND OTHER RELEVANT LAWS |Ovv8 requires Orpermits the following: 313.10] PROCESSING REPORTS AND RECORDS The Records Sh@U forward the report required by [}HS within 48 hours of the iDiU@| O[G| notification (Iowa Code &232.7O). 313.10.2 RELEASE OFREPORTS |DforD@UUO related to incidents of child @bUSU or SUSp8CtUd child GbUSg Sh8U be CODfid8DU@| and may only be disclosed pursuant to state law and the FleoVrdn Maintenance and Release Policy (Iowa Code 8227;Iowa Code 8235A.15). 313.103 CHILD DEATH TEAMS The [}Rp8rtn)8n[ ShOU|d p8diCiD8[e in the state Or COUntv child death review team as appropriate (Iowa Code G13543). 313'11 TRAINING The Department should provide training on best practices in child abuse investigations to members tasked with investigating these cases. The training should include: (8) Participating iOmultidisciplinary investigations, 8Sappropriate. (b) /\V8i|8bi|Uv of therapy services for children and families. (c) /\V8i|8bi|Uv Ofspecialized forensic nOediC8| eX8DlS. (d) CUkU[@| COOOoetenC8 (iOdUdiOg interpretive services) F8|8Led to child 8bUS8 investigations. (e) Availability 0fvictim advocate O[guardian 8d|iternsupport. Al Recognizing abuse that requires mandatory notification to another agency. 313.11.1 STATE -MANDATED TRAINING The Training Coordinator Sh@|| 8nSUn3 that all OffiCHrG receive two hours of training n8|@0Sd to the identification and reporting of child abuse within six OOODth3 of initial 8OOplOyOO8Dt and additional training onspecified in |ovvo Code 8232.8S. The Training Coordinator shall also ensure that officers receive a statement of the abuse reporting requirements within One month of initial employment /|Ovv8 Code 8 232.89\. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Child Abuse -78 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Dependent � Adult ���= ����������������� ����NNN� �*&��NNse 314-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose Ufthis policy iSk]provide guidelines for the investigation @DdFgpOrUDgOfSUS 8bUSR of certain @dUKS who may be more vU|n8r3b|8 than others. This policy also addresses mandatory notification for Iowa City Police Department members as required by law. 3141] [)ERN|T|{)N8 Definitions n8|8LHd to this policy include: "Dependent adult" means a person eighteen years mf age orolder who isunable 0oprotect the pemaom's own interests orunable bmadequately perform mrobtain services necessary tomeet essential human needs, as aresult ofa physical ormental condition which requires assistance from another, or as defined by departmental rule.. 314.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department will investigate all reported incidents of alleged adult abuse and ensure proper reporting and notification as required by law. 314.3 MANDATORY NOTIFICATION Members of the |OVv8 City PO|iC8 Department Sh@U DOUf« the 08p8[bmUDt Of Human Services (DHS) when there is a reasonable belief that a dependent adult has suffered abuse (Iowa Code &235E3.3). Members shall also notify C)||8 promptly when the department receives a report ofdependent adult abuse /441 |AC170.5(5)\. For purposes of notification, a dependent adult is a person 18 years of age or older who is unable to protect the person's own interests or unable to adequately perform or obtain services necessary to meet essential human needs, as @ result Of8 physical or mental condition which r8qUinSS assistance from another (Iowa Code 823513.2). Abuse requiring notification generally includes neglect, sexual abuse or exploitation and physical injury (Iowa Code § 235B.2). 314.3] NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE Notification shall be made by telephone to the Dependent Adult Abuse Hotline as soon as p[@CbC@bk3 and within 24 hours. AVVhtteD report Sh8U be provided to []HS within 48 hours after the oral notification. The oral and written report shall include the following information, ifavailable (Iowa Code &23513.3;441 |AC17W4;441 |AC1785(4)): (8) The DUnO8S and home addresses Of the dependent 8dUlt. appropriate relatives, caretakers and other persons believed to be responsible for the care of the dependent 8dU|L (b) The dependent adult's present whereabouts if not the same as the address given Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Dependent Adult Abuse -78 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Dependent Adult Abuse (c) The reason the adult iSbelieved k}b8dependent (d) The dependent adult's age (8) The nature and extent of the adult abuse, including evidence of previous adult abuse Ul Information concerning the suspected adult abuse 0fother dependent adults in the same residence (o) Any other information that may be helpful in establishing the cause of the abuse or the identity of the person or persons responsible for the ebuS8. Or helpful in providing assistance k}the dependent adult (h) The name and address of the person making the report 314-4 QUALIFIED INVESTIGATORS Qualified investigators should be available toinvestigate cases ofadult abuse. These investigators (8) CUOdUC1 iOtUnviSvvS in 8pp[0ph8t8 interview facilities. (b) Be familiar with forensic interview techniques specific to adult abuse investigations. (C) Present all cases ofalleged adult abuse tothe prosecutor for review. (d) Coordinate with other enforcement agencies, SOCi@| service 8g8nCiHS and facility administrators aaneeded (|owu(�ud�" ��35��3'. 441 |A(�1780(4) ` � ) . (e) Provide referrals to therapy services, victim advocates, guardians and support for the viCUDl and family @Sappropriate. (f) Participate in Or COOndin8[R with multidisciplinary investigative [R8nnS as applicable (Iowa Code 8 235B.1\. (g) Take lawful action necessary or advisable for the protection of a dependent adult (Iowa Code Q235B.3'441 |/\C1788/4A 314~5 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTING All reported or suspected cases of adult abuse require investigation and a napod, even if the allegations appear unfounded orunsubstantiated. Investigations and reports related to suspected cases of adult abuse should address, as (8) The overall basis for the contact. This should b8done hvthe investigating OffiCerin8U circumstances where a suspected adult abuse victim is contacted. (b) Any relevant statements the victim may have made and to whom he/She made the statements. kd If person is taken into protective CUStOdy' the rH8SOnS' the name and UdH of the person making the decision, and why other alternatives were not appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Dependent Adult Abuse -8O Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Dependent Adult Abuse (d) Documentation Ofany visible injuries 8[8Oyi jUheSid8DUf8dbvUlgVktiDl.ThiSShUU|d include photographs of such injuries, if practicable. (8) Whether the victim was transported for medical treatment O[@medical examination. 0l Whether the victim identified 8household member 8Sthe alleged perpetrator, @nd8 list of the names of any other potential victims or witnesses who may reside in the (o) |d8DUfC@tUD of any prior related reports or GUeoahUOS of abuse, including other jurisdictions, 8Sreasonably known. (h) Previous addresses ufthe victim and suspect. (i\ Other potential witnesses who have not yet been interviewed, such as relatives or others close to the victim's environment. Any unexplained death of an adult who was in the C@nB of guardian Orcaretaker should be considered @Spotential adult abuse and investigated similarly. 314.6 PROTECTIVE CUSTODY Before taking an adult abuse victim into protective custody when facts indicate the adult may not be able to care for him/herself, the officer should make reasonable attempts to contact the0HS. GHnHr8||y' n8nnOv@| Of an adult 8bUS8 victim from his/her f8rni|y' guardian Or Other responsible adult should beleft to the welfare authorities when they are present or have become involved in uninvestigation (Iowa Code 8235B.19). GeD8[8||y' 08O0bU[S of this department should [80OOV8 an adult abuse viCUO0 from his/her family or guardian without a court order only when no other effective alternative is reasonably available and immediate action reasonably appears necessary toprotect the victim. Prior tutaking anadult 8bUS8 victim into protective CUStOdy' the officer should take nS8SOn8b|e steps to deliver the 8dUU to another qualified legal guardian, unless it reasonably appears that the release would endanger the victim or result in abduction. If this is not a reasonable option, the officer shall ensure that the adult is delivered to [)HS. Whenever practicable, the officer should inform a supervisor of the circumstances prior to taking an adult abuse victim into protective custody. If prior notification is not practicable, officers should contact a supervisor promptly after taking the adult into protective custody. When adult abuse Vi{tiDlS are under state COOt[O|. have @ court -appointed gUGndi@D or there are other legal holdings for guardianship, it may be necessary or reasonable to seek court order ODbehalf Ofthe adult victim 1Oeither remove the adult from Gdangerous environment (protective custody) Orrestrain 8person from contact with the adult. 314.7 INTERVIEWS Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Dependent Adult Abuse -81 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Dependent Adult Abuse 314.7.1 PRELIMINARY INTERVIEWS Absent extenuating circumstances or impracticality, officers should audio record the preliminary interview with a suspected adult abuse victim. Officers should avoid multiple interviews with the victim and should attempt to gather only the information necessary to begin an investigation. When practicable, investigating officers should defer interviews until a person who is specially trained in such interviews is available. 314.7.2 DETAINING VICTIMS FOR INTERVIEWS An officer should not detain an adult involuntarily who is suspected of being a victim of abuse solely for the purpose of an interview or physical exam without his/her consent or the consent of a guardian unless one of the following applies: (a) Exigent circumstances exist, such as: 1. A reasonable belief that medical issues of the adult need to be addressed immediately. 2. A reasonable belief that the adult is or will be in danger of harm if the interview or physical exam is not immediately completed. 3. The alleged offender is a family member or guardian and there is reason to believe the adult may be in continued danger. (b) A court order or warrant has been issued. 314.8 MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS When an adult abuse investigation requires a medical examination, the investigating officer should obtain consent for such examination from the victim, guardian, agency or entity having legal custody of the adult. The officer should also arrange for the adult's transportation to the appropriate medical facility. In cases where the alleged offender is a family member, guardian, agency or entity having legal custody and is refusing to give consent for the medical examination, officers should notify a supervisor before proceeding. If exigent circumstances do not exist or if state law does not provide for officers to take the adult for a medical examination, the supervisor should consider other government agencies or services that may obtain a court order for such an examination. 314.9 DRUG -ENDANGERED VICTIMS A coordinated response by law enforcement and social services agencies is appropriate to meet the immediate and longer -term medical and safety needs of an adult abuse victim who has been exposed to the manufacturing, trafficking or use of narcotics. 314.9.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Investigation Section supervisor should: (a) Work with professionals from the appropriate agencies, including DHS, other law enforcement agencies, medical service providers and local prosecutors to develop Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Dependent Adult Abuse - 82 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Dependent Adult Abuse community -specific procedures for responding to situations where there are 8dUb abuse victims endangered hvexposure 030eth@0pheb50iDelabs O[the manufacture and trafficking of other drugs. (b) Activate any available interagency response when 8nofficer notifies the Investigation Section supervisor that he/she has responded to a drug lab or other narcotics crime scene where an adult abuse victim is present or where evidence indicates that an adult abuse victim lives @tthe scene. kd Develop a report format or checklist for use when officers respond to drug labs or other D@[CUUCS QiO0e SC8DSS. The checklist will help OffiCe[S document the 8Ovi[ODDl8Dt8|. medical, social and other conditions that may affect the adult. 314.9.3 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Officers responding to a drug lab or other narcotics crime scene where an adult abuse victim is present or where there is evidence that an adult abuse victim lives should: (8) DUCUDlUOt the environmental, D1gdiCG|' S0Ck3| and other CUDdUUODS of the GdukL using photography as appropriate and the checklist or form developed for this purpose. (b) Notify the Investigation Section supervisor so8Ointeragency response can begin. 314~10 PREVENTION OF ADDITIONAL ABUSE Officers shall use reasonable means to prevent further abuse of a dependent adult when criminal abuse iSsuspected, including but not limited tUthe following (Iowa Code &235B.3A): k]\ If requested, PenO8iO On SCDOe for the dependent adult's phvykce| safety Orassist with other arrangements (b) /\SSiSt in obtaining medical treatment 8S necessary kd Ensuring that an explanation is provided regarding and written materials related to the dependent adult's rights (See the Victim and Witness Assistance Policy) 314101 RECORDS RESPONSIBILITIES The Records ieresponsible for: (a) Providing a copy of the adult abuse report to the DHS as required by law. (b) Retaining the original adult abuse report with the initial case file. 31410.2 RELEASE [)FREPORTS Information Rd@t8d to incidents of adult abuse or suspected adult abuse Sh@U be CUDfid8OUG| and may only be disclosed pursuant to state law and the Records Maintenance and Release 31410.3 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Members who receive information from O||8 related tO8dependent adult abuse investigation shall not disseminate the information unless it is authorized (Iowa Code § 235B.8). Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Dependent Adult Abuse -83 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Dependent Adult Abuse 314.11 TRAINING The []8p8rtO0UDt should provide training OD best p[@CUQgS in adult 8bUSg iDveSbg8UODS to members tasked with investigating these cases. The training should include: (8) Participating iDmultidisciplinary investigations, @Sappropriate. (b) Conducting interviews. /C\ Availability Oftherapy services for adults and families. (d) Availability of specialized forensic rnediC8| 8n8rnS. (8) Cultural CUDlpet8OC8 (including interpretive SgRiC8S) Pg|@tgd to adult abuse investigations. M Availability of victim advocates or other support. 314.11.1 STATE -MANDATED TRAINING The Training Coordinator shall enSUm8 that officers complete at least two hours of initial training relating to the identification and reporting of dependent adult abuse within six DlODthS Of initial employment and additional training aespecified inIowa Code 8235B.18. The Training Coordinator shall also ensure that officers receive a statement of the abuse reporting requirements within one month Ofinitial employment (Iowa Code §235B18\. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Dependent Adult Abuse -84 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Discriminatory ~~~t Harassment 315.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to prevent department members from being subjected to discriminatory h@r8SSn)Hnt, including SexU8| harassment and retaliation. Nothing in this policy is intended to create a legal or employment right or duty that is not created by law. 315.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department is an equal opportunity employer and is committed to creating and maintaining @ work environment that iSfree Ufall forms Ofdiscriminatory harassment, including S8xU@| harassment and nSt8|i@UOn. The Department will not tO|8r8[e discrimination against @ member in hiring, pnDnlUbOD' diSCh8[ge. COnlp8DS@UUD' fringe benefits and other privileges Of employment. The Department will take preventive and corrective action to address any behavior that violates this policy or the rights and privileges it is designed to protect. The nondiscrimination pO|i[jHS of the Department may be more COn)prHhHnSivH than St@[8 Or federal |@vV. Conduct that violates this policy may not violate state or federal |@VV but still CUU|d subject a member to discipline. Consequently, any employee who engages in prohibited conduct will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment. 315.3 DEFINITIONS Definitions n8|@LSd to this policy include: 315.3.1 D|SCR|K8|N/\T|[)N The Department prohibits all forms of discrimination, including any employment -related action by u member that adversely affects an applicant or member and is based on actual or perceived [GC8' C[ggd. CU|Or, D@UUD@| OhgiD' Pg|iQiOD, S8X, S8xU8| OheDt8UOD. gender identity, GQe' DleOt@| or physical disability, pr8gn8nCy, genetic inh}rnn@UOn, veteran sJ8[US' nn8ht8| St8tUS' and any Other C|@SSifiC8UUD or status protected by |@vv (|DvV@ Code 8 216.0). Harassment may take many forms, including behaviors that are overt or subtle. HarasmHn[m@y occur between or amongmembera of the same or opposite sex or gender identity, employees and the public, COntr8C[OrS or vendors, co-workers, or subordinates and supervisors. N8ngSSing behavior of any nature can have the effect of creating a hostile or offensive work environment and is prohibited. This can include COndUC[ OCCUning OU[SidH of the vvOrhp|@De which has an innp@C1 UOthe work environment. For the pU[pOSeS of this pO|iCV, h8n8SSOO8rt is any verbal or ohvyiC8l CODdULt that threatens, intimidates, demeans, humiliates, or coerces an employee or any person working for or on behalf of the City. VU[b@| t@UOUOg that iDlp@inS an iDdiVidu@[S ability to pUrfO[O0 their job is included in the definition Ofharassment. Harassment may take the form of, but iSnot limited to: Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Discriminatory Harassment -85 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment • Comments that are offensive or unwelcome regarding a person's race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, marital status, mental or physical disability, genetic information, veteran status, or other class/category protected by federal, state, or local law, body, or appearance including epithets, slurs, and negative stereotyping. • Abusive and offensive language, insults, teasing, name-calling, spreading rumor and innuendo, unreasonable criticism, isolating people from normal work interaction, excessive demands, and practical jokes. Sexual Harassment is defined as unwelcome conduct that affects terms or conditions of employment or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment. Such harassment is prohibited for all employees, regardless of status, including supervisors, subordinates, administrators, and co-workers. No employee, regardless of gender identity, should be subjected to such conduct. Sexual harassment may also occur between same sex employees. It is a violation of Department policy to discriminate in the provision of employment opportunities. It is a violation of Department policy to discriminate in the provision of employment opportunities, benefits or privileges; to create discriminatory work conditions; or to use evaluative standards that discriminate, in whole or in part, based on a person's race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, marital status, mental or physical disability, genetic information, veteran status, or other class/category protected by federal, state, or local law. Discrimination of this kind may also be prohibited by federal, state, or local laws, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1975, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. This policy is intended to comply with these laws. 315.3.2 RETALIATION Retaliation against any person for filing or responding to a complaint either formally or informally, for participating inthe complaint and investigation process, or for participating as a witness in an investigation is prohibited and will be considered a violation of this policy. Members who believe they are being retaliated against in violation of this policy should follow the reporting process outlined below. The Department will thoroughly investigate claims of retaliation. Any member who is found to have engaged in retaliation in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. 315.3.3 SEXUAL HARASSMENT Sexual harassment may take the form of, but is not limited to the following and may include more subtle actions : a. Deliberate or repeated unsolicited verbal comments, questions, representations, or physical conduct of a sexual nature that is unwelcome to the recipient. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Discriminatory Harassment - 86 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment b. Making or threatening to make decisions affecting an employee's job on the basis of the acceptance or refusal of a request for sexual intimacy. c. Unwelcome sexually explicit, lewd, threatening or vulgar language, sexual jokes, innuendo, or propositions; suggestive comments; lewd gestures; requests for any type of sexual behavior (including repeated, unwelcome requests for dates); and verbal abuse or "kidding" that is oriented toward a prohibitive form of harassment, including that which is sexual in nature. d. Distribution, display or discussion or any written, electronic or graphic material, including calendars, posters, cartoons, that are sexually suggestive or show hostility toward an individual or group because of sex, suggestive or insulting sounds; leering, staring; whistling; content in letters and notes, facsimiles, e-mails, photos, text messages, Internet/social media postings; or other form of communication that is sexual in nature and offensive. e. Unwelcome, unwanted physical contact including touching, tickling, pinching, patting, brushing up against, hugging, cornering, kissing and fondling and forced sexual intercourse or assault. 315.3.4 ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS Discrimination and discriminatory harassment do not include actions that are in accordance with established rules, principles, or standards, including: (a) Acts or omission of acts based solely upon bona fide occupational qualifications under the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the Iowa State Civil Rights Commission guidelines. (b) Bona fide requests or demands by a supervisor that the member improve the member's work quality or output, that the member report to the job site on time, that the member comply with city or department rules or regulations, or any other appropriate work -related communication between supervisor and member. 315.4 RESPONSIBILITIES This policy applies to all department members, who shall follow the intent of these guidelines in a manner that reflects department policy, professional standards, and the best interest of the Department and its mission. Members who believe they are experiencing discrimination, harassment, or retaliation should be encouragedto inform the individual that the behavior is unwelcome, offensive, unprofessional, or inappropriate, unless they feel uncomfortable or threatened. Members are encouraged to promptly report any discriminatory, retaliatory, or harassing conduct or known violations of this policy to a supervisor. Any member who is not comfortable with reporting violations of this policy to the member's immediate supervisor may bypass the chain of command Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Discriminatory Harassment - 87 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment and make the report tUGhigher-ranking SU iSU[ Complaints may also bgfiled with the Chief OfPolice, the Human Resources Administrator, the City AUO[De/8Office O[the City Manager. All members have an affirmative duty to prevent harassment and discriminationin the wO[kp|@C8 by supporting an environment that diSCOUr@g8S harassment or discrimination of any kind and which promotes and supports respect, diversity and iOC|USivitviDthe workplace and CODl[DUDitv. This includes reporting any conduct that may constitute harassment, discrimination, or denial of civil rights tO@department supervisor, the Human Resources Administrator O[the City AttU[n8y'S Office. Supervisors are required to forward all reports to Human Resources or the City Attorney's Office t0ensure appropriate follow-up and investigation. Throughout the complaint pn]CeSS' the confidentiality Of the information received, the privacy Of the individuals involved, and the VViSh8S Of the CUDlp|@iDiOQ [D8O0b8[ will be protected to the extent possible, while @||Ovving the City to meet its obligation to investigate such complaints. The expressed wishes of the complaining member for confidentiality will be considered in the context Of the Ci1y'S |Hg8| obligation to 8C[ On the complaint and the right Of the respondent to obtain iDfU[O0@UOD. Supervisors receiving information regarding alleged violations Ofthis policy shall complete 8 n8pOd Ofinquiry form and forward it to the Commander OfField C)p8[@bODS. 315.4.1 QUESTIONS OR CLARIFICATION K48rnb8rS with questions regarding what COnSUtUtHS discrimination, SexU8| h8r8SGnnHn[, Or retaliation are encouraged to contact a supervisor, the City Atturney'e [)ffiog. the Chief of Police, the HUnn@n Resources Administrator, or the City Manager for further information, direction, or C|8[ifiC@UOD. 3154.2 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities Ofsupervisors shall include but are not limited to: (8) Continually monitoring the work environment and striving to ensure that it is free from all types of unlawful diSCh0OiD@bnD' including harassment O[retaliation. (b) Taking prompt, appropriate 8[ti0O within their work units to avoid and DliDiDliz8 the incidence 0fany form of discrimination, har8SSno8nt. Or n8t@|i@UOn. (o) Ensuring that their subordinates understand their responsibilities under this policy. (d) Ensuring that members who make complaints or who Opp0S8 any unlawful employment practices are protected from retaliation and that such matters are kept confidential UJthe extent possible. (8) Notifying command staff and the Human Resources Administrator as soon as possible of the cinCUnlS[aDCeS surrounding any reported a||eg8hOnS or observed @{tS Of discrimination, harassment, or retaliation no later than the next business day. 3154.3 SUPERVISOR'S ROLE Supervisors shall bUaware Ofthe following: Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Discriminatory Harassment -88 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment (a) Behavior ofsupervisors and managers should represent the values Ofthe Department and professional standards. (b) F8|S8 or mistaken aoouSaUOnS of discrimination, her8SSrnen[ or retaliation can have negative effects on the careers of innocent members. Nothing in this SeCbOD Sh@U be CODStrU8d to prevent supervisors from diSCh@FQiDQ supervisory or management responsibilities, such as determining duty assignments, evaluating or counseling members, or issuing discipline in a manner that is consistent with established procedures. 315.44 SUBSECTION TITLE 315'5 INVESTIGATION OF COMPLAINTS Various methods of resolution exist. During the pendency of any such investigation, the supervisor of the involved Dle0b8[ should t@hU prompt and Pg8S8D@b|8 steps to O0iUQ@tU or e|in0iD@tU any continuing abusive Or hostile work environment. U is the policy of the Department that all C000p|@iDtS of discrimination, [et8|iGUOD' or h8[@SSO0eDt Sh@|| be fully dUCU[D8Dtgd. and pF000ot|y and thoroughly investigated. 315.5.1 FORMAL INVESTIGATION The pB[SOD assignedb]iOV8S[g8Le the complaint will have full authority to investigate all aspects of the complaint. Investigative authority includes access to records and the cooperation of any nnernbRrS involved. NO influence will be used to suppress any COnnp|8in[ and no member will be subject to [et8|i8UOD or F8phS@| for filing @ CODlp|@iDt. 8DCOu[@QiDg others to file @ C000p|@iDt, or for offering testimony Orevidence in8ninvestigation. Formal investigation UfUlUC000O|@irtwiUbe confidential tOthe extent possibleand will include but is not limited to dH[8i|S of the SP8CihC incident, frequency and dates of occurrences, and n8nneS Ofany witnesses. Witnesses will bgadvised regarding the prohibition against retaliation, and that a disciplinary process, up to and including termination, may result if retaliation occurs. 315.5.2 ALTERNATIVE COMPLAINT PROCESS No provision of this policy shall be construed to prevent any member from seeking legal redress outside the [lUp@rt0eDL Members who believe that they have been hG[@SS8d. diSch0iD@b3d 8g8inSt. Or retaliated against are entitled to bring COrnp|8inLS Of 8nnp|Oymn8nt diSChnnin81iOn to fgdgra|, atutg. and/or local agencies responsible for investigating such allegations. Specific time |inni[8tiOnS apply to the filing of such Ch8ngHS. Members are advised that proceeding with C000p|@iDtS under the p[UViSiUOS of this pO|iCV dO9S not in any way 8ff8[t those filing F8qUiF8nDSDtS. 315'6 DOCUMENTATION OF COMPLAINTS All COrnp|8intS or allegations Sh8U bethoroughly documented On the 8ppn0ph8t8 fOnnS and in @ manner designated bythe Chief ufPolice. The outcome ofall reports shall be: Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Discriminatory Harassment -88 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment (a) Approved by the Chief of Police. the City Manager, or the Human Resources Administrator, depending Onthe ranks ofthe involved parties. (b) Maintained in accordance with the established records retention schedule. 315.7 TRAINING All new Dl000bg[S Sh@U be provided with 8 copy Of this DO|iCy as part Of Ul8i[ O[keDt@UUD. The policy shall be reviewed with each new member. The member shall certify by electronic @CkDOvv|8dQgO08Dt or signing the pngSC[ib8d fODD that the O080ObU[ has been advised of this policy, is @vv8nB of and understands its contents, and 8gnS8S to abide by its provisions during the DleOOber'Sterm with the Department. All nnernbRrS Sh@U receive 8nnU@| training On the nBqUim8rnen[S of this policy and Sh8U D8rUfv by electronic acknowledgment or by signing the prescribed form that they have reviewed the policy, understand its contents, and agree that they will continue to abide by its provisions. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Discriminatory Harassment -9O Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Missing �� N�KUU����U���� Persons 316-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidance for handling missing person investigations. 3181] C)ERN|T|{)NG Definitions n8|@t8d to this policy include: At risk - Includes persons who: (a) Are 13 years of age or younger. (b) Regardless Ofage, are believed O[determined tObe experiencing one Drmore Ofthe following circumstances: 1 . Out of the zone of safety for his/her chronological age and developmental stage. 2. Mentally or behaviorally disabled. 3. Drug dependent, including prescribed medication and/or illegal substances, and the dependency is potentially life -threatening. 4. There is no waiting period for reporting an at -risk or missing person. At- risk and missing person reports shall be taken in -person or by telephone in conformance with the criteria of this policy and the criticality of the incident. 5. In a life -threatening situation. 6. In the company of others who could endanger his/her welfare. 7. Absent in 8 way that is inconsistent with established patterns Ofbehavior and cannot be readily explained. Most children and 8dU|tG have an established and ne8SOn8b|y predictable routine. 8. |nVU|wed in @ SiLU8UOO that would cause 8 r88SOn8b|H person to COOC|Ud8 the person should be considered at risk. Missing person - Any person who is reported missing to law enforcement when that peraon'e location is unknown. This includes (Iowa Code § 694.1): (8) Aperson with 8 phvyiC8| or mental disability. (b) Missing under circumstances indicating that the persoO's safety may beiOdanger. (c) Missing under circumstances indicating that the disappearance was not voluntary. (d) AOUne[n8nCioatedminor. (e) Qualifying Of8state Amber Alert (881 |AC89.2O1(884)).Prior tOactivating 8nAmber Alert the following four specific criteria must all be met: 1 . The child must be under the age of 18; 2. The child must have been abducted; 3. Circumstances surrounding the abduction indicate the child must be in danger of serious bodily harm or death; Copyright Lexip"uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Missing Persons -91 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Missing Persons 4. There must be enough descriptive information about the child, the suspect and/ or the suspect's vehicle to believe that a broadcast alert would help locate the child. Missing person networks - Databases or computer networks that are available to law enforcement and are suitable for obtaining information related to missing person investigations. This includes the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) and the Iowa Missing Persons Information Clearinghouse. 316.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department does not consider any report of a missing person to be routine and assumes that the missing person is in need of immediate assistance until an investigation reveals otherwise. Priority shall be given to missing person cases over property -related cases. Members will initiate an investigation into all reports of missing persons, regardless of the length of time the person has been missing. 316.3 ACCEPTANCE OF REPORTS Any member encountering an individual who wishes to report a missing person, at risk person, or runaway shall render assistance without delay. This can be accomplished by accepting the report via telephone or in -person and initiating the investigation (Iowa Code § 694.2). Those members who do not take such reports or who are unable to give immediate assistance shall promptly dispatch or alert a member who can take the report. A report shall be accepted in all cases and regardless of where the person was last seen, where the person resides or any question of jurisdiction (Iowa Code § 694.3). 316.4 INITIAL INVESTIGATION Officers or other members conducting the initial investigation of a missing person should take the following investigative actions, as applicable: (a) Respond to a dispatched call as soon as practicable. (b) Interview the reporting party and any witnesses to determine whether the person qualifies as a missing person and, if so, whether the person may be at risk. (c) Notify a supervisor immediately if there is evidence that a missing person is either at risk or may qualify for a public alert, or both (see the Public Alerts Policy). (d) A report of the complaint of missing person shall be given to all law enforcement personnel currently on active duty for that agency through internal means and over the law enforcement administration network immediately upon its being filed. (e) Ensure that entries are made into the appropriate missing person networks (Iowa Code § 694.10): (a) Immediately, when the missing person is at risk or an unemancipated minor (Iowa Code § 694.5). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Missing Persons - 92 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Missing Persons (b) In all other cases, as soon as practicable, but not later than two hours from the time of the initial report (34 USC § 41308). (f) Complete the appropriate report forms accurately and completely and initiate a search as applicable under the facts (Iowa Code § 694.3). (g) Collect and/or review: 1. A photograph and fingerprint card of the missing person, if available. 2. A voluntarily provided biological sample of the missing person, if available (e.g., toothbrush, hairbrush). 3. Any documents that may assist in the investigation, such as court orders regarding custody. 4. Any other evidence that may assist in the investigation, including personal electronic devices (e.g., cell phones, computers). (h) When circumstances permit and if appropriate, attempt to determine the missing person's location through his/her telecommunications carrier. (i) Contact the appropriate agency if the report relates to a missing person report previously made to another agency and that agency is actively investigating the report. When this is not practicable, the information should be documented in an appropriate report for transmission to the appropriate agency. If the information relates to an at -risk missing person, the member should notify a supervisor and proceed with reasonable steps to locate the missing person. 316.5 REPORT PROCEDURES AND ROUTING Members should complete all missing person reports, including missing juvenile reports and forms promptly and advise the appropriate supervisor as soon as a missing person report is ready for review. 316.5.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities of the supervisor shall include, but are not limited to: (a) Reviewing and approving missing person reports upon receipt. 1. The reports should be promptly sent to the records division. (b) Ensuring resources are deployed as appropriate. (c) Initiating a command post as needed. (d) Ensuring applicable notifications and public alerts are made and documented. (e) Ensuring that records have been entered into the appropriate missing person networks (Iowa Code § 694.10). (f) Taking reasonable steps to identify and address any jurisdictional issues to ensure cooperation among agencies. 1. If the case falls within the jurisdiction of another agency, the supervisor should facilitate transfer of the case to the agency of jurisdiction. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Missing Persons - 93 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Missing Persons 316.5.2 RECORDS RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities of the Records receiving member shall include, but are not limited to (Iowa Code § 694.4): (a) As soon as reasonable under the circumstances, notifying and forwarding a copy of the report to the agency of jurisdiction for the missing person's residence in cases where the missing person is a resident of another jurisdiction. (b) Notifying and forwarding a copy of the report to the agency of jurisdiction where the missing person was last seen. (c) Notifying and forwarding a copy of the report to the agency of jurisdiction for the missing person's intended or possible destination, if known. (d) Forwarding a copy of the report to the Investigation Section. (e) Coordinating with the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) Terminal Contractor for Iowa to have the missing person record in the NCIC computer networks updated with additional information obtained from missing person investigations (34 USC § 41308). (f) Forwarding the missing person report to any law enforcement agency requesting a copy. (g) Forwarding a copy to any law enforcement agency that the reporting party requests as long as the request is reasonable in light of the information contained in the report. 316.6 INVESTIGATION SECTION FOLLOW-UP In addition to completing or continuing any actions listed above, the investigator assigned to a missing person investigation: (a) Should ensure that the missing person's school is notified within 10 days if the missing person is a juvenile. The notice shall be in writing and should also include a photograph. 2. The investigator should meet with school officials as appropriate to stress the importance of including the notice in the child's student file, along with the investigator's contact information, if the school receives a call requesting the transfer of the missing child's files to another school. (b) Should recontact the reporting party and/or other witnesses within 30 days of the initial report and within 30 days thereafter to keep them informed, as appropriate, and to determine if any additional information has become available. (c) Should consider contacting other agencies involved in the case to determine if any additional information is available. (d) Shall verify and update the Iowa Missing Person Information Clearinghouse, NCIC and any other applicable missing person networks within 30 days of the original entry into the networks and every 30 days thereafter until the missing person is located (34 USC § 41308). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Missing Persons - 94 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Missing Persons (e) Should continue to make reasonable efforts to locate the missing person and document these efforts at least every 30 days. (f) Shall maintain a close liaison with state and local child welfare systems and the National Center for Missing and Exploited Children (NCMEC) if the missing person is under the age of 21 and shall promptly notify NCMEC when the person is missing from a foster care family home or childcare institution (34 USC § 41308). (g) Should make appropriate inquiry with the Medical Examiner. (h) Should obtain and forward medical and dental records, photos, X-rays and biological samples, as applicable. (i) Shall attempt to obtain the most recent photograph for persons under 18 years of age if it has not been obtained previously and forward the photograph to Division of Criminal Investigations (DCI) and enter the photograph into applicable missing person networks (34 USC § 41308). Q) Should consider making appropriate entries and searches in the National Missing and Unidentified Persons System (NamUs). (k) In the case of a missing child who has been missing for an extended time, should consult with a supervisor regarding seeking federal assistance from the FBI and the U.S. Marshals Service (28 USC § 566). 316.7 WHEN A MISSING PERSON IS FOUND When any person reported missing is found, the assigned officer shall document the location of the missing person in the appropriate report, notify the relatives and/or reporting party, as appropriate, and other involved agencies, and refer the case for additional investigation if warranted. The Records Supervisor should ensure that, upon receipt of information that a missing person has been located, the following occurs if applicable: (a) Notification is made to DCI. (b) The missing child's school is notified. (c) Entries are made in the applicable missing person networks. (d) When a person is at risk, the fact that the person has been found should be reported within 24 hours to the DCI. (e) Notification shall be made to any other law enforcement agency that took the initial report or participated in the investigation. 316.7.1 UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS Members investigating a case of an unidentified person who is deceased or a living person who cannot assist in identifying him/herself should: (a) Obtain a complete description of the person. (b) Enter the unidentified person's description into the NCIC Unidentified Person File. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Missing Persons - 95 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Missing Persons (c) Use available resources, such as those related to missing persons, to identify the person. 316.8 CASE CLOSURE The Investigation Section supervisor may authorize the closure of a missing person case after considering the following: (a) When the missing person is confirmed returned or evidence matches an unidentified person or body. (b) If the missing person is a resident of Iowa City or this department is the lead agency, the case should be kept under active investigation for as long as the person may still be alive. Exhaustion of leads in the investigation should not be a reason for closing a case. (c) If this department is not the lead agency, the case can be made inactive if all investigative leads have been exhausted, the lead agency has been notified and entries are made in the applicable missing person networks, as appropriate. (d) A missing person case should not be closed or reclassified because the person would have reached a certain age or adulthood or because the person is now the subject of a criminal or civil warrant. 316.9 TRAINING Subject to available resources, the training coordinator should ensure that members of this department whose duties include missing person investigations and reports receive training that includes: (a) The initial investigation: 1. Assessments and interviews 2. Use of current resources, such as Mobile Audio/Video (MAV) 3. Confirming missing status and custody status of minors 4. Evaluating the need for a heightened response 5. Identifying the zone of safety based on chronological age and developmental stage (b) Briefing of department members at the scene. (c) Identifying NCIC Missing Person File categories (e.g., disability, endangered, involuntary, juvenile, catastrophe). (d) Verifying the accuracy of all descriptive information. (e) Initiating a neighborhood investigation. (f) Investigating any relevant recent family dynamics. (g) Addressing conflicting information. (h) Key investigative and coordination steps. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Missing Persons - 96 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Missing Persons (i) Managing a missing person case. Q) Additional resources and specialized services. (k) Update procedures for case information and descriptions. (1) Preserving scenes. (m) Internet and technology issues (e.g., internet use, cell phone use). (n) Media relations. (o) Training offered by the Iowa Department of Public Safety (661 IAC 89.107(694)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Missing Persons - 97 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Public Alerts 317-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide QUid8|iO8S for alerting the public to iO0DOrt@[t iDfOrD8UOD and soliciting public aid when appropriate. 317-2 POLICY Public @|UrtS may be employed using the EDle[g8OCy Alert SVSt8O0 (E/\S). |OC8| [@dk]' UdeVSk}O and press organizations, in[ernEt reSOUrCHS and other groups LO notify the public of incidents, or enlist the aid of the public, when the eXCh8Dg8 of iDfUO0@UUD may UDh8DC8 the S8feb/ of the community. V8hOUS b/p8S of alerts may be available based upon each situation and the alert SySteDl'S individual criteria. 317.3 RESPONSIBILITIES 317.3.1 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Public 8|SdS will g8nHn8Uy be made only for ChmHS of serious misdemeanor level or above incidents that are potential public safety concerns, and missing/endangered persons. Exceptions to this guideline require approval from Command -level personnel. Members of the Iowa City Police Department should notify the on -duty supervisor assoon as practicable upon learning of situation where public notification, 8 warning or enlisting the help of the media and the public could assist in locating a missing person, apprehending a dangerous person Orgathering information. 317.3.2 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES A SUpSnviSO[ apprised of the need for @ public alert is [OSpUDSib|g for 0O@kjDg the appropriate notifications based upon the circumstances of each situation. The supervisor shall promptly notify the Chief of Police, the appropriate Division Commander and the Public Information Officer when any public alert iogenerated. The supervisor in charge of the incident to which the alert relates is responsible for: (a) Ensuring alerts are updated as needed. (b) Ensuring alerts are cancelled when appropriate. (c) Ensuring all appropriate reports are completed. 317.4 AMBER ALERTSnw AW1BERAJedSnw are used [Vprovide a statewide system for the rapid dissemination ofinformation regarding abducted children. 317.4] CRITERIA The following criteria are utilized to determine if an AMBER /Ued should be requested K661 L4C Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Public Alerts -98 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Public Alerts (a) An officer has confirmed that a person has been abducted and that an entry has been made into the Iowa On-line Warrants and Articles System (IOWA) identifying the person as missing. (b) The victim of the abduction is a person under 18 years of age. (c) An officer believes the circumstances surrounding the abduction indicate the child is in danger of serious bodily injury or death. (d) An officer has enough descriptive information about the child, abductor or the suspect's vehicle to justify an immediate broadcast. 317.4.2 PROCEDURE The following is the procedure for initiating an AMBER Alert: (a) The assigned officer will determine if the facts of the abduction fit the criteria for an AMBER Alert. (b) If the criteria are met, the assigned officer will submit, by facsimile, a completed copy of the State of Iowa AMBER Alert Notification Plan Facsimile Transmission Packet to the Iowa State Patrol (ISP) communications. (c) After initiation of an AMBER Alert, additional information may be submitted by the assigned officer to the ISP by facsimile, electronic mail or telephone. 317.5 ENDANGERED PERSON ALERT SYSTEM The Endangered Person Advisory (EPA) is a system designed to disseminate information about a missing/ endangered person to law enforcement and the media. The Endangered Person Advisory is a voluntary partnership between Iowa law enforcement, broadcasters, media and organizations representing Iowa citizens and visitors. The Endangered Person Advisory informs the public about a missing/endangered person. Only Iowa law enforcement can initiate an Endangered Person Advisory. In order for an Endangered Person Advisory to be initiated, an investigation must be made into the missing person's whereabouts immediately, and without delay. - There is no waiting period required to initiate a missing person report. - Issuing an Endangered Person Advisory is not designed to replace, circumvent, prevent or prohibit local law enforcement from initiating internal procedures or processes they have in place to assist with public notifications. - If the missing person is under age 18, does the situation fit the criteria for an AMBER Alert? If they are over age 18, proceed with activation procedures for an EPA. Law enforcement must determine if all criteria for an Endangered Person Advisory exists: o Is the person missing under unexplained or suspicious circumstances? Entry into NCIC via the IOWA System is a mandatory requirement to proceed further. o Is the person believed to be in danger because of age, health, mental or physical disability, environment, weather conditions or in the company of a potentially dangerous Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Public Alerts - 99 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Public Alerts person or some other factor that may put the person in danger of serious bodily injury or death; and o Is there enough information such as a current photograph/image of the person that issuing an Endangered Person Advisory could assist in the safe recovery of the missing person? o Law enforcement must immediately enter information about the missing person into the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) via the I.O.W.A. System. o Investigation into this matter will be done without delay. o Iowa law enforcement is notified with a state wide "Attempt To Locate"/ Endangered Person entry including a statewide voice radio broadcast on the statewide interoperability channel known as LEA. The LEA broadcast can also be more regionally targeted if necessary. o The missing person information posts on the Department of Public Safety's missing person's website at http://www.iowaonline.state.ia.us/mpic/. o Broadcasters and the media may be notified by Law Enforcement about the Endangered Person Advisories, or — o The initiating law enforcement entity will appoint a Public Information Officer (PIO) who can coordinate with the DPS PIO Office to help coordinate the release of information. DPS can help with regional or statewide distribution of information to the media. Call 515.725.6196 or 515.323.4360 (DSM State Radio) to request DPS PIO assistance. Law Enforcement can cancel an EPA: o NCIC record is canceled. o The initiating law enforcement entity's Public Information Officer (PIO) can coordinate with the DPS PIO to cancel the advisory. o L/E will notify DPS when the person has been located. o The EPA is listed indefinitely with the DPS Missing Person Information Clearing House until the NCIC record is canceled. 317.6 BLUE ALERTS Blue Alerts are used to provide a statewide system for the rapid dissemination of information regarding a violent criminal who has seriously injured or killed a peace officer in the line of duty or a peace officer missing on -duty under circumstances warranting concern for the officer's safety. Blue Alerts are activated by the DPS. (Iowa Code § 80H.2). 317.6.1 CRITERIA The DPS should be notified for a suspect in a case involving the death or serious injury of a peace officer (Iowa Code § 80H.3): (a) The Department believes the suspect has not been apprehended. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Public Alerts - 100 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Public Alerts (b) The Department believes the suspect may be a serious threat to the public. (c) There is sufficient descriptive information available to disseminate to the public that could assist in locating the suspect. 317.8.2 PROCEDURE The following is the procedure for notifying the DP8for a Blue Alert: (a) The assigned officer will determine if the facts 0fthe incident fit the criteria for eBlue Alert. (b) If the criteria are met, the assigned officer will notify the Iowa DPGcommunications (c) After initiation OfaBlue Alert, the assigned offiu8rah@UnnhfvDP8inomediat8yupOn taking a suspect into custody Orupon |0o@Ung the missing peace officer (Iowa Code 317-7 ALERTUOWA Alert Iowa is a statewide mass notification and emergency messaging system that may be used to provide notice to the public regarding any active event that pOS8S 8 risk LOthe public. When the Iowa City Police Department is the lead agency on such an event, the incident commander or the authorized designee should consider using the Alert Iowa system tOdisseminate the critical iDfO[Dl@UOD to the public. The Alert |Uw@ Svate[D iSaccessible through the |OwG H0008|GDd Security and Emergency Management website. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Public Alerts '1O1 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Victim ~t~ d Witness Assistance 318-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The pU[pUSg of this policy is to 8DSuFg that QiO0e viCU[DS and vvitO8SSeS [8CSivU appropriate assistance, that they are provided with information from government and private resources, and that the agency meets all related legal mandates. 318'2 POLICY The |Ovv8 City Police Department is COnlrnUted to providing guidance and assistance [Othe victims and witnesses of crime. The members of the Iowa City Police Department will show compassion and understanding for victims and vvi[neSS8S and will nn8k8 r88SOn@b|8 9fh]dS to provide the support and information identified iDthis policy. 318'3 VICTIM SERVICES COORDINATOR The Chief of Po|ioaehaU appoint a member ofthe Department to serve as the victim services COUndiDGtU[ The victim S8rviCgS coordinator will be the point Ofcontact for individuals F8qUihDQ further 8SSiS[8nCR Or information from the |Ovv8 City PO|iC8 [)Hp8dnnenL regarding benefits from crime victim [8SOuPC8S. This pe[SOD Sh@|\ also be responsible for maintaining compliance with all legal mandates related LOcrime victims and/or witnesses. 318.4 CRIME VICTIMS Officers shall provide all victims with the applicable victim information handouts. Officers should never guarantee 8\ictim'Ssafety from future harm but may make practical safety SUgg8SUUDS to victims who express h]@[ of future h@O0 or [81@|i@UOD. Offi&gnS should never gU8r@n[88 that 8 person qU@|iDeS as 8 victim for the purpose of compensation Or rRSU[UUOn but may direct him/her to the proper written department material or available victim resources. 318'5 VICTIM INFORMATION The victim services coordinator shall SnSUnB that victim information h8ndOU[S are 8v8i|8b|R and current. These should include @Sappropriate: (8) Shelters and other community resources for victims including domestic violence and sexual assault victims (Iowa Code §238.12;Iowa Code &9155U): 1The infOOn8tiOO8| brOChUPB published by the |Ow8 Department of Justice for ViCU0S Ofdomestic violence UOw8 Code 8 238.18\. (b) Assurance that sexual assault victims will not incur BXpDOSeSfO[fOreOSic medical exams, and information about evidence collection, storage, and preservation in sexual assault cases (34 USC § 10449' 34 U8C §2O1O9' Iowa Code8 91541) kd An advisement that 8 person who was arrested may be released On bond or some other form Ofrelease and that the victim should not rely upon @narrest 8S8guarantee of safety. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Victim and Witness Assistance '1O2 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Victim and Witness Assistance (d) A clear explanation of relevant court orders and how they can be obtained. (e) Information regarding available compensation for qualifying victims of crime (Iowa Code § 915.84). (f) VINE® information (Victim Information and Notification Everyday), including the telephone number and whether this free service is available to allow victims to check on an offender's custody status and to register for automatic notification when a person is released from jail. 1. The telephone number and website to register with VINE (Iowa Code § 915.10A). (g) Notice regarding U visa and T visa application processes. (h) Resources available for victims of identity theft. (i) Resource materials related to the rights of dependent adults pursuant to Iowa Code § 235B.3A. Q) A place for the officer's name, badge number, and any applicable case or incident number. (k) An advisement of the victim's right to register with the county attorney to be notified of court proceedings (and other services/resources). The brochure shall also include a request -for -registration form (Iowa Code § 915.11). (1) An explanation that the victim may have a victim counselor present upon request during any proceedings related to the offense involving the victim (Iowa Code § 915.20). (m) Availability of the address confidentiality program, administered by the Iowa Secretary of State (Iowa Code § 9E.3). (n) Rights provided to victims of domestic abuse, sexual abuse, and sexual assault (Iowa Code § 236A.13; Iowa Code § 709.10; Iowa Code § 709.22; Iowa Code § 915.50). 318.6 WITNESSES Officers shall never guarantee a witness' safety from future harm or that his/her identity will always remain confidential. Officers may make practical safety suggestions to witnesses who express fear of future harm or retaliation. Officers should investigate allegations of witness intimidation and take enforcement action when lawful and reasonable. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Victim and witness Assistance - 103 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Hate C ~ rUmes 319-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide members of this department with guidelines for identifying and investigating incidents and crimes that may be motivated by hatred or other bias. 3191.1 DEFINITIONS DUfD0OOS P8|8tgd to this policy include: Hate crime -& particular crime under both g[o[e law and City ordinance motivated by prejudice based on an actual or perceived protected class. Under (Iowa Code §Y28A.2).@hate crime h;one Ofthe following public offenses when committed against a person or a person's property because of the person's": (@) 8CiU8| or perceived race, color, religion, 8ncee[m'' n8hOn8| Oh0in' ethnicity, DO|iUC8| affiliation, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, or disability of the victim. (b) The ViCti0'S 8sSOCi8U0O with 8 person Of 8 certain n8De. CO|Or. religion, 8OQeSLry, O8hOD8| Origin' pO|iUC8| affiliation, sex, SeXU8| OheOt8tiOO' age, or disability. (C) /\SS8U|i in viO|8UOO of individual rights under section 708.2[|. (d) ViO|8hOnS of individual rights under section 712.9. (e) Criminal mischief in viO|8UOO of individual rights under section 718.8A. Al Trespass in violation of individual rights under section 716.8, subsections 3 and 4 Under Section 8-5-17 of the City Code,a hate crime is committing one of the following offenses against a person or a peraun'a property because of the vicUmn'a actual or perceived race, oo|ur. creed, religion, n8UOn8| Origin' S8x' gender identity, SexU8| orientation, 8gH. disability, or marital status or the peraon'a association with a person or group with one or more of these actual or perceived characteristics: a. Harassment under Iowa Code section 7087. b.Trespass, oedefined inIowa Code section 718.7(2)(a). 319'2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department recognizes and places 8high phorUvOnprOtHCUngLhHhghtSOf all individuals gu@[8Dt88d under the state and federal C0DStitUUUDS and St@tg. fedgn8|. and |OCG| laws 319-3 PREVENTION AND PREPARATION While it is recognized that not all crimes can be prevented, this department is committed to taking a proactive approach to preventing and preparing for likely hate crimes by: Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Hate Crimes '1O4 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Hate Crimes (a) Making an affirmative effort to establish contact with persons and groups within the community who are likely targets of hate crimes, and forming networks that address prevention and response. (b) Providing victim assistance and community follow-up or identifying available resources to do so. (c) Educating community and civic groups about hate crime laws. 319.4 INVESTIGATIONS Whenever any member of this department receives a report of a suspected hate crime or other activity that reasonably appears to involve a potential hate crime, the following should occur: (a) Assigned officers should promptly contact the victim, witness or reporting party to investigate the matter further, as circumstances may dictate. (b) The on -duty supervisor shall be notified of the circumstances as soon as practicable. (c) Once the in -progress aspect of any such situation has been stabilized (e.g., treatment of victims or arrest of suspects at the scene), the assigned officers should take reasonable steps to preserve evidence that establishes a possible hate crime. (d) Based upon available information, officers should take appropriate action to mitigate further injury or damage to potential victims or the community. (e) Depending on the situation, the assigned officers or supervisor may request assistance from investigators or other resources. (f) The assigned officers should interview available witnesses, victims and others to determine what circumstances, if any, indicate that the situation may involve a hate crime. (g) The assigned officers should make reasonable efforts to assist the victim by providing available information on local assistance programs and organizations as required by the Victim and Witness Assistance Policy. (h) The assigned officers should include all available evidence indicating the likelihood of a hate crime in the relevant reports. The department shall have a procedure in place to track all incidents that are believed to be a hate crime or hate incidents. (i) The assigned officers and supervisor should take reasonable steps to ensure that any such situation does not escalate further and should provide information to the victim regarding victim services and forward information to the victim services coordinator. I 319.4.1 INVESTIGATION SECTION RESPONSIBILITIES If a hate crime case is assigned to the Investigation Section, the assigned investigator will be responsible for: (a) Coordinating further investigation with the County Attorney's Office, City Attorney's Office, and other appropriate law enforcement agencies. (b) Maintaining contact with the victim and other involved individuals, as needed. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Elate Crimes - 105 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Hate Crimes (c) Maintaining statistical data and tracking of suspected hate crimes, as indicated or required by state law. 319.5 TRAINING All members of this department should receive training on hate crime recognition and investigation (Iowa Code § 80B.11; Iowa Code § 729A.4). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Elate Crimes - 106 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Standards �� =� Conduct �� �� �� �� ���� U8 "������������ ��N v���"����� 320-1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes S1@DdGPdS of conduct that are consistent with the v@|uUS and DliSSiOD Of the |ovvu City Police Department and are expected of all department members. The standards contained in this policy are not intended to be an exhaustive list of requirements and prohibitions but they do identify many of the important matters concerning conduct. In addition to the provisions of this policy, Dl8O0benS are SUbieC1 to all other p[UViSiOOS contained in this Dl@Du8|' as well as any additional guidance on conduct that may be disseminated by this department or a member's SUperViSO[S. 320.2 POLICY The continued employment or appointment of every member of this department shall be based on conduct that reasonably conforms tOthe guidelines set forth herein. Failure U]meet the guidelines set forth in this pO|iCy, whether on- OrOff-dUtv. may be cause for disciplinary action. 320-3 DIRECTIVES AND ORDERS Members shall comply with lawful directives and orders from any department supervisor or person in8position Ofauthority, absent 8reasonable and bona fide jUSUfiC8UOn. 320.3.1 UNLAWFUL [}FlCONFLICTING ORDERS Supervisors Sh8|| not kODvViDQ|y issue UndenS or directives that, if C@Died out, vvOu|d result in 8 v|O|@[iOn of any |8vv or department policy. Supervisors ShOU|d not iSSU8 orders that conflict with any p[8ViUuS order without 0O@hiDQ [8@SOOGb|8 C|@[ifiC8UOD that the new OPdg[ is intended to countermand the earlier order. NO O08Dlbg[ is required to obey any order that 8pp8G[S to be in direct conflict with any federal law, state law or local ordinance. Following a known unlawful order is not a defense and does not [e|iUVg the member from C[iOOiO8| or civil p[USgCuUUD or administrative discipline. If the |gQ@|ib/ of an Order is in doubt, the 8ff8C[ed member Sh8|| ask the issuing supervisor to clarify the order or Sh8|\ confer with @ higher authority. The responsibility for F8fUS@| to obey rests with the O0eDlbU[. who shall subsequently b8required [Ojustify the refusal. UO|eSS it would jeopardize the SGf8b/ of any individual, members who are pnSSgDtSd with @ lawful Order that is in COnf|iC[ with 8 pnSviOUS |8wfU| OnjHr, department policy Or other directive Sh8|| [eSpgCtfU||y iDfO[Dl the iSSUiDQ SUpUrViSO[ of the conflict. The issuing SUpUrviSO[ is [8SpUDSib|8 for either resolving the conflict Orclarifying that the |8vvfU| order is intended to COUntHrnn@nd the pFgviUUS |GvVfU| order U[directive, in which CGSU the member is obliged to C000p|y. Members who are COnnp8||ed to fO||Ovv @ conflicting |8vvfu| order will not be held @CCOUnt8b|R for disobedience Of the |8vvfJ| order O[directive that was iDib@||y issued. The person countermanding the original order shall notify, in writing/email, the person issuing the original order, indicating the action taken and the reason. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Standards ofConduct '1O7 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Standards OfConduct 320.3.2 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Supervisors and managers are required to follow all policies and procedures and may be subject tOdiscipline for: (8) Failure to be reasonably aware of the performance of their subordinates or to provide appropriate guidance and control. (b) F@i|UFg to pFDDlot|y and fully report any kOUvvD DliSCODdu[t Of @ Dl8O0bU[ to his/her innrnHdi8[e supervisor OrtO dOCUnn8n[ such nniSCOndUCt appropriately Or as nBqUin8d by policy. (C) Directing 8 subordinate [Oviolate 8 policy Ordirective, acquiescing to such 8viO|@UOn U[exhibiting indifference tUsuch @violation. (d) Exercising unequal or disparate authority LOvv8rd any member for m8|iCiOUS Or Other improper purpose. 320'4 GENERAL STANDARDS Members shall conduct themselves, whether on- or off -duty, in accordance with the United States and |Ovv@ CUDS1ituUUDS and all 8pp|iC@b|8 |@vvS' UndiOGDDgS' and [u|gS enacted or established pursuant tOlegal authority. M8OObH[G shall f2Dli|i@[iz8 U18DlG8lv8G with pU|iCi88 and p[OCedU[88 and are [8SpUOGihle for compliance with each. K48nlb8rS ShOU|d seek clarification and guidance from supervisors in the event of any perceived ambiguity or uncertainty. Discipline may be initiated for any good cause. U is not mandatory that G SDRCifiC policy Or rU|8 violation be cited to sustain discipline. This policy is not intended to cover every possible type of misconduct. 320-5 CAUSES FOR DISCIPLINE The following are illustrative of causes for disciplinary action. This list is not intended to cover every possible type Of miSCOndUCL and does not pnBC|Ude the recommendation of disciplinary action for violation of other nu|eS' St@Dd@PdS. ethics and specific 8[tiOD or iD@{ti0D that is dgthrOUDt@| to efficient department service. 320.5.1 LAWS, RULES, AND ORDERS (a) Violation of, or ordering Or instructing a subordinate to vio|ate, any oo|iCy, procedure, nJ|e' order, directive, or reqUi[8Dl8O[ or t3i|U[8 to fnUOvv instructions contained in department OrCity manuals. (b) Disobedience of any legal directive or order issued by any department member Ofa higher rank. (c) Violation of federal, state, local, or administrative laws, rules, or regulations. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Standards ofConduct '1O8 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (d) All members shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 27A of the Iowa Code, and no member shall prevent any other member from fully complying with Chapter 27A.5 of the Iowa Code. 320.5.2 ETHICS (a) Using or disclosing one's status as a member of the Iowa City Police Departmentin any way that could reasonably be perceived as an attempt to gain influence or authority for non -department business or activity. (b) The wrongful or unlawful exercise of authority on the part of any member for malicious purpose, personal gain, willful deceit or any other improper purpose. (c) The receipt or acceptance of a reward, fee or gift from any person for service incident to the performance of the member's duties. (d) Acceptance of fees, gifts or money contrary to the rules of this department and/or laws of the state. (e) Offer or acceptance of a bribe or gratuity. (f) Misappropriation or misuse of public funds, property, personnel or services. (g) Any other failure to abide by the standards of ethical conduct. 320.5.3 DISCRIMINATION, OPPRESSION, OR FAVORITISM Unless required by law or policy, discriminating against, oppressing, or providing favoritism to any person because of actual or perceived characteristics such as race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, disability, economic status, cultural group, veteran status, marital status, and any other classification or status protected by law, or intentionally denying or impeding another in the exercise or enjoyment of any right, privilege, power, or immunity, knowing the conduct is unlawful. 320.5.4 RELATIONSHIPS (a) Unwelcome solicitation of a personal or sexual relationship while on -duty or through the use of one's official capacity. (b) Engaging in on -duty sexual activity including, but not limited to, sexual intercourse, excessive displays of public affection or other sexual contact. (c) Establishing or maintaining an inappropriate personal or financial relationship, as a result of an investigation, with a known victim, witness, suspect or defendant while a case is being investigated or prosecuted, or as a direct result of any official contact. (d) Associating with or joining a criminal gang, organized crime and/or criminal syndicate when the member knows or reasonably should know of the criminal nature of the organization. This includes any organization involved in a definable criminal activity or enterprise, except as specifically directed and authorized by this department. (e) Associating on a personal, rather than official, basis with persons who demonstrate recurring involvement in serious violations of state or federal laws after the member Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Standards of Conduct - 109 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Standards of Conduct knows, or reasonably should know of such criminal activities, except as specifically directed and authorized by this department. 320.5.5 ATTENDANCE (a) Leaving the job to which the member is assigned during duty hours without reasonable excuse and proper permission and approval. (b) Unexcused or unauthorized absence or tardiness. (c) Excessive absenteeism or abuse of leave privileges. (d) Failure to report to work or to the place of assignment at the time specified and fully prepared to perform duties without reasonable excuse. 320.5.6 UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS, DISCLOSURE, OR USE (a) Unauthorized and inappropriate intentional release of confidential or protected information, materials, data, forms, or reports obtained as a result of the member's position with this department. (b) Disclosing to any unauthorized person any active investigation information. (c) The use of any information, photograph, video, or other recording obtained or accessed as a result of employment or appointment to this department for personal or financial gain or without the express authorization of the Chief of Police or the authorized designee. (d) Loaning, selling, allowing unauthorized use, giving away, or appropriating any department property for personal use, personal gain, or any other improper or unauthorized use or purpose. (e) Using department resources in association with any portion of an independent civil action. These resources include but are not limited to personnel, vehicles, equipment, and non -subpoenaed records. 320.5.7 EFFICIENCY (a) Neglect of duty. (b) Unsatisfactory work performance including but not limited to failure, incompetence, inefficiency, or delay in performing and/or carrying out proper orders, work assignments, or the instructions of supervisors without a reasonable and bona fide excuse. (c) Concealing, attempting to conceal, removing, or destroying defective or incompetent work. (d) Unauthorized sleeping during on -duty time or assignments. (e) Failure to notify the Department within 7 days of any change in residence address and 48 hours for any phone number change (f) Failure to notify the Human Resources of changes in relevant personal information (e.g., information associated with benefits determination) in a timely fashion. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Standards of Conduct - 110 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Standards of Conduct 320.5.8 PERFORMANCE (a) Failure to disclose or misrepresenting material facts, or making any false or misleading statement on any application, examination form, or other official document, report or form, or during the course of any work -related investigation. (b) The falsification of any work -related records, making misleading entries or statements with the intent to deceive, or the willful and unauthorized removal, alteration, destruction and/or mutilation of any department record, public record, book, paper or document. (c) Failure to participate in investigations, or giving false or misleading statements, or misrepresenting or omitting material information to a supervisor or other person in a position of authority, in connection with any investigation or in the reporting of any department -related business. (d) Being untruthful or knowingly making false, misleading or malicious statements that are reasonably calculated to harm the reputation, authority or official standing of this department or its members. (e) Disparaging remarks or conduct concerning duly constituted authority to the extent that such conduct disrupts the efficiency of this department or subverts the good order, efficiency and discipline of this department or that would tend to discredit any of its members. (f) Unlawful gambling or unlawful betting at any time or any place. Legal gambling or betting under any of the following conditions: While on department premises. 2. At any work site, while on -duty or while in uniform, or while using any department equipment or system. 3. Gambling activity undertaken as part of an officer's official duties and with the express knowledge and permission of a direct supervisor is exempt from this prohibition. (g) Improper political activity including: (a) Unauthorized attendance while on -duty at official legislative or political sessions. (b) Solicitations, speeches or distribution of campaign literature for or against any political candidate or position while on -duty or on department property except as expressly authorized by City policy, the collective bargaining agreement, or the Chief of Police. (h) Engaging in political activities during assigned working hours except as expressly authorized by City policy, the collective bargaining agreement, or the Chief of Police. (i) Any act on- or off -duty that brings discredit to this department. 320.5.9 CONDUCT (a) Failure of any member to promptly and fully report activities on his/her part or the part of any other member where such activities resulted in contact with any other law Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Standards of Conduct - 111 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Standards of Conduct enforcement agency or that may result in criminal prosecution or discipline under this policy. (b) Unreasonable force to a person encountered or a person under arrest. (c) Exceeding lawful peace officer powers by unreasonable, unlawful or excessive conduct. (d) Unauthorized or unlawful fighting, threatening or attempting to inflict unlawful bodily harm on another. (e) Engaging in horseplay that reasonably could result in injury or property damage. (f) Discourteous, disrespectful or discriminatory treatment of any member of the public or any member of this department or the City. (g) Use of obscene, indecent, or derogatory language while on -duty or in uniform. (h) Criminal, dishonest or disgraceful conduct, whether on- or off -duty, that adversely affects the member's relationship with this department. (i) Unauthorized possession of, loss of, or damage to department property or the property of others, or endangering it through carelessness or maliciousness. Q) Attempted or actual theft of department property; misappropriation or misuse of public funds, property, personnel or the services or property of others; unauthorized removal or possession of department property or the property of another person. (k) Activity that is incompatible with a member's conditions of employment or appointment as established by law or that violates a provision of any collective bargaining agreement or contract, including fraud in securing the appointment or hire. (1) Initiating any civil action for recovery of any damages or injuries incurred in the course and scope of employment or appointment without first notifying the Chief of Police of such action. (m) Any other on- or off -duty conduct which any member knows or reasonably should know is unbecoming a member of this department, is contrary to good order, efficiency or morale, or tends to reflect unfavorably upon this department or its members. 320.5.10 SAFETY (a) Failure to observe or violating department safety standards or safe working practices. (b) Failure to maintain current licenses or certifications required for the assignment or position (e.g., driver's license, first aid). (c) (d) Unsafe firearm or other dangerous weapon handling including loading or unloading firearms in an unsafe manner, either on- or off -duty. (e) Carrying any firearm or other lethal weapon that is not authorized by the member's appointing authority. (f) Unsafe or improper driving habits or actions in the course of employment or appointment. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Standards of Conduct - 112 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (g) Any personal action contributing to a preventable traffic accident while on duty. (h) Concealing or knowingly failing to report any on-the-job or work -related accident or injury as soon as practicable but within 24 hours. 320.5.11 INTOXICANTS (a) Reporting for work or being at work while intoxicated or when the member's ability to perform assigned duties is impaired due to the use of alcohol, medication or drugs, whether legal, prescribed or illegal. (b) Possession or use of alcohol at any work site or while on -duty, except as authorized in the performance of an official assignment. A member who is authorized to consume alcohol is not permitted to do so to such a degree that it may impair on -duty performance. (c) Unauthorized possession, use of, or attempting to bring a controlled substance, illegal drug or non -prescribed medication to any work site. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Standards of Conduct - 113 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Report Preparation 323.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to those members of the Department who complete investigations and reports as a part of their duties. 323.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department that members shall act with promptness and efficiency in the preparation and processing of all reports. Reports shall document sufficient information to refresh the member's memory and shall provide enough detail for follow-up investigation and successful prosecution. 323.3 EXPEDITIOUS REPORTING Incomplete reports, unorganized reports or reports that are delayed without supervisory approval are not acceptable. Reports shall be processed according to established priorities or to a special priority made necessary under exceptional circumstances. 323.4 REPORT PREPARATION Reports should be sufficiently detailed for their purpose and free from errors prior to submission and approval. It is the responsibility of the member to complete and submit all reports taken during the shift before going off -duty unless permission to hold the report has been approved by a supervisor. Generally, reports requiring prompt follow-up action on active leads or arrest reports where the suspect remains in custody should not be held. All reports shall accurately reflect the identity of the persons involved, when available; all pertinent information seen, heard or assimilated by any other sense; and any actions taken. Members shall not suppress, conceal or distort the facts of any reported incident, nor shall any member make a false report orally or in writing. Generally, the reporting member's opinions should not be included in reports unless specifically identified as such. 323.4.1 ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES The Iowa City Police Department has established an electronic signature procedure for use by all members of the Iowa City Police Department. The Support Sercvices Commander or designee shall be responsible for maintaining the electronic signature system, ensuring that each member creates a unique, confidential password for his/her electronic signature and that the use of electronic signatures otherwise complies with the law. (a) Members may only use their electronic signatures for official reports or other official communications. (b) Each member shall be responsible for the security and use of his/her electronic signature and shall promptly notify a supervisor if the electronic signature has or may have been compromised or misused. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Report Preparation - 114 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Report Preparation 323.5 REQUIRED REPORTING In all of the following situations, members shall complete reports using the appropriate department - approved forms and reporting methods, unless otherwise approved by a supervisor. The reporting requirements are not intended to be all-inclusive. A member may complete a report if he/she deems it necessary or as directed by a supervisor. 323.5.1 CRIMINAL ACTIVITY When a member responds to a call for service, or as a result of self -initiated activity becomes aware of any activity where a crime has occurred, the member shall document the incident regardless of whether a victim desires prosecution. Documentation may include a report or department approved alternative reporting method as described in this section. Activity to be documented in a written report includes: (a) All arrests. (b) All felony crimes. (c) Non -felony criminal incidents involving threats or stalking behavior. (d) Situations covered by separate policy. These include: (a) Use of Force Policy (b) Domestic Abuse Policy (c) Child Abuse Policy (d) Adult Abuse Policy (e) Hate Crimes/Incidents Policy (f) Suspicious Activity Reporting Policy (e) All misdemeanor crimes where the victim desires a report. Misdemeanor crimes where the victim does not desire a report shall be documented using the department -approved alternative reporting method (e.g., a dispatch log). 323.5.2 NON -CRIMINAL ACTIVITY Non -criminal activity to be documented includes: (a) Any found property or found evidence. (b) All protective custody and welfare detentions. (c) Any time a person is reported missing, regardless of jurisdiction (see the Missing Persons Policy). (d) Suspicious incidents that may indicate a potential for crimes against children or that a child's safety is in jeopardy. (e) Suspicious incidents that may place the public or others at risk. (f) Any use of force by members of this department against any person (see the Use of Force Policy). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Report Preparation - 115 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Report Preparation (g) Any firearm discharge (see the Firearms Policy). (h) Any time a member points a firearm at any person. (i) Any traffic accident. (see the Traffic Accidents Policy). Q) Whenever the member believes the circumstances should be documented or at the direction of a supervisor. (k) Failure to Intervene (see Duty to Intervene and Report Policy) (1) Failure to activate the body worn camera (see the Body Worn Camera Policy) 323.5.3 MISCELLANEOUS INJURIES Any injury that is reported to this department shall require a report when: (a) The injury is a result of drug overdose. (b) There is an attempted suicide. (c) The injury is major or serious, and potentially fatal. (d) The circumstances surrounding the incident are suspicious in nature and it is desirable to document the event. (e) There is an allegation of an assault. 323.5.4 DEATHS Death investigations require specific investigation methods, depending on the circumstances. They should be handled in accordance with the Death Investigation Policy. The handling member should notify and apprise a supervisor of the circumstances surrounding the incident to determine how to proceed. The following incidents shall be appropriately investigated and documented: (a) Unattended deaths (no physician or qualified hospice care during the period preceding death) (b) Sudden, accidental or suspicious deaths (c) Suicides (d) Homicide or suspected homicide (e) Found dead bodies or body parts 323.5.5 CITY PERSONNEL OR PROPERTY Incidents involving City personnel or property shall require a police report and a City Incident report when: (a) An injury occurs as the result of an act of a City employee or on City property. (b) There is damage to City property or equipment. (c) There is property damage to a community member's property. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Report Preparation - 116 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Report Preparation 323.6 ALTERNATIVE REPORTING FOR VICTIMS Reports that may be submitted by the public via online or other self -completed reporting processes include: (a) Lost property. (b) Misdemeanor thefts of property, other than firearms or materials threatening to public safety, when there is no suspect information or serial number or ability to trace the item. 1. Misdemeanor thefts of cellular telephones may be reported even though they have a serial number. (c) Misdemeanor vandalism with no suspect information and no hate crime implications. (d) Vehicle burglaries with no suspect information or evidence, except when a firearm or government issued identification card is/are stolen. (e) Stolen vehicle attempts with no suspect information or evidence. (f) Annoying telephone calls with no suspect information. (g) Identity theft without an identifiable suspect. (h) Online or email fraud solicitations without an identifiable suspect and if the financial loss classifies the crime as a misdemeanor. (i) Hit-and-run vehicle accidents with no suspect or suspect vehicle. Q) Supplemental property lists. Members at the scene of one of the above incidents should not refer the reporting party to any alternative means of reporting without authorization from a supervisor. Members may refer victims to online victim assistance programs (e.g., the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) website for identity theft; the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3) website for computer crimes). 323.7 REVIEW AND CORRECTIONS Supervisors shall review reports for content and accuracy. If a correction is necessary, the reviewing supervisor should forward the report back to the member stating the reasons for rejection. The original report should be returned to the reporting member for correction as soon as practicable. It shall be the responsibility of the originating member to ensure that any report returned for correction is processed in a timely manner. 323.7.1 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS Reports that have been approved by a supervisor and submitted to the Records for filing and distribution shall not be modified or altered except by way of a supplemental report. Reviewed reports that have not yet been submitted to the Records may be corrected or modified by the authoring member only with the knowledge and authorization of the reviewing supervisor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Report Preparation - 117 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Report Preparation 323.8 REQUIRED STATE REPORTING 323.8.1 SERIOUS INJURY AND INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING Members of the Department shall investigate all incidents of gunshot wounds, stab wounds, or other serious injuries. A report of the investigation shall be forwarded to the appropriate county attorney (Iowa Code § 147.112). 323.8.2 CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES ARREST REPORTING A member who arrests a person for a controlled substances crime or who arrests a known unlawful user of controlled substances for any crime shall report the arrest, the charge filed, and the results of any analysis of seized controlled substances to the Iowa Department of Public Safety within five days of the arrest or filing of the charge, whichever is later (Iowa Code § 124.510). If analysis results are unavailable at the time of the arrest or filing of the charge, the member shall report those to the Department as soon as they become available. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Report Preparation - 118 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Off -Duty Law Enforcement Actions 343.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy is intended to provide guidelines for officers of the Iowa City Police Department with respect to taking law enforcement action while off -duty. 343.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department that officers generally should not initiate law enforcement action while off -duty. Officers are not expected to place themselves in unreasonable peril and should first consider reporting and monitoring the activity. However, any officer who becomes aware of an incident or circumstance that he/she reasonably believes poses an imminent threat of serious bodily injury or death, or significant property damage or loss, may take reasonable action to minimize or eliminate the threat. This policy does not alleviate officers from complying with the Department's policy on Duty to Intervene and Report pertaining to improper conduct and activities while on and off -duty and their duty to intervene and report. 343.3 DECISION TO INTERVENE There is no legal requirement for off -duty officers to take law enforcement action. Officers should consider waiting for on -duty uniformed peace officers to arrive instead of immediately intervening and, while waiting, gather as much accurate intelligence as possible. However, if an officer decides to intervene, he/she must evaluate whether the action is necessary or desirable, and should take into consideration: (a) The potential to be misidentified by other peace officers. (b) The potential to be misidentified by members of the public, who may be armed or who may take action. (c) The tactical disadvantage of being alone and the possibility of multiple or hidden suspects. (d) Limited off -duty firearms capabilities and ammunition. (e) The inability to communicate with responding peace officers. (f) The lack of equipment, such as body armor, handcuffs or control devices. (g) Unfamiliarity with the surroundings, including escape routes. (h) The potential for increased risk to bystanders by confronting a suspect or taking action. 343.3.1 INTERVENTION PROCEDURE If involvement is reasonably necessary, the officer should attempt to call or have someone else call 9-1-1 to request immediate assistance. If possible, the dispatcher receiving the call should obtain a description of the off -duty officer from the caller and broadcast that information to responding officers. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Off -Duty Law Enforcement Actions - 119 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Off -Duty Law Enforcement Actions Whenever p[8CUC@b|8. the officer should |UUdk/ and repeatedly identify him/herself @S GD OffiCg[ with the Iowa City Police Department until acknowledged. {}ffiCiG| identification should also be displayed when possible. 343'4 CONSIDERATIONS When encountering 8 non -uniformed officer in public, UnUnrnl8d officers ShOU|d wait for acknowledgement by the non -uniformed officer in case he/she is working in an undercover C8p8CUv. 3434.1 NON -SWORN RESPONSIBILITIES NOD-SVVU[D members should not b8C0O0g involved in any law enforcement action while off -duty except to notify the local law enforcement authority and remain at the scene, if safe and practicable. 3434.2 INCIDENTS C]FPERSONAL INTEREST Department O080benS should refrain from handling incidents Of p8[S0DG| interest (e.g., family or neighbor disputes) and ShOU|d nBnnGin neutral. In such CirCUnnSt8nQ8S members should C8U the responsible agency tohandle the matter. 343'5 REPORTING |fprior notification to the appropriate |OC@| law enforcement agency is not rH8SOn8b|y pOSSib|R before taking action, the officer shall notify the agency 8Ssoon 83reasonably practicable. Officers Sh8|| COOp8r8[e fully with the agency having jurisdiction by providing statements Or r8pOdS as requested or as appropriate. Officers Sh8U notify the on -duty supervisor regarding any law enforcement action taken vvhi|H off - duty. A supervisor may respond to the location and may request assistance from the Commander ofField Operations, ifdeemed appropriate. The responding supervisor shall determine whether ChOOg report or an administrative report should be completed by the involved officer. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Off -Duty Law Enforcement Actions '12O Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Chapter 4 - Patrol Operations Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Patrol Operations - 121 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Special N N��� �� ������U��N N���������������� Team 4041 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the specialized support of the Special Response Team (SRT) in handling critical hH|d operations where special [8CtiC8| deployment methods Orintense negotiations are beyond the capacity of field officers. 4041] [)ERN|T|{)N8 Definitions n8|8LHd to this policy include: Negotiation team - Designated offkcgna, including those in a nnubUurisdioUona|1earn. who are specifically trained and equipped to provide skilled verbal communications to de-escalate or effect surrender in situations where suspects have taken hostages or barricaded thgnoae|vga or are Tactical team - Designated uffimara. including those in a rnuhijuhadicUuna| tearn, who are specifically trained and equipped LO resolve critical incidents that are SO h8z8rdOUS. complex or unusual that they may exceed the capabilities of first responders or investigators. This includes, but is not limited to, hostage taking, barricaded suspects, snipers, terrorist acts and other high -risk incidents. AS G matter Ofdepartment policy, 8 t@{tiC8| tU@O0 may also be used to serve high -risk warrants, both search and arrest, where public and officer safety issues necessitate such use. 404.2 POLICY It Sh@U be the policy of the |OVV8 City PO|i&g []epGrtn)8Ot to O0@iDt8iD 8 GRT' eiUl8[ internally or through participation in 8 n8giOn8| 0S8rn, COmnphS8d Of negotiation and t8C[iC8| 0S8rns' and to provide the equipment, DlGDpOVVe[ and training D8DeSS@[y to Dl@iDt@iD such b380OS. The GRT should develop sufficient resources to perform three basic operational functions: h3\ CUDl[OGDd and CUDtP0| (b) Containment (c] Entry/apprehension/rescue 404'3 CAPABILITIES This department acknowledges that training needs may vary based on the experience level of tgGDl [DeDlbe[S. tgGDl @dO0iOiSt[@U][S and pOteDU@| incident C000O08DdgnS. The[8fo[O, with the preservation of innocent human life being paramount, nothing in this policy shall prohibit individual teams from responding to a situation that exceeds their training level due to the exigency of the Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team '122 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Special Response Team 404-4 MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISION Under the di[eCU8D Of the Chief of PU|iCO, through the Field Operations 0iViSiOD CO000@Dd8[. the GRTnhaU be managed by the appointed 8RT Commander. The 8RT Commander shall be selected by the Chief of Police upon recommendation of command staff. 4044.1 TEAM SUPERVISORS The negotiation team and tactical team will be under the direction of designated team supervisors, who ShGU be S8|e{t8d by the Chief of Police upon specific PBCOn000UDd@UUD by CU000@Dd Staff and the SRTCommander. The primaryresponsibility OfUlUte@n0Sup8nviSOnSiSk]Ov8[S8edle operation0ftheir teams, which includes d8p|Oynnen[' training, hrS[|in8 supervisor participation and other duties as directed by the 8RTCommander. 404.5 READINESS An operational readiness assessment should be conducted to determine the type and extent of SRT noieaiuna and operations appropriate tothis department. The assessment should consider the capabilities, training and limitations Ofthe SRTand should b8reviewed annually bythe GRT Commander orthe authorized designee. 404.5] EQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS The 8RT Commander shall appoint u team supervisor or designee to perform operational nB@diDUSS inspections of all GRT equipment at least quarterly. The ngSU|t of the iOSpeCUUD will be forwarded to the SRT Commander in writing. The inspections will include personal equipment issued to O080b8[S Of the GRT. Up8[GUOD@| equipment rO@iOt@iD8d in the SRT facility and equipment maintained or used in SRTvehio|on. 404.5.2 MULT|JUFl|SD|CT|ONALOPERAT|ONS The SRT' iDC|UdiD0 any relevant specialized teams and supporting FgSUU[C8S. should develop prOb}CO|S. agreements, rnHnnOr8ndUnnS Of understanding (K4C}US) Or working nS|8UOnShipS to support multijurisdictional or regional responses, to be approved by City Council as appropriate. k]\ If it is 8DUCiD8Led that DlUhijUhSdiCdOn8| SRT operations will re8U|8dy be COOdUCted. multi -agency and multidisciplinary joint training exercises should occur. (b) Members of the |OVv8 City Police Department GRT Sh8U operate under the policies, procedures and command of the Iowa City Police Department when working in a multi - agency situation. 4046 PROCEDURES Situations that necessitate the need fora 8RT response vary greatly from incident to incident and often demand on -scene evaluation. The guidelines allow for appropriate on -scene decision - making and development of organizational and operational procedures. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team '123 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Special Response Team 404.0.1 ORGANIZATIONAL PROCEDURES The Department shall develop a separate written set of organizational procedures that should 8ddnSSS' at rninirnUnn: (a) Specific missions the 8RTiacapable of performing. (b) GRTorganization and function. /C\ Member selection, retention and termination criteria. (d) Training and required competencies, including record production and retention. (8) Procedures for notification, activation, deactivation and deployment. (f) Command and COnLnO| iSSUeS' including 8 clearly defined COnnnn@nd SLrUC[Un8 and dedicated lines Ufcommunication. (g) Multi -agency response. (h) Out -of -jurisdiction response. (i\ Specialized functions and supporting resources. 404.0.2 OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES The Department shall develop a mgpanaUm written set ofoperational procedures in accordance with the determination of the SRT's level of capability, using sound risk -reduction practices. The operational procedures should be patterned after the National Tactical Offiogne Association's /NT(J/\\ SVV/\T Standard for Law Enforcement Agencies. Because such procedures are specific to SRT members and outline negotiation, tactical and officer safety issues, they are not included within this policy. The operational procedures should include, at a minimum: (@) Designation Ofmembers who are responsible for developing 8noperational Ortactical plan prior to, and/or during SRT operations (time permitting). 1 . All SRT members should have an understanding of operational planning. 2. SRT training should include planning for both spontaneous and planned events. 3. SRTplanning should incorporate medical emergency contingency plans @Spart of the SRT operational plan. (b) Plans for [niSSiOO briefings conducted prior to an ODer@hOO, UnkeSS circumstances require immediate deployment. 1When possible, briefings ShOU|d include the specialized ie8[nS' and other supporting personnel. (c) Protocols for 8 sustained operation to be developed that may include relief, rotation of members and augmentation of personnel and resources. (d) AgeDChC checklist to be worked through prior to iOiU8UOg 8 L8CLiC8| 8CUOO as 8 means of conducting a threat assessment to determine the appropriate response and neSOU[CeS necessary, including the use Ofthe GRT. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team '124 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Special Response Team (e) Roles for the negotiations team and negotiators. (f) A standard method of determining whether a warrant should be regarded as high risk. (g) A method for deciding how best to serve a high -risk warrant with all reasonably foreseeable alternatives being reviewed in accordance with risk/benefit criteria prior to selecting the method of response. (h) Protocols for post -incident scene management, including: 1. Documentation of the incident. 2. Transition to investigations and/or other divisions. 3. Debriefing after every deployment of the SRT. (a) After -action team debriefing provides evaluation and analysis of critical incidents, affords the opportunity for individual and team assessments, helps to identify training needs and reinforces sound risk management practices. (b) Such debriefing should not be conducted until involved members have had the opportunity to individually complete necessary reports or provide formal statements. (c) In order to maintain candor and a meaningful exchange, debriefing will generally not be recorded. (d) When appropriate, debriefing should include specialized teams and supporting or assisting personnel. (i) A sound risk management analysis. Q) Standardization of equipment deployed. 404.7 OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES The following are guidelines for the operational deployment of the SRT. Generally, the tactical team and the crisis negotiationteam will be activated together. It is recognized, however, that the teams can be activated independently as circumstances dictate. The tactical team may be used in a situation not requiring the physical presence of the negotiation team, such as warrant service operations. The tactical team may be used in a situation not requiring the physical presence of the crisis negotiation team, such as warrant service operations. The negotiation team may be used in a situation not requiring the physical presence of the tactical team, such as handling a suicidal person. Operational deployment of the specialized teams shall be at the discretion of the SRT Commander. 404.7.1 APPROPRIATE USE Incidents that may result in the activation of the SRT include: (a) Barricaded suspects who refuse an order to surrender. (b) Incidents where hostages are taken. (c) Individuals who are threatening suicide and have refused to surrender. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team - 125 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Special Response Team (d) Arrests 0fpotentially armed Drdangerous persons. (8) Any situation that could threaten Orundermine the ability Ofthe Department tOpreserve life, maintain social order and ensure the protection of persons or property. Requests by field personnel for assistance from the crisis negotiation team (CNT) from another agency must beapproved by the Chief ofPolice. Deployment of the Iowa City Police Department SRT in response to requests by other agencies must be authorized by the Chief of 404.7.2 ON -SCENE DETERMINATION AND NOTIFICATION The supervisor -in -charge at the scene of particular event will be designated as the Incident Commander and will anenge whether the GRT is to respond to the scene. With input from the Incident Commander, final determination will bgmade bythe Commander OfField Operations, who ehe|| [hen notify the GFlT Commander. If the 8RT Commander is unavai|ob|e, then a specialized team supervisor shall benotified. The Commander of Field Operations should brief the SRT Commander about the incident. Such information should include: (8) The type Ofcrime involved. (b) The number of suspects, identity and criminal history. (c) The known weapons and resources available tOthe suspect. kj\ |fthe suspect iSiOcontrol Ofhostages and/or barricaded. (8) Whether COnL8CL has been made with the suspect and whether there have been demands. Al If potential ViCLiOO8 are still within the inner perimeter. (g) |fthe suspect has threatened Orattempted suicide. (h) The location Ofthe command post and 8safe approach tOit. 0 The extent ofany inner O[outer perimeter and the number of personnel involved. U\ Any other assets Orresources 8Lthe scene including other involved agencies. (k) Any other important facts critical to the immediate situation. The SRT Commander or team supervisor shall then follow current callout procedures. A current OlObi|iz8UOD list Sh8U be maintained in the VV@1Ch CUDlDl@Odgr'S 0ffiDg and JUhDSUD County Emergency Communications Center (JECC)bythe GRTCommander. 404.7.3 FIELD PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES While vvGhUng for the 8RT to respond, field personnel should, if determined to be safe and practicable and sufficient resources exist: Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team '12O Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Special Response Team (a) Establish an arrest/response team in case the suspect takes action. The response team's tasks may include: 1Taking action to mitigate a deadly threat or behavior either inside or outside the 2. Securing any subject or suspect who may surrender or attempt to escape. (b) Evacuate any injured personain[hezoneofdanger. (o) Evacuate orprovide safety instructions toother people inthe zone ofdanger. (d) Establish 8ninner and outer perimeter. (8) Establish @ command post outside Ofthe inner perimeter. Ul Attempt to establish preliminary communication with the suspect. Once the SRT has arrived, all negotiations should generally bUhalted tOallow the negotiation and tactical teams time to organize, position and assume the appropriate roles and responsibilities. (g) Plan for, and stage, anticipated resources. 404.7.4 ON -SCENE COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES Upon arrival of the SRT at the scene, the Incident Commander shall brief the SRT Commander and hg@[D SUperViSO[S. []pOD review, it will be the SRT CODlDl@Dd8r'S d8CSiOO. with input from the Incident Commander, whether to deploy the 8RT. Once the 8RT Commander authorizes deployment, the GRTCommander U[the authorized designee will beresponsible for the tactical response and negotiations. The Incident Commander shall continue to supervise the command post operation, outer perimeter security, evacuation and media access and will support the8RT. The Incident Commander and SRT Commander or the authorized designee shall maintain direct communication at all times. 404.7.5 COMMUNICATIONS WITH SIRTMEMBERS All persons who are non-SRT members should refrain from any non -emergency contact or interference with any SIRT member during active negotiations. SRT operations require the utmost in concentration by involved nnHnnb8rG and, as 8 nBSU|L no one ShOU|d interrupt Orcommunicate with GRTmembers directly. All non -emergency communications shall b8channeled through the negotiation team ortactical team supervisor orthe authorized designee. 404-8 TACTICAL TEAM ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES The tactical team was established to provide a skilled and trained team for deployment to events that require specialized tactics, in situations where suspects have taken hostages and/or barricaded themselves, and iDprolonged O[predictable situations where persons who are armed orsuspected ofbeing armed pose adanger [othemselves orothers. The fOUOvviDg p[UC8dU[eS sgn/g as directives for the @dDliDist[@bvg Upe[@UOD of the t@{tiC8| tg8O0. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team '127 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Special Response Team 4048.1 SELECTION {)FTACTICAL MEMBERS Applicant Requirements: Anapplicant for SRTmust meet the following criteria 8tthe time Ofappointment [OtheTeGm: 1. Be @ fuU-U08. SwUDl 0gO0be[ of the Department 2.Have @tleast 18months Ofpost academy field experience with the Iowa City Police Department (consideration may be given to a post probationary officer with previous SRT experience and/or specialty training through or with another entity (ex: Military)). 3. Be recommended for GRT by a member of |CP[} supervisory staff who has supervised the applicant within the pn8viOUS 13 nnOn[hS. This r8COnnnnend8tiOn ShOU|d be in writing, using the criteria and format outlined in SRT procedures. 4.Have scored 8tleast 8O%Ontheir last Departmental day and night handgun qualifications. 5. Have DO FeCUnd of disciplinary @cUUD taken within the two (2) years prior to Gpp|iC@UUD to 8RT. "Disciplinary Action" as used in this policy is defined GS @C[iOn taken by the agency which has resulted in the officer receiving suspension for punitive reasons, or time off without pay. Applicant TeSting:ThS S8|HC[iOn pnOCeSS will consist of the following: 1. Physical Fitness Test: Each applicant must successfully pass the Physical Fitness Qualification Test maoutlined inSF|Tprocedures. This isopass/fail event. 2. T@CUC@| EXePCiSgS: Each applicant will participate in t8[tiC@| exercises with Team 0OgO0be[S to evaluate their tactical Ski||S' ability, willingness to learn and TH8rn compatibility. 3. C)[@| Interview: Each applicant will participate in an O[8| interview during which @ Se[iUS of pre - developed qU8SUOnS will be asked. The interview panel will COnSiS[ of Team leadership, as well as a Departmental supervisor selected from outside GRT. Applicants will be evaluated by certain criteria, which includes: 1.Reuoonizgdcompetence and ability, aaevidenced bvperformance. 3.Demonstrated good judgment and understanding Ofthe critical role Of3tactical team member. 3.8pgci@|skills, training O[appropriate education 8Sitpertains 1Othis assignment. 4. Commitment [Othe SRT' realizing that the additional assignment may n9D8SSiC8[8 UnUSU8| working hours, conditions and training obligations. The SRT Commander shall submit a list of successful applicants to command staff for final selection. The applicants will be evaluated and selected based Ontheir performance Onthe above assessment tasks. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team '128 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Special Response Team 4048.2 TACTICAL TRAINING Training shall be coordinated by the GRT Commander. The SRT Commander may conduct monthly training exercises that include 8 review and critique of members and their performance in the exercises, in addition to specialized training. Training shall consist of the following: (a) Each tactical team member shall perform 8physical fitness test twice each year. This iS8pass/fail event. (b) Any tactical team member failing to attain the rniDi[nUnO physical fitness qU8|ifiC8hOn score will be notified of the requirement 10 retest. Within 30 days of the previous physical fitness test date, the member required to qualify Sh8|| report to 8 team supervisor and CO0Op|e[e the entire physical fitness L8SL Failure to qualify after 8 second attempt may result indismissal from the team. (C) Those who are OD vacation, are i|| Or are On light -duty S18iUS with 8 medical professional's OOLe of approval On the i8St date Sh8|| be responsible for reporting to 8 tD8Dn supervisor and taking the test within 30 days of their return to nBgU|8r duty. Any member who fails to arrange for and perform the physical fitness test within the 30-d8yperiod shall beconsidered 8Shaving failed LOattain 8qualifying score for that test period. (d) Each tactical team member shall complete the quarterly tactical team handgun qU8|UDC8UOn course. The qU8|ifiC8UOO COUr89 Sh8U COn8iSL of the SRT basic drill for the handgun. Failure to qualify will require the team member to seek remedial training from 8 Firearms Instructor who has been approved by the GRT Commander. T88rn members who fail to qualify will DOL be used in 8RTOper8tiDOS UDh| qualified. l[C@[n members who fail to qualify nlUSL retest within 30 days. F8i|U[8 to qualify within 30 days, with or without remedial training, may result in disnOiSS8| from the team. (e) Each tactical team member shall complete the quarterly tactical qualification course for any specialty weapon issued to, or used by, the team member during tactical team operations. Failure to qualify will require the team member to seek nenl8di8| training from 8 Firearms Instructor who has been approved by the GRT Commander. l[e8Dl members who fail to qualify On their specialty weapon may not utilize the specialty weapon On SR-Foperations UnU| qualified. Team members who fail to qualify must retest within 30 days. Failure LO qualify with specialty vVe8pOOS within 30 days may result in the team member being removed from the team or permanently disqualified from use Ofthat particular specialty weapon. 404.8.3 TACTICAL TEAM EVALUATION Continual evaluation of a team member's performance and efficiency as it relates to the positive operation of the team shall be conducted by the team supervisor. The performance and efficiency level, as established bythe team supervisor, will be met and maintained by all t@CtiC8| Le8rn 0eOObU[S. Any O080be[ of the tGcUCG| tg8Dl who p8rfO[0S or functions at 8 |8v8| |USS than satisfactory shall besubject [Odismissal from the team. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team '128 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Special Response Team 404.9 CRISIS NEGOTIATION TEAM ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES The negotiation team has been established to provide skilled verbal communicators who will attempt to de-escalate and effect surrender in critical situations where suspects have taken hostages or barricaded themselves or have suicidal tendencies. The following procedures serve as directives for the administrative operation of the negotiation team. 404.9.1 SELECTION OF NEGOTIATION MEMBERS Interested department members who are off probation shall submit a request to their supervisor as positions become available. A copy will be forwarded to the CNT commander. Interested members shall be evaluated by certain criteria, which include: (a) Recognized competence and ability as evidenced by performance. (b) Demonstrated good judgment and understanding of the critical role of a negotiator and the negotiation process. (c) Effective communication skills. (d) Special skills, training or appropriate education as it pertains to the assignment. (e) Commitment to the CNT, realizing that the assignment may necessitate unusual working hours, conditions and training obligations. The CNT commander shall submit a list of successful applicants to command staff for final selection. 404.9.2 NEGOTIATION TRAINING Training shall be coordinated by the negotiation commander. The negotiations commander may conduct monthly training exercises that include a review and critique of members and their performance in the exercises, in addition to specialized training. A minimum of one training day per quarter will be required to provide the opportunity for role playing and situational training necessary to maintain proper skills. This will be coordinated by the team commander. 404.9.3 NEGOTIATION TEAM EVALUATION Continual evaluation of a team member's performance and efficiency as it relates to the positive operation of the team shall be conducted by the team commander. Performance and efficiency levels, established by the team supervisor, will be met and maintained by all team members. Any member of the negotiation team who performs or functions at a level less than satisfactory shall be subject to dismissal from the team. 404.10 UNIFORMS AND EQUIPMENT SRT specialized teams from this department should wear uniforms that clearly identify them as law enforcement members. It is recognized that certain tactical conditions may require covert movement. Attire may be selected that is appropriate to the specific mission. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team - 130 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Special Response Team 40410] EQUIPMENT GRTspecialized teurnafnln)UliadeparUnentahou|dbeadequatek/equiuoedUznoegtU1eaoeoifio missions identified by the Department. 404.10.2 FIREARMS Weapons and equipment used bvthe SRTspecialized teams and any supporting resources should be department -issued or approved, including any modifications, additions or attachments. 40411 TRAINING The SRT Commander shall conduct an annual SRTtraininQ needs assessment to ensure that training correlates to the team's capabilities and department policy. 404.11] TRA|N|NGG/\FETY Use of a designated safety officer should be considered for all tactical training. 404.11.2 INITIAL TRAINING Tactical and negotiation team members and team supervisors ShOU|d not be deployed until successful oonop|eUun of basic 8RT course or its equivalent that has been approved by this department. (8) To avoid unnecessary or redundant training, previous training completed by members may be considered equivalent when the hours and content or topics meet or exceed requirements determined by the Department. (b) Untrained members may be used in a support or training capacity. 404.11.3 UPDATE/REFRESHER TRAINING Tactica|, negotiation team nognnbgra and team supervisors should complete update orrefresher training every34 months. 404.114 MANAGEMENT TRAINING Command staff are encouraged to attend training for managing the GRT functions at the organizational level. This is to ensure that those who provide active oversight at the scene understand the purpose and capabilities ofthese specialized teams. Command personnel who may assume incident command responsibilities should attend a tactical commander 0[critical incident commander course or its equivalent that has been approved by this department. 404.11.5 SCENARIO -BASED TRAINING SRT specialized teams should participate in scenario -based training that simulates the critical field operations environment. Such training is an established method of improving performance during @Dactual deployment. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team '131 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Special Response Team 404.11.6 TRAINING DOCUMENTATION Individual and team training shall be documented and records maintained by the Training Coordinator. Such documentation shall be maintained in each member's training file. A separate department SRT training file shall be maintained with documentation and records of all team training. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Special Response Team - 132 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives 412.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines to ensure that members of the Iowa City Police Department extend appropriate privileges and immunities to foreign diplomatic and consular representatives in accordance with international law. Diplomatic immunity means that certain representatives of foreign governments are not subject to the jurisdiction of local courts for both their official and many personal activities. 412.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department respects international laws related to the special privileges and immunities afforded foreign diplomatic and consular representatives assigned to the United States. All foreign diplomatic and consular representatives shall be treated with respect and courtesy, regardless of any privileges or immunities afforded them. 412.3 CLAIMS OF IMMUNITY If a member comes into contact with a person where law enforcement action may be warranted and the person claims diplomatic or consular privileges and immunities, the member should, without delay: (a) Notify a supervisor. (b) Advise the person that his/her claim will be investigated and he/she may be released in accordance with the law upon confirmation of the person's status. (c) Request the person's identification card, either issued by the U.S. Department of State (DOS), Office of the Chief of Protocol or, in the case of persons accredited to the United Nations, by the U.S. Mission to the United Nations. These are the only reliable documents for purposes of determining privileges and immunities. (d) Contact the DOS Diplomatic Security Command Center at 571-345-3146 or toll -free at 866-217-2089, or at another current telephone number, and inform the center of the circumstances. (e) Verify the immunity status with DOS and follow any instructions regarding further detention, arrest, prosecution and/or release, as indicated by the DOS representative. This may require immediate release, even if a crime has been committed. (f) Foreign diplomats who violate traffic laws may be cited. Allegations of serious crimes should be fully investigated, promptly reported to the U.S. Department of State. (g) Law enforcement authorities should never be inhibited in their efforts to protect the public welfare in extreme situations. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Representatives - 133 Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives Identity or immunity status should not be presumed from the type of license plates displayed on a vehicle. If there is a question as to the status or the legitimate possession of a Diplomat or Consul license plate, a query should be run via the National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (NLETS), designating "US" as the state. 412.4 ENFORCEMENT ACTION If the DOS is not immediately available for consultation regarding law enforcement action, members shall be aware of the following: (a) Generally, all persons with diplomatic and consular privileges and immunities may be issued a citation or notice to appear. However, the person may not be compelled to sign the citation. (b) All persons, even those with a valid privilege or immunity, may be reasonably restrained in exigent circumstances for purposes of self-defense, public safety or the prevention of serious criminal acts. (c) An impaired foreign diplomatic or consular representative may be prevented from driving a vehicle, even if the person may not be arrested due to privileges and immunities. 1. Investigations, including the request for field sobriety tests, chemical tests and any other tests regarding impaired driving, may proceed but they shall not be compelled. (d) The following persons may not be detained or arrested, and any property or vehicle owned by these persons may not be searched or seized: 1. Diplomatic -level staff of missions to international organizations and recognized family members 2. Diplomatic agents and recognized family members 3. Members of administrative and technical staff of a diplomatic mission and recognized family members 4. Career consular officers, unless the person is the subject of a felony warrant (e) The following persons may generally be detained and arrested: 1. International organization staff; however, some senior officers are entitled to the same treatment as diplomatic agents 2. Support staff of missions to international organizations 3. Diplomatic service staff and consular employees; however, special bilateral agreements may exclude employees of certain foreign countries 4. Honorary consular officers Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Representatives - 134 Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives 412.5 DOCUMENTATION All contacts with persons who have claimed privileges and immunities afforded foreign diplomatic and consular representatives should be thoroughly documented and the related reports forwarded to DOS. 412.6 DIPLOMATIC IMMUNITY Reference table on diplomatic immunity: Category Arrested or Enter Issued Subpoenaed Prosecuted Recognized Detained Residence Traffic as Witness Family Subject to Citation Members Ordinary Procedures Diplomatic No No Yes No No Same as Agent (note (b)) sponsor (full immunity & inviolability) Member of No No Yes No No Same as Admin and (note (b)) sponsor (full Tech Staff immunity & inviolability) Service Staff Yes Yes Yes Yes No for No immunity (note (a)) official acts or inviolability Yes (note (a)) otherwise (note (a)) Career Yes if for a Yes Yes No for No for No immunity Consul felony and (note (d)) official acts official acts or inviolability Officer pursuant to Testimony Yes a warrant may not be otherwise (note (a)) compelled in (note (a)) any case Honorable Yes Yes Yes No for No for No immunity Consul official acts official acts or inviolability Yes Yes otherwise otherwise Consulate Yes Yes Yes No for No for No immunity Employees (note (a)) official acts official acts or inviolability Yes Yes (note (a)) otherwise otherwise (note (a)) Int'l Org Yes Yes Yes Yes No for No immunity Staff (note (c)) (note (c)) (note (c)) official acts or inviolability Yes (note (b)) otherwise (note (c)) Copyright Lexipol, ILLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Representatives - 135 | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives Diplomatic- No No Yes No No Same as Level Staff (note (b)) sponsor (full of Missions immunity and to lint'll Org inviolability) Support Yes Yes Yes Yes No for No immunity Staff of official acts or inviolability Missions to Yes Notes for diplomatic immunity table: hG\ This table represents general rules. The employees of certain foreign COUOtheS may enjoy higher levels of privileges and immunities on the basis of special bilateral (b) Reasonable o0nStr@inta, hovvever, may be applied in emergency oincunlatanC8G involving self-defense, public safety or the prevention of serious criminal acts. (c) A annaU number ofsenior officers are entitled to be treated identically to diplomatic agents. (d) Note that uOnSu| naaid8nmaa are SVnneUrnea located within the Vffioio| consular premises. In such cases, only the official office space is protected from police entry. Copyright Lexip"uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Representatives -13O Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Chapter 6 - Investigation Operations Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Investigation Operations - 137 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Brady Information �~ ��������� N��N��U��K����Non 605.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy OStGb|iSh8S guidelines for identifying and Pe|U@SiDg pO1gDU@Uy gxCu|p@1D[y or impeachment information (so-called "Brady information") to a prosecuting attorney. 8051.1 DEFINITIONS DUfD0OOS P8|8tgd to this policy include: Brady informxtiom-|nformationknownm possessed by the Iowa City Police Department that is both favorable and material to the current prosecution or defense of a criminal defendant. 605.2 POLICY The |Ovv8 City PO|iDR Department will conduct fair and irnp8rU8| Qinnin8| investigations and will provide the prosecution with both iDchDOiD@UDQ and exculpatory evidence, as well as iDfO[n0@UOD that may adversely affect the credibility of a witness. In addition to reporting all evidence of guilt, the Iowa City Police Department will assist the prosecution bycomplying with its obligation tOdisclose information that is both favorable and material to the defense. The Department will identify and disclose to the prosecution potentially exculpatory information, as provided in this policy. 605'3 DISCLOSURE OF INVESTIGATIVE INFORMATION Officers nnUSt include in their investigative rRpOd3 adequate investigative information and reference k]all material evidence and facts that are reasonably believed U]bgeither incriminating or exculpatory to any individual in the case. If an officer |e8nlS of potentially incriminating Or exculpatory information any time after submission Of8case, the officer O[the handling investigator nnUS[ prepare and submit @ SUpp|ennHnt8| report dOCUnn8nUng such information as SOOn as practicable. Supplemental reports shall be promptly processed and transmitted to the prosecutor's on/oa. If iDfO[Dl@UOD is believed to be privileged or C8Dfid8Oti@| (e.g., iDfO[O0@Dt or @ttO[DUy-C|igOt information, attorney work product), the officer should discuss the matter with a supervisor and/or prosecutor to determine the appropriate 0@DO8[ in which to proceed. Evidence or facts are considered material if there is a reasonable probability that they would affect the 0U1C0008 of C[inliOG| pnOC8UdiDQ or trial. [)8t8[0iDiDQ whether 8vid8DCS or facts are 0Gt8[iG| often n8qUinBS |Rg@| or even judicial review. If an officer is unsure, the OfhCHr ShOU|d address the issue with @supervisor. Supervisors who are uncertain about whether evidence or facts are material should address the i3SU8 in a written Dl80O to an appropriate pF0S8CUtU[. A COpV of the O0800 ShDU|d be retained in the department case file. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Brady Information '138 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Brady Information 605.4 BRADY PROCESS The Commander of Support Services is directly responsible for coordinating requests for information. These responsibilities include but are not limited to: (a) Working with the appropriate prosecutors' offices and the City Attorney's office to establish systems and processes to determine what constitutes Brady information and the method for notification and disclosure. (b) Maintaining a current list of members who have Brady information in their files or backgrounds. 1. Updating this list whenever potential Brady information concerning any department member becomes known to the Department or is placed into a personnel or internal affairs file. 605.5 DISCLOSURE OF REQUESTED INFORMATION If Brady information is located, the following procedure shall apply: (a) In the event that a motion has not already been filed by the criminal defendant or other party, the prosecuting attorney and department member whose file is related to the motion shall be notified of the potential presence of Brady information. (b) The prosecuting attorney or City Attorney should be requested to file a motion in order to initiate an in -camera review by the court. 1. If no motion is filed, the Commander of Support Services should work with the appropriate counsel to determine whether the records should be disclosed to the prosecutor. (c) The Commander of Support Services shall accompany all relevant personnel files during any in -camera inspection and address any issues or questions raised by the court in determining whether any information contained in the files is both material and favorable to the criminal defendant. (d) If the court determines that there is relevant Brady information contained in the files, only that information ordered released will be copied and released to the parties filing the motion. 1. Prior to the release of any information pursuant to this process, a protective order should be requested from the court limiting the use of such information to the involved case and requiring the return of all copies upon completion of the case. (e) If a court has determined that relevant Brady information is contained in a member's file in any case, the prosecutor should be notified of that fact in all future cases involving that member. 605.6 INVESTIGATING BRADY ISSUES If the Department receives information from any source that a member may have issues of credibility or dishonesty or has been engaged in an act of moral turpitude or criminal conduct, Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Brady Information - 139 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Brady Information the information shall be investigated and processed in accordance with the Personnel Complaints Policy. 605.7 SUBPOENA PROCESSING The individual processing subpoenas (or the supervisor of the subpoenaed member) shall check the subpoenaed member's name against the current list of those who are known to have Brady information in their files or background, and shall alert the coordinator if a person on the list is subpoenaed. 605.8 TRAINING Department personnel should receive periodic training on the requirements of this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Brady Information - 140 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Chapter 10 - Personnel Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Personnel - 141 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | �`'fw Police Department f .CjVV� ��|`� ° ��U�� ����O��. "..��[l`Policy Manual Anti -Retaliation 1004.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy prohibits retaliation against DlgO0b8[S who identify vvO[kp|@CU issues, such as fraud, vv8St8, abuse of authority, gn}SS mismanagement Orany inappropriate conduct Or pr@CtiCHS, including viU|GUUDS that may pUSg @ threat to the health, safety or well-being of members. This policy does not prohibit actions taken for nondiscriminatory Ornon-retaliatory nSaSOnS. such uadiscipline for cause. These guidelines are intended to supplement and not limit members' access to other applicable nB[D8dieS. Nothing in this policy ShG|| diminish the rights or F8O08di8S Of @ 0OUO0be[ pu[SU@Dt to any applicable federal |8vv' provision of the U.S. COnSd[UtiOn' state and |OC8| |8vv' ordinance Or CO||eCtiv8 b@[g@iDiDQ @gng8DleOt. 1004.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department has a zero tolerance for retaliation and is committed to taking [e@SUD@b|g steps to protect from [UtG|i@U0D members who, in good faith' UOg@gg in permitted behavior Or who report Or participate in the reporting Or investigation of workplace issues. All complaints of retaliation will be taken seriously and will be promptly and appropriately investigated. 10043 RETALIATION PROHIBITED NO member may retaliate against any person for engaging in |8wfU| Or otherwise permitted behavior; for opposing 8 p[8[tiCU believed to be UD|@vvfu|, UDethiC@|. discriminatory or retaliatory; for reporting or making a complaint under this policy; or for participating in any investigation related to @ COOOp|GiDt under this or any other policy. Retaliation includes any adverse action or conduct, including but not limited to: , Refusing to hire or denying @ promotion. " Extending the probationary period. , Unjustified reassignment of duties or change of work schedule. " R8@| or implied threats Or other fOnnS Of intimidation to dissuade the reporting Of vVn3DQdOiD0 or filing of CODlp|GiDt, or as @ CODS8qUUDCU of having reported or participated in protected activity. , Taking unwarranted disciplinary action. " Spreading rUnnOrS 8bOU[ the person filing the COmnp|@in[ Or about the alleged vV[ODQdOiDQ. ° Shunning or unreasonably avoiding a person because he/she has engaged in protected activity. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Anti -Retaliation '142 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual 1004.4 COMPLAINTS OF RETALIATION Any memberwhofeels he/she has been retaliated against in violation of this policyshould promptly report the matter to any supervisor, command Sb]K member, Chief of Police or the City Human Resources Administrator. Members shall act in good faith, not engage in unwarranted reporting of trivial or minor deviations or transgressions, and make reasonable efforts to verify facts before making any complaint in order to avoid baseless allegations. Members shall not report or state an intention to report information or an @||8g8UOD knowing it to be f8|Sg or with Vvi||fU| or [UCk|8SS diS[8Q@nd for the truth or falsity Of the information, or otherwise 8C[ in bad faith. |OvgStiQEtiUOS are g8DU[@Uy more gffeCbvg when the identity of the [Up8rUOg O0UO0b8[ is hO0vvD. thereby 8UOvving investigators to obtain additional information from the reporting member. However, complaints may be made anonymously. All reasonable efforts shall be made to protect the reporting member's identity. However, confidential information may be disclosed to the extent required by |avv or to the degree necessary to conduct an adequate investigation and make a determination regarding 8 complaint. In some situations, the investigative process may not be C000p|etU uD|gSS the SOU[Cg of the iDfO[0@UUD and @ statement by the 0000be[ is part of the investigative process. 1004.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Supervisors are expected to [8OO@iD familiar with this policy and eDSU[e that O0UDlbgnS under their COnnnn@nd are 8vv@rR of its provisions. The P8SpODSibi|iUeS of supervisors include, but are not limited to: (8) Ensuring COnnp|8intS Of re[@|i@UOn are investigated as provided in the Personnel CU[Dp|@iDtS Policy. (b) Receiving all COnnp|8intS in 8fair and impartial manner. /C\ Documenting the complaint and any steps taken tOresolve the problem. (d) Acknowledging receipt of the complaint, notifying the Chief of Police via the chain Of command and explaining tUthe member how the complaint will h8handled. (8) Taking appropriate and nB8SOn@b|e steps LO mitigate any further violations of this policy. Ul Monitoring the work environment to ensure that any member making a complaint is not subjected tUfurther retaliation. (g) Periodic follow-up with the complainant to ensure that re[@|i8UOn is not continuing. (h) Not interfering with or denying the right of member to DOGh8 any CU0p|@iDL (i) Taking reasonable steps to accommodate requests for assignment or schedule Ch8DQOS 0@dg by @ member who may be the target of retaliation if it would |ih8|y mitigate the potential for further violations of this policy. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Anti -Retaliation '143 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual 1004.6 COMMAND STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES The Chief of Police should communicate to all supervisors the prohibition against retaliation. Command staff shall treat all complaints as serious matters and shall ensure that prompt actions take place, including but not limited to: (@) COn)rnUniC8Ung to all members the prohibition against retaliation. (b) The timely review Ufcomplaint investigations. (C) R8rnHdi8UOn of any inappropriate conduct or condition and instituting nn88SUn8S to e|iDliD@tg or minimize the likelihood of recurrence. (d) The timely communication Ofthe outcome tOthe complainant. 1004.7 WHISTLE -BLOWING State law protects employees who report @ violation Oflaw O[rule, mismanagement, @ gross abuse of funds, an 8bUS8 of authority Or G substantial and specific danger to public health Or safety. Members who believe they have been the subject Ufretaliation for engaging in such pn318Ctgd behaviors ShOU|d pn}nnpUy report it to 8 SUp8n/iSOr. Supervisors ShOU|d refer the complaint to the Commander of Field Operations for investigation pursuant to the Personnel Complaints Policy (Iowa Code 870A.29\. 1004.8 RECORDS RETENTION AND RELEASE The Commander of Support Services shall ensure that documentation of investigations is maintained in accordance with the established records retention schedules. 1004.9 TRAINING This policy should be reviewed with each new member. All rnennb8rS ShOU|d receive P8rk}diC refresher training On the requirements of this policy. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Anti -Retaliation '144 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Reporting of Arrests, Convictions and Court Orders 1005.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to describe the notification requirements and procedures that members must follow when certain arrests, convictions and court orders restrict their ability to perform the official duties and responsibilities of the Iowa City Police Department. This policy will also describe the notification requirements and procedures that certain retired officers must follow when an arrest, conviction or court order disqualifies them from possessing a firearm. 1005.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department requires disclosure of member arrests, convictions and certain court orders to maintain the high standards, ethics and integrity in its workforce, and to ensure compatibility with the duties and responsibilities of the Department. 1005.3 DOMESTIC ABUSE CONVICTIONS AND COURT ORDERS Federal and Iowa law prohibit individuals convicted of certain offenses and individuals subject to certain court orders from lawfully possessing firearms. Such convictions and court orders often involve allegations of the use or attempted use of force, or threatened use of a weapon on any individual in a domestic relationship (e.g., spouse, cohabitant, parent, child) (18 USC § 922; Iowa Code § 724.26). All members and retired officers with identification cards issued by the Department are responsible for ensuring that they have not been disqualified from possessing firearms by any such conviction or court order, and shall promptly report any such conviction or court order to a supervisor, as provided in this policy. 1005.4 OTHER CRIMINAL CONVICTIONS AND COURT ORDERS Iowa law may prohibit the issuance of a professional permit to carry a weapon as set forth in Iowa Code § 724.8. While legal restrictions may or may not be imposed by statute or by the courts upon conviction of any criminal offense, criminal conduct by members of this department may be inherently in conflict with law enforcement duties and the public trust, and shall be reported as provided in this policy. 1005.5 REPORTING All members and all retired officers with identification cards issued by the Department shall immediately notify the on -duty supervisor (retired officers should immediately notify the on -duty supervisor) of any past or current criminal detention, arrest, charge or conviction in any state or foreign country, regardless of whether the matter was dropped or rejected, is currently pending or is on appeal, and regardless of the penalty or sentence, if any. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Reporting of Arrests, Convictions and Court Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Orders - 145 Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Reporting of Arrests, Convictions and Court Orders All members and all retired officers with identification cards issued by the Department shall immediately notify the on -duty supervisor (retired officers should immediately notify the on -duty supervisor) if they become the subject of a domestic violence -related order or any court order that prevents the member or retired officer from possessing a firearm or requires suspension or revocation of applicable Iowa Law Enforcement Academy (ILEA) certification. Any member whose criminal arrest, conviction or court order restricts or prohibits that member from fully and properly performing his/her duties, including carrying a firearm, may be disciplined. This includes, but is not limited to, being placed on administrative leave, reassignment and/ or termination. Any effort to remove such disqualification or restriction shall remain entirely the responsibility of the member, on his/her own time and at his/her own expense. Any employee failing to provide prompt written notice pursuant to this policy shall be subject to discipline, up to and including termination. Retired officers may have their identification cards rescinded or modified, as may be appropriate (see the Retired Officer Identification Card Policy). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Reporting of Arrests, Convictions and Court Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Orders - 146 Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace 1006.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish clear and uniform guidelines regarding drugs and alcohol in the workplace (41 USC § 8103). 1006.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to provide a drug- and alcohol -free workplace for all members. 1006.3 GENERAL GUIDELINES Alcohol and drug use in the workplace or on department time can endanger the health and safety of department members and the public. Members who have consumed an amount of an alcoholic beverage or taken any medication, or combination thereof, that would tend to adversely affect their mental or physical abilities shall not report for duty. Affected members shall notify the on -duty supervisor as soon as the member is aware that the member will not be able to report to work. If the member is unable to make the notification, every effort should be made to have a representative contact the supervisor in a timely manner. If the member is adversely affected while on -duty, the member shall be immediately removed and released from work (see the Work Restrictions section in this policy). 1006.3.1 USE OF MEDICATIONS Members should not use any medications that will impair their ability to safely and completely perform their duties. Any member who is medically required or has a need to take any such medication shall report that need to the member's immediate supervisor prior to commencing any on -duty status. 1006.3.2 MEDICAL CANNABIS Possession, use, or being under the influence of medical cannabis on -duty is prohibited and may lead to disciplinary action. 1006.4 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Members shall report for work in an appropriate mental and physical condition. Members are prohibited from purchasing, manufacturing, distributing, dispensing, possessing or using controlled substances or alcohol on department premises or on department time (41 USC § 8103). The lawful possession or use of prescribed medications or over-the-counter remedies is excluded from this prohibition. Members who are authorized to consume alcohol as part of a special assignment shall not do so to the extent of impairing on -duty performance. Members shall notify a supervisor immediately if they observe behavior or other evidence that they believe demonstrates that a fellow on -duty member is impaired due to drug or alcohol use. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace - 147 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace Members are required to notify their immediate supervisors of any criminal drug statute conviction for ViO|8tiOD OCCUOiDg in the workplace DO later than five days after such CODVCtiOD (41 []SC 1006.5 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM The City sponsors an Employee Assistance Program (EAP) as a means of assisting employees and their family 0OUOObe[S with @ v8[i8h/ Of Ch8||8Og8S including O0@[itG|' family or fiD@DCi@| difficulties, physical, emotional Orpersonal problems, and substance Oralcohol use. UiSavailable GS 8 CUDfidUDU@| service for information, short-term CUUDSe|iDg. and [8fe[[@| tOother community reSOUrCHS. VVhi|H the program is in no vv8y meant to interfere with the private |ihB of the employee, employees are encouraged to contact the EAP to discuss a personal problem before it affects their work performance. Any voluntary involvement with the EAP will be strictly confidential and not reported to the City. Employees may contact the EAP by calling 319- 351-9072. In the event work performance is affected, a mandatory referral maybe made by an employee's supervisor. When a mandatory referral is nnade, the employee is required to be seen by an EAP Counselor who may report the employee's attendance, ability to work, and completion of any recommended follow-up treatment to the City. The City is not provided a diagnosis and all discussions between the employee and counselor remains confidential. Substance Abuse All City employees are eligible for and encouraged to seek he8Unen[ and nBh3bi|U8UOn for G|CUhU|iSOU, pP0b|erD dhDkjDg' or SubSt@DCU abuse UlnOUgh the CitV's EDlp|Uyg8 ASSiSt8D&O Program, or other available community resources. Alcoholism or drug addiction as conditions are not C@USeS for discipline. HUvVUvU[' if they impact job pedb[O0@DC8' including @tt8DdGOCU' VVU[h performance, ability [Ocarry out required duties, inter -personal Orpublic relations, 8tC.'disciplinary @CUUO may be taken. Nothing in this S8{tiOD [U|i8VOS eO0p|0yeSS Ofresponsibility for their own conduct on the job. 1006.6 WORK RESTRICTIONS If [DgDlb8[ iDfVO0S @ supervisor that he/she has CUDSUDlUd any @|&0hO|. drug or rDediC@UUD that COU|d interfere with @ safe and efficient job performance, the member may be required to obtain clearance from his/her physician before continuing to work. If the supervisor reasonably be|ievee, based on objective facte, that a member in impaired by the CODSUO0DUOD of alcohol or other d[uQS' the SUpgrViSO[ Sh@U prevent the member from CODtiDuiOQ work and shall ensure that he/she is safely transported away from the Department. 1006.7 SCREENING TESTS A supervisor may [UqUiR3 an 8O0p|Oy8U to submit to @ SC[UeDiOg UDdU[ any the fOUUvVOQ Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace '148 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace (a) The supervisor reasonably believes, based upon objective facts, that the employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs that are impairing his/her ability to perform duties safely and efficiently. (b) The supervisor reasonably believes, based upon objective facts, that the employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs and the employee discharges a firearm in the performance of his/her duties (excluding training or authorized euthanizing of an animal). (c) The supervisor reasonably believes, based upon objective facts, that the employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs and the employee discharges a firearm issued by the Department while off -duty, resulting in injury, death or substantial property damage. (d) The supervisor reasonably believes, based upon objective facts, that the employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs and the employee drives a motor vehicle in the performance of his/her duties and becomes involved in an incident that results in bodily injury, death or substantial damage to property. 1006.7.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The supervisor shall prepare a written record documenting the specific facts that led to the decision to require the test, and shall inform the employee in writing of the following: (a) The test will be given to detect either alcohol or drugs, or both. (b) The result of the test is not admissible in any criminal proceeding against the employee. (c) The employee may refuse the test, but refusal may result in dismissal or other disciplinary action. 1006.7.2 DISCIPLINE An employee may be subject to disciplinary action if he/she: (a) Fails or refuses to submit to a screening test. (b) After taking a screening test that indicates the presence of a controlled substance, fails to provide proof, within 72 hours after being requested, that he/she took the controlled substance as directed, pursuant to a current and lawful prescription issued in his/her name. 1006.8 COMPLIANCE WITH THE DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE ACT No later than 30 days following notice of any drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace involving a member, the Department will take appropriate disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal, and/or requiring the member to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program (41 USC § 8104). Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace - 149 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace 1006.9 CONFIDENTIALITY The Department recognizes the confidentiality and privacy due to its members. Disclosure of any information relating to substance abuse treatment, except on a need -to -know basis, shall only be with the express written consent Ofthe member involved O[pursuant tUlawful process. The written results of any screening tests and all documents generated by the employee assistance program are considered confidential [DUdiC8| records and shall be maintained in the member's confidential medical file in accordance with the Personnel Records Policy. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Drug- and Alcohol -Free Workplace '15O Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Sick Leave 1007.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides general guidance regarding the use and processing of sick leave. The accrual and terms of use of sick leave for eligible employees are detailed in the City personnel manual or applicable collective bargaining agreement. This policy is not intended to cover all types of sick or other leaves. For example, employees may be entitled to additional paid or unpaid leave for certain family and medical reasons as provided for in the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) (29 USC § 2601 et seq.). 1007.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to provide eligible employees with a sick -leave benefit. 1007.3 USE OF SICK LEAVE Sick leave is intended to be used for qualified absences. Sick leave is not considered vacation. Abuse of sick leave may result in discipline. Employees on sick leave shall not engage in other employment or self-employment or participate in any sport, hobby, recreational activity or other activity that may impede recovery from the injury or illness (see the Outside Employment and Outside Overtime Policy). Qualified appointments should be scheduled during a member's non -working hours when it is reasonable to do so. 1007.3.1 NOTIFICATION All members shall notify his/her supervisor or a supervisor on duty on the watch immediately preceding his/hers, as soon as reasonably possible, of any sickness or illness which will cause him/her to miss work. When the necessity to be absent from work is foreseeable, such as planned medical appointments or treatments, the member shall, whenever possible and practicable, provide their supervisor with notice of the impending absense as soon as possible. Upon return to work, members are responsible for ensuring their time off was appropriately accounted for, and for completing and submitting the required documentation describing the type of time off used and the specific amount of time taken. 1007.4 EXTENDED ABSENCE Members absent from duty for more than three consecutive days may be required to furnish a statement from a health care provider supporting the need to be absent and/or the ability to return to work. Members on an extended absence shall, if possible, contact their supervisor at specified intervals to provide an update on their absence and expected date of return. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Sick Leave - 151 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual Sick Leave Nothing in this section precludes a supervisor from requiring, with cause, a health careprovider's statement for an absence of three or fewer days. 1007.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities of supervisors include, but are not limited to: (@) Monitoring and re0U|8dy reviewing the attendance of those under their COnlm8nd to ensure that the use of sick leave and absences is consistent with this policy.Attempting to determine whether an absence of four or more days may qualify as family medical leave and consulting with legal counsel O[the (b) Addressing sick leave use iOthe nenOber'Sperformance evaluation when excessive Orunusual use has: 1Negatively affected the member's performance or ability to complete assigned duties. 2. Negatively affected department operations. (C) When appropriate, COUOS8|ing [OeDlb8rS regarding eXC8SSiwe 8bSeOC8S and/or inappropriate use Ofsick leave. (d) Referring eligible members to an 8V8i|8b|9 80p|Oye8 8sSisL8OCB pn3g[80 when appropriate. Copyright Lexip"uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Sick Leave '152 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Meal Periods and Breaks 1017.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides general guidance regarding the availability of meal periods and breaks. 1017.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to provide meal periods and breaks to members of this department in accordance with the applicable collective bargaining agreement and the City personnel manual. 1017.3 MEAL PERIODS Officers and station masters shall remain on -duty subject to call during meal periods. All other members are not on -call during meal periods unless directed otherwise by a supervisor. Uniformed patrol shall request clearance from the dispatcher prior to taking a meal period. Uniformed officers shall take their meal periods within the City limits and shall monitor the police radio, unless on assignment outside of the City. The time spent for the meal period shall not exceed the authorized time allowed. 1017.4 BREAKS Each member is entitled to breaks in accordance with their respective collective bargaining agreement. Members normally assigned to the police facility shall remain at the police facility for their breaks. This does not prohibit them from taking a break away from the facility if they are on official business. Members assigned to field duties will take their breaks in their assigned areas, subject to call, and shall monitor the police radio. Copyright Lexipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Meal Periods and Breaks - 153 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Payroll Records 1019.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides the guidelines for completing and submitting payroll records of department members who are eligible for the payment of wages. 1019.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department maintains timely and accurate payroll records. 1019.3 RESPONSIBILITIES Members are responsible for the accurate completion and timely submission of their payroll records for the payment of wages. Supervisors are responsible for approving the payroll records for those under their commands. 1019.4 TIME REQUIREMENTS Members who are eligible for the payment of wages are paid on a scheduled, periodic basis, generally on the same day or date each period, with certain exceptions, such as holidays. Payroll records shall be completed and submitted as established by the City payroll procedures. Copyright Lexipol, ILLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Payroll Records - 154 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Overtime Compensation 1020.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes guidelines and procedures regarding overtime for employees, in conformance with the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) (29 USC § 201 et seq.). 1020.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department will compensate nonexempt employees who work authorized overtime either by payment of wages or by the accrual of compensatory time (29 CFR 553.22). Employees who are salary exempt from FLSA are not compensated for overtime worked. 1020.3 COMPENSATION Payment of wages to nonexempt employees for overtime, or accrual of compensatory time in lieu of compensation for overtime worked, shall be at the rate of not less than one and one-half hours for each hour of employment for which overtime compensation is required (29 USC § 207(k)(2); 29 USC § 207(o)(1)). 1020.4 REQUESTS FOR OVERTIME COMPENSATION 1020.4.1 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES Generally, no employee is authorized to work overtime without the prior approval of a supervisor. If circumstances do not permit prior approval, approval shall be sought as soon as practicable during the overtime shift and in no case later than the end of the shift in which the overtime is worked. Nonexempt employees shall: (a) Obtain supervisory approval, verbal or written. (b) Not work in excess of 16 hours, including regularly scheduled work time, overtime and extra -duty time, in any consecutive 24-hour period without supervisory approval. (c) Record the reason for the overtime utilizing current department procedure. 1020.4.2 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Supervisors shall: (a) Prior to authorizing an employee to work overtime, evaluate the need for the overtime. Supervisors should not authorize any request to work overtime if the overtime would not be an appropriate use of department resources. (b) Upon receipt of a request for overtime compensation, confirm that the overtime was authorized and then verify the actual time worked. Supervisors identifying any unauthorized overtime or discrepancy shall initiate an investigation consistent with the Personnel Complaints Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Overtime Compensation - 155 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Overtime Compensation (c) Supervisors identifying any unauthorized overtime or discrepancy shall complete a report of inquiry form and forward to the Commander of Field Operations for follow up. 1020.5 ACCOUNTING FOR PORTIONS OF AN HOUR Authorized overtime work shall be accounted for in increments according to current rounding rules based on job position. 1020.5.1 VARIATION IN TIME REPORTED When two or more employees are assigned to the same activity, case or court trial, and the amount of time for which overtime compensation is requested varies among the officers, the approving supervisor may require each employee to include the reason for the variation on the overtime compensation request. 1020.6 REQUESTING USE OF COMPENSATORY TIME Employees who have accrued compensatory time shall be allowed to use that time for time off within a reasonable period after making a request, if the request does not unduly disrupt department operations. Requests to use compensatory time will be submitted to the employee's supervisor at least 24 hours in advance of its intended use. Supervisors may make exceptions in unusual or extraordinary circumstances. Compensatory time may not be used for time off for a date and time when the employee is required to appear in court on department -related matters. Supervisors shall not unreasonably deny employee requests to use compensatory time (29 CFR 553.25). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Overtime Compensation - 156 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Work -Related Injury and Occupational Disease Reporting 1022.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance regarding timely reporting of work -related injuries, mental health issues and occupational diseases. 1022.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Work -related illness or injury - Personal injury or death resulting from a personal injury that arises out of and in the course of the member's employment with the Iowa City Police Department and includes: • Disease that results from a work -related injury • Occupational hearing loss • Mental illness or injury Occupational disease - A disease that arises out of and in the course of a member's employment having a direct causal connection to an injurious exposure by the nature of the member's employment with the Iowa City Police Department. 1022.2 POLICY The Iowa City Police Department will address work -related injuries, mental health issues and occupational diseases appropriately, and will comply with applicable state workers' compensation requirements. 1022.3 RESPONSIBILITIES 1022.3.1 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Any member sustaining any occupational disease or work -related injury shall report such event as soon as practicable, but within 24 hours to a supervisor, and shall call Company Nurse. The employee should seek medical care as directed by Company Nurse or immediately if it is a serious injury.. 1022.3.2 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES A supervisor learning of any work -related injury or occupational disease should ensure the member receives medical care as appropriate. Supervisors shall ensure that required documents regarding workers' compensation are completed and forwarded promptly to the administrative coordinator. Any related City-wide injury - or illness -reporting protocol shall also be followed. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Work -Related Injury and Occupational Disease Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Reporting - 157 Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Work -Related Injury and Occupational Disease Reporting Supervisors shall determine whether the Major Incident Notification and Illness and Injury Prevention policies apply and take additional action as required. 1022.3.3 ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Administrative Coordinator who receives a report of an occupational disease or work -related injury should log the injury on OSHA form 300 and shall file the report and related documents in the employee's confidential medical file. The report is automatically forwarded to the Chief of Police, the City's risk management entity and the Support Services Division Commander. 1022.3.4 SUPPORT SERVICES COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES The Support Services Commander will ensure any required Iowa OSHA reporting is made as required in death (8 hours) or amputation, in -patient hospitalization or loss of eye within 24 hours and injury prevention plan identified in the illness and injury prevention policy. 1022.4 OTHER DISEASE OR INJURY Diseases and injuries caused or occurring on -duty that do not qualify for workers' compensation reporting shall be documented on the designated report of injury form, which shall be signed by a supervisor. A copy of the completed form shall be forwarded to the appropriate Division Commander through the chain of command and a copy sent to the Support Services Division Commander. 1022.5 SETTLEMENT OFFERS When a member sustains an occupational disease or work -related injury that is caused by another person and is subsequently contacted by that person, his/her agent, insurance company or attorney and offered a settlement, the member shall take no action other than to submit a written report of this contact to his/her supervisor as soon as possible. 1022.5.1 NO SETTLEMENT WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL No less than 10 days prior to accepting and finalizing the settlement of any third -party claim arising out of or related to an occupational disease or work -related injury, the member shall provide the Chief of Police with written notice of the proposed terms of such settlement. In no case shall the member accept a settlement without first providing written notice to the Chief of Police. The purpose of such notice is to permit the City to determine whether the offered settlement will affect any claim the City may have regarding payment for damage to equipment or reimbursement for wages against the person who caused the disease or injury, and to protect the City's right of subrogation, while ensuring that the member's right to receive compensation is not affected. Copyright I_exipol, I_LC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Work -Related Injury and Occupational Disease Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Reporting - 158 Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Line -of -Duty Deaths 1032.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to members of the Iowa City Police Department in the event of the death of a member occurring in the line of duty and to direct the Department in providing proper support for the member's survivors. The Chief of Police may also apply some or all of this policy in situations where members are injured in the line of duty and the injuries are life -threatening. 1032.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Line -of -duty death - The death of a sworn member during the course of performing law enforcement -related functions while on- or off -duty, or a non -sworn member during the course of performing their assigned duties. Survivors - Immediate family members of the deceased member, which can include spouse, children, parents, other next of kin or significant others. The determination of who should be considered a survivor for purposes of this policy should be made on a case -by -case basis given the individual's relationship with the member and whether the individual was previously designated by the deceased member. 1032.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Iowa City Police Department to make appropriate notifications and to provide assistance and support to survivors and coworkers of a member who dies in the line of duty. It is also the policy of this department to respect the requests of the survivors when they conflict with these guidelines, as appropriate. 1032.3 INITIAL ACTIONS BY COMMAND STAFF (a) Upon learning of a line -of -duty death, the deceased member's supervisor should provide all reasonably available information to the Captain of Field Operations and Captain of Support Services. The Captain of Field Operations shall notify the Chief of Police. (a) Communication of information concerning the member and the incident should be restricted to secure networks to avoid interception by the media or others (see the Public Information Officer section of this policy). (b) The Commander of Field Operations should ensure that notifications are made in accordance with the Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths and Major Incident Notification policies as applicable. (c) If the member has been transported to the hospital, the on -duty supervisor or their designee should respond to the hospital to assume temporary responsibilities as the Hospital Liaison. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Line -of -Duty Deaths - 159 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Line -of -Duty Deaths (d) The Chief of Police or the authorized designee should assign members to handle survivor notifications and assign members to the roles of Hospital Liaison (to relieve the temporary Hospital Liaison) and the Department Liaison as soon as practicable (see the Notifying Survivors section and the Department Liaison and Hospital Liaison subsections in this policy). 1032.4 NOTIFYING SURVIVORS Survivors should be notified as soon as possible in order to avoid the survivors hearing about the incident in other ways. The Chief of Police or the authorized designee should review the deceased member's emergency contact information and make accommodations to respect the member's wishes and instructions specific to notifying survivors. However, notification should not be excessively delayed because of attempts to assemble a notification team in accordance with the member's wishes. The Chief of Police, Watch Commander or the authorized designee should select at least two members to conduct notification of survivors. One of which may be aDepartment Chaplain if authorized/requested by the officer in their emergency packet. Notifying members should: (a) Make notifications in a direct and compassionate manner, communicating as many facts of the incident as possible, including the current location of the member. Information that is not verified should not be provided until an investigation has been completed. (b) Determine the method of notifying surviving children by consulting with other survivors and taking into account factors such as the child's age, maturity and current location (e.g., small children at home, children in school). (c) Plan for concerns such as known health concerns of survivors or language barriers. (d) Offer to transport survivors to the hospital, if appropriate. Survivors should be transported in department vehicles. Notifying members shall inform the Hospital Liaison over a secure network that the survivors are on their way to the hospital. One or more members should remain at the hospital while the survivors are present. (e) When survivors are not at their residences or known places of employment, actively seek information and follow leads from neighbors, other law enforcement, postal authorities and other sources of information in order to accomplish notification in as timely a fashion as possible. Notifying members shall not disclose the reason for their contact other than a family emergency. (f) If making notification at a survivor's workplace, ask a workplace supervisor for the use of a quiet, private room to meet with the survivor. Members shall not inform the workplace supervisor of the purpose of their visit other than to indicate that it is a family emergency. (g) Offer to call other survivors, friends or clergy to support the survivors and to avoid leaving survivors alone after notification. (h) Assist the survivors with meeting child care or other immediate needs. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Line -of -Duty Deaths - 160 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Line -of -Duty Deaths (i) Provide other assistance to survivors and take reasonable measures to accommodate their needs, wishes and desires. Care should be taken not to make promises or commitments to survivors that cannot be met. Q) Inform the survivors of the name and phone number of the Survivor Support Liaison (see the Survivor Support Liaison section of this policy), if known, and the Department Liaison. (k) Provide their contact information to the survivors before departing. (1) Document the survivors' names and contact information, as well as the time and location of notification. This information should be forwarded to the Department Liaison. (m) Inform the Chief of Police or the authorized designee once survivor notifications have been made so that other Iowa City Police Department members may be apprised that survivor notifications are complete. 1032.4.1 OUT -OF -AREA NOTIFICATIONS The Department Liaison should request assistance from law enforcement agencies in appropriate jurisdictions for in -person notification to survivors who are out of the area. (a) The Department Liaison should contact the appropriate jurisdiction using a secure network and provide the assisting agency with the name and telephone number of the department member that the survivors can call for more information following the notification by the assisting agency. (b) The Department Liaison may assist in making transportation arrangements for the member's survivors, but will not obligate the Department to pay travel expenses without the authorization of the Chief of Police. 1032.5 NOTIFYING DEPARTMENT MEMBERS Supervisors or members designated by the Chief of Police are responsible for notifying department members of the line -of -duty death as soon as possible after the survivor notification is made. Notifications and related information should be communicated in person or using secure networks and should not be transmitted over the radio. Notifications should be made in person and as promptly as possible to all members on -duty at the time of the incident. Members reporting for subsequent shifts within a short amount of time should be notified in person at the beginning of their shifts. Members reporting for duty from their residence should be instructed to contact their supervisors as soon as practicable. Those members who are working later shifts or are on days off should be notified by phone as soon as practicable. Members having a close bond with the deceased member should be notified of the incident in person. Supervisors should consider assistance (e.g., peer support group, modifying work schedules, approving sick leave) for members who are especially affected by the incident. Supervisors should direct members not to disclose any information outside the Department regarding the deceased member or the incident. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Line -of -Duty Deaths - 161 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual 1032.6 LIAISONS AND COORDINATORS The Chief of Police or the authorized designee should select members to serve as liaisons and coordinators to handle responsibilities related to a line -of -duty death, including, but not limited to: (a) Department Liaison. (b) Hospital Liaison. () Survivor Support Liaison. (d) Critical Incident Stress Management (CISM) coordinator. (8) Funeral Liaison. UD K8Utu8| aid COOndiD@tO[ (o) Benefits Liaison. (h) Finance coordinator. Liaisons and coordinators will be directed by the Department Liaison and should be given sufficient duty time to complete their assignments. MeDlb8[S may be 8SSigDgd [eSpDOSibi|UUUS Of more than one |i@iSUD or COO[diO8tO[ DOSitiOO depending on available department resources. The Department Liaison may assign separate liaisons and coordinators to accommodate multiple family units, if needed. 1032.6.1 DEPARTMENT LIAISON The Department Liaison ShOU|d be G Division Commander OrOfsufficient rank to effectively coordinate department nsaourcoo, and should serve as a facilitator between the deceased member's survivors and the Department. The Department Liaison reports directly to the Chief of Police. The Department Liaison's F8SpUDSibi|iUeS include but are not limited to: (8) Directing the other liaisons and coordinators in fulfilling survivors' needs and requests. COOSide[8hOO should begiven tOorganizing the effort using the N8UOn8| |DCideO[ Management System (NIMS). (b) Establishing COOt8CL with SU[Vkx][S within 24 hours of the incident and providing them contact information. (C) Advising survivors of the other liaison and coordinator pOSiUOOS and their nD|eS and responsibilities. (d) If requested by the f8rni|y' identifying |OC8UOnS that will 8CCOrnrnOd8Le 8 |8Vv enforcement funeral and presenting the options to the appropriate survivors, who will select the location. (8) Coordinating all official law enforcement notifications and arrangements. /f\ Making necessary contacts for authorization to display flags at half-staff. (o) Ensuring that department members are reminded of appropriate information -sharing reSthChODS regarding the release Of iDfOon@UOD that COU|d undermine future |e08| proceedings. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Uno*f-DutyDeaths '102 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual (h) Coordinating security checks of the rn8nnber'S residence as n8C8aS8ry and reasonable. (i) Serving as a liaison with visiting |avv enforcement agencies during rnarnOh@| and funeral services. 1032.0.2 HOSPITAL LIAISON The Hospital Liaison should work with hospital personnel to: (a) Arrange for appropriate and separate waiting areas for: 1. The survivors and others whose presence iSrequested h«the survivors. 2. Department members and friends Ofthe deceased member. 3. Media personnel. (b) Ensure, as much as practicable, that any suspects who are in the hospital and their families or friends are not in close proximity to the 0emter'S survivors or Iowa City Police Department members (except for members who may be guarding the suspect). (c) Ensure that survivors receive timely updates regarding the member before information is released to others. (d) Arrange for survivors to have private time with the member, if requested. (@) The Hospital Liaison or hospital personnel may need k}explain the condition of the member to the survivors to prepare them accordingly. (b) The Hospital Liaison should accompany the survivors into the room, if requested. (e) Stay with survivors and ensure that they are provided with other assistance as needed at the hospital. Al |fapplicable, explain tOthe survivors why @Oautopsy may b8needed. Other responsibilities of the Hospital Liaison include, but are not limited to: 0 Arranging transportation for the survivors back to their residence. ° Working with investigators to gather and preserve the deceased member's equipment and other items that may be of evidentiary value. 0 Documenting his/her actions at the conclusion of his/her duties. 1032.0.3 SURVIVOR SUPPORT LIAISON The Survivor Support Liaison ShUU|d VVOrh with the [)gp@rtO08Dt Liaison to fulfill the iDlDlgdi@t8 needs and requests of the survivors of any member who has died in the line of duty, and Serve as the long-term department contact for survivors. The Survivor Support Liaison should be selected b»the deceased member'SDivision Commander. The following should be considered when selecting the Survivor Support Liaison: ° The liaison ShOU|d be an individual the SUrViVDrS kOOVV and with VVhOnO they are comfortable working. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Uno*f-DutyDeaths '1O3 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual ° If the survivors have no pr8f8r8no8, the a8|8CUDn may be made from nonneS recommended by the deceased memb8r'S supervisor end/Or coworkers. The deceased noember'G u|0Sa friends may not be the best selection for this assignment because the emotional connection to the member Orsurvivors may impair his/her ability toconduct adequate liaison duties. ° The liaison must be willing to 8Saunn8 the assignmentvvith an understanding of the emotional and time demands involved. The responsibilities of the Survivor Support Liaison include but are not limited to: (8) Arranging for transportation Ofsurvivors tOhospitals, places Ofworship, funeral homes, and other locations, 8Sappropriate. (b) Communicating with the Department Liaison regarding appropriate security measures for the family residence, 8Sneeded. (C) If requested by the survivors, providing 8SSiSt8DC8 with instituting OO8ihDds Of screening telephone calls made LOtheir residences after the incident. (d) Providing assistance with L[8Ve| and lodging arrangements for OUL-Of-iOVVD SUrVivO[S. (8) Returning the deceased nOe[nber'S p8[SOD8| effects from the Department and the hOSpii8| to the survivors. The following ShOU|d be considered when returning the personal effects: 1. Items should not be delivered to the survivors until they are ready to receive the items. 2. Items not retained as evidence should be delivered in a clean, unmarked box. 3. All clothing not retained as evidence should be cleaned and made presentable (e.g.'items should be free Ofblood Orother signs Ofthe inCideOi). 4. The reiU[O Of some personal effects may be delayed due to ongoing investigations. Al Assisting with the return of department -issued equipment that may be at the deceased member's residence. 1Unless there are safety concerns, the return of the equipment should take place after the funeral at a time and in a manner considerate of the survivors' wishes. (g) Working with the C|QM coordinator k]ensure that survivors have access to available counseling services. (h) Coordinating with the department's Public |nfOn0@LiDO Officer (P|C)) to brief the survivors on pending press releases related to the incident, and assisting the survivors with media relations inaccordance with their wishes (see the Public Information Officer section Ofthis pO|iCy). (i) Briefing survivors on investigative processes related to the line -of -duty death, such as criminal, internal, and administrative investigations. U) Informing survivors of any FB|8Led QhmOiO8| proceedings and 8CCOnOp8nyiD0 them to such proceedings. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Uno*f-DutyDeaths '104 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual /ki Introducing survivors to prosecutors, victim's assistance personnel, and other involved personnel aSappropriate. (1) Maintaining contact with survivors and taking measures to sustain a supportive relationship (e.g., follow-up visits, phone calls, cards on special occasions, special support during hO|id8yS). (nn) Inviting SunivOnG to department activities, nn8nnoha| S8rviC8S. Or other functions as appropriate. Survivor Support Liaisons providing services after @Dincident resulting iDmultiple members being killed should coordinate with and support each other through conference calls or meetings as necessary. The Department recognizes that the duties of a Survivor Support Liaison will often affect regular assignments over many years, and is committed to supporting members in the assignment. If needed, the Survivor 8UppOd U8iSOn ShOU|d be iSSUSd 8 pHrSOn8| COnnnnUniC8tOn device (PCD) owned by the Department to facilitate communications necessary to the assignment. The department -issued PCD shall be used in accordance with the Personal Communication Devices 1032.84 CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR The C|SK4 coordinator should work with the Chief of PO|iC8 or the authorized designee, |i8iSOnS. coordinators and other resources tomake C|GMand counseling services available tumembers and survivors who are impacted by G line -of -duty death. The responsibilities Of the C|SM coordinator include, but are not limited to: h]\ Identifying members who are likely to be significantly affected by the incident and may have an increased need for CISM and counseling services, including: 1. Members involved inthe incident. 2. Members who witnessed the incident. 3. Members who worked closely with the deceased member but were not involved inthe incident. (b) EOSUhDg that members who were involved in or witnessed the incident are relieved of department responsibilities until they can receive CISM support as appropriate and possible. (C) EOSUhOg ih8iC|8M and COUOSe|ing FeSOUrCeS (e.g.' peer support, debriefing, grief counselors) are available tOmembers 8Ssoon 8Sreasonably practicable following the line -of -duty death. (d) Coordinating with the Survivor Support [i@i8nO to ensure survivors are aVV@R5 of available CISM and counseling services and assisting with arrangements as needed. (8) FO||Ovving Up with nnBOOberS and the Survivor Support Liaison in the months following the incident to determine if additional CISM or counseling services are needed. Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Uno*f-DutyDeaths '1O5 Published with permission byIowa City Police Department | ��'fw ��r~|' Department .��� =|°x . �U�� Policy Manual 1032.6.5 FUNERAL LIAISON The FuD8[@| LjGiSOO should VVO[k with the Department Li8iSOD' {}Un/ivO[ Support Liaison and survivors to coordinate funeral arrangements to the extent the survivors wish. The Funeral Liaison's R3SpODSibi|idUS iOC|udg. but are not limited to: (8) Assisting survivors in working with the funeral director regarding funeral arrangements and briefing them on law enforcement funeral procedures. (b) Completing funeral notification to other law enforcement agencies. (c) Coordinating the fUODr8| activities of the D8p8rtOnen1, iOC|UdiOg' but not limited to the 1Honor Guard (a) Casket watch (b) Color guard (c) P8Ube8[8rS (d) Be|l/rifleSG|Ute 2. Bagpipers/bugler 3. Uniform for burial 4. Flag presentation 5. Last radio call (d) Briefing the Chief of Police and command staff concerning funeral arrangements. (e) Assigning an officer to remain at the family home during the viewing and funeral. Ul Arranging for transportation of the survivors to and from the funeral home and interment site using department vehicles and drivers. 1032.8.8 MUTUAL AID COORDINATOR The nnUk]8| aid coordinator ShOU|d vvOrh with the Department Liaison and the Funeral Liaison to request and coordinate any assistance from outside |avv enforcement agencies needed for. but not limited to: (a) Traffic control during the deceased nnennb8r'Gfuneral. (b) Area coverage so that asmany Iowa City Police Department members can attend funeral services eS possible. The mutual aid coordinator should perform his/her duties in accordance with the Outside Agency Assistance Policy. 1033.6.7 BENEFITS LIAISON The Benefits Liaison should provide survivors with information concerning available benefits and will 8SSiSL |hHnl in applying for benefits. Responsibilities of the Benefits Liaison include, but are not limited to: Copyright Lexipol, uou02emumy.All Rights Reserved. Uno*f-DutyDeaths '10O Published with permission byIowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Line -of -Duty Deaths (a) Confirming the filing of workers' compensation claims and related paperwork (see the Work -Related Injury and Occupational Disease Reporting Policy). (b) Researching and assisting survivors with application for federal government survivor benefits, such as those offered through the: 1. Public Safety Officers' Educational Assistance (PSOEA) Program. 2. Social Security Administration. 3. Department of Veterans Affairs. (c) Researching and assisting survivors with application for state and local government survivor benefits. 1. Death benefit (Iowa Code § 97A.6). 2. Health care benefit (Iowa Code § 509A.13C). (d) Researching and assisting survivors with application for other survivor benefits such as: 1. Private foundation survivor benefits programs. 2. Survivor scholarship programs. (e) Researching and informing survivors of support programs sponsored by police associations and other organizations. (f) Documenting and informing survivors of inquiries and interest regarding public donations to the survivors. 1. If requested, working with the finance coordinator to assist survivors with establishing a process for the receipt of public donations. (g) Providing survivors with a summary of the nature and amount of benefits applied for, including the name of a contact person at each benefit office. Printed copies of the summary and benefit application documentation should be provided to affected survivors. (h) Maintaining contact with the survivors and assisting with subsequent benefit questions and processes as needed. 1032.6.8 FINANCE COORDINATOR The finance coordinator should work with the Chief of Police and the Department Liaison to manage financial matters related to the line -of -duty death. The finance coordinator's responsibilities include, but are not limited to: (a) Establishing methods for purchasing and monitoring costs related to the incident. (b) Providing information on finance -related issues, such as: (a) Paying survivors' travel costs if authorized. (b) Transportation costs for the deceased. (c) Funeral and memorial costs. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Line -of -Duty Deaths - 167 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Line -of -Duty Deaths (d) Related funding or accounting questions and issues. (c) If requested, working with the Benefits Liaison to establish a process for the receipt of public donations to the deceased member's survivors. (d) Providing accounting and cost information as needed. 1032.7 PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER In the event of a line -of -duty death, the department's PIO should be the department's contact point for the media. As such, the PIO should coordinate with the Department Liaison to: (a) Collect and maintain the most current incident information and determine what information should be released. (b) Ensure that department members are instructed to direct any media inquiries to the PIO. (c) Prepare necessary press releases. 1. Ensure coordination with other entities having media roles (e.g., outside agencies involved in the investigation or incident). 2. Ensure that important public information is disseminated, such as information on how the public can show support for the department and deceased member's survivors. (d) Arrange for community and media briefings by the Chief of Police or the authorized designee as appropriate. (e) Respond, or coordinate the response, to media inquiries. (f) If requested, assist the member's survivors with media inquiries. 1. Brief the survivors on handling sensitive issues such as the types of questions that reasonably could jeopardize future legal proceedings. (g) Release information regarding memorial services and funeral arrangements to department members, other agencies and the media as appropriate. (h) If desired by the survivors, arrange for the recording of memorial and funeral services via photos and/or video. The identity of deceased members should be withheld until the member's survivors have been notified. If the media has obtained identifying information for the deceased member prior to survivor notification, the PIO should request that the media withhold the information from release until proper notification can be made to survivors. The PIO should ensure that media are notified when survivor notifications have been made. 1032.8 DEPARTMENT CHAPLAIN ADepartment chaplain may serve a significant role in line -of -duty deaths. His/her duties may include, but are not limited to: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Line -of -Duty Deaths - 168 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Line -of -Duty Deaths • Assisting with survivor notifications and assisting the survivors with counseling, emotional support or other matters, as appropriate if authorized/requested by the officer in their emergency packet. • Assisting liaisons and coordinators with their assignments, as appropriate. • Assisting department members with counseling or emotional support, as requested and appropriate. Further information on the potential roles and responsibilities of the chaplain is in the Chaplains Policy. 1032.9 INVESTIGATION OF THE INCIDENT The Chief of Police shall ensure that line -of -duty deaths are investigated thoroughly and may choose to use the investigation process outlined in the Officer -Involved Shootings and Deaths Policy. Investigators from other agencies may be assigned to work on any criminal investigation related to line -of -duty deaths. Partners, close friends or personnel who worked closely with the deceased member should not have any investigative responsibilities because such relationships may impair the objectivity required for an impartial investigation of the incident. Involved department members should be kept informed of the progress of the investigations and provide investigators with any information that may be pertinent to the investigations. 1032.10 LINE -OF -DUTY DEATH OF A LAW ENFORCEMENT ANIMAL The Chief of Police may authorize appropriate memorial and funeral services for law enforcement animals killed in the line of duty. 1032.11 NON -LINE -OF -DUTY DEATH The Chief of Police may authorize certain support services for the death of a member not occurring in the line of duty. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Line -of -Duty Deaths - 169 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City PID Policy Manual Policy Manual INDEX / TOPICS F.0 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Departmental directives. . . . . . . . 17 Policy manual. . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Policy revisions. . . . . . . . . . . 13 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATIONS OIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Employee convictions. . . . . . . . 145 Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 ADULT ABUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 AIRCRAFT Flying while armed. . . . . . . . . . 49 ALCOHOL Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 AMBER ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . 98 AMMUNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 ANIMALS Dangerous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Euthanize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Injured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Line -of -duty deaths. . . . . . . . . 169 ANTI -RETALIATION . . . . . . . . . 142 APPOINTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Line -of -duty death liaisons and coordinators 162 Training committee. . . . . . . . . . 21 Training manager. . . . . . . . . . . 20 TSA instructor. . . . . . . . . . . . 49 ARRESTS Diplomatic immunity. . . . . . . . . 133 Handcuffs and restraints . . . . . . 30, 31 Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Response team. . . . . . . . . . . 126 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 AUTHORITY Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Policy manual. . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1:1 BADGES, PATCHES AND IDENTIFICATION While armed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 BODY ARMOR Suspects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 C CANINES Pursuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Vehicle pursuits. . . . . . . . . . . 58 CHANGE OF ASSIGNMENT Tactical team. . . . . . . . . . . . 128 CHAPLAINS Line -of -duty deaths. . . . . . . . . 168 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER . . . . . . . 9 CHILDREN Amber alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Drug endangered. . . . . . . . . . . 77 Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 CITATIONS Diplomatic immunity. . . . . . . . . 134 CIVILIAN / NONSWORN . . . . . . . . I I COMMAND STAFF . . . . . . . . . . 13 Anti -retaliation. . . . . . . . . . . 144 Line -of -duty deaths. . . . . . . . . 159 Policy reviews. . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Tactical training. . . . . . . . . . . 131 Work -related injuries. . . . . . . . . 158 COMMUNICATIONS CENTER Emergency operations pla . . . . . . . 18 Emergency response considerations . . 70, 71 Foot pursuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 COMPENSATORY TIME . . . . . . . . 155 COMPUTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 CONDUCT Anti -retaliation. . . . . . . . . . . 142 Discriminatory harassment. . . . . . . 85 OIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Retiree concealed firearms. . . . . . . 26 CONFIDENTIALITY Child abuse reports. . . . . . . . . . 78 Retaliation complaints. . . . . . . . 143 COURT ORDERS Dependent adults. . . . . . . . . . . 81 Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 IC DAILY TRAINING BULLETINS (DTBS). 22 DEATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 DEBRIEFING OIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 DEFINITIONS Throughout manual. . . . . . . . . . 11 Copyright Lexipol, ILLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Index - 170 Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual DEPARTMENTAL DIRECTIVES . . . . . 17 DEPENDENT ADULTS . . . . . . . . . 79 DIPLOMATIC IMMUNITY . . . . . . . 135 DISCLAIMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I DISCRIMINATORY HARASSMENT . . . . 85 DOMESTIC ABUSE Member convictions. . . . . . . . . 145 DRIVING Pursuit tactics. . . . . . . . . . . . 57 E EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN . . . . 18 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM. 148 JURISDICTION Emergency management. . . . . . . . 18 Multijurisdictional negotiation teams. . . 122 Off -duty law enforcement actions. . . . 120 OIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Pursuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 4 LINE -OF -DUTY DEATHS . . . . . . . 159 W MEAL PERIODS AND BREAKS . . . . . 153 F MEDIA Line -of -duty deaths. . . . . . . . . 168 FIREARMS OIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 MEDICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Domestic abuse convictions. . . . . . 145 Adult involuntary detention. . . . . . . 82 Retired Officer. . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Examinations - Adult abuse. . . . . . . 82 FLYING WHILE ARMED . . . . . . . . 49 Examinations - Child abuse. . . . . . . 77 FOREIGN Leave Act FMLA . . . . . . . . . . 151 Country convictions. . . . . . . . . 145 MOBILE AUDIO/VIDEO (MAV) Diplomatic and consular representatives. 133 OIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 FORMS MUTUAL AID Child abuse and narcotics. . . . . . . . 77 Emergency operations plan activation. 18 Discrimination complaint. . . . . . . . 89 Interstate peace officer powers. . . . . . 8 Firearms training. . . . . . . . . . . 48 Suspected child abuse. . . . . . . . . 78 N G NOTIFICATIONS GRIEVANCES Adult abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Supervisor authority. . . . . . . . . . 11 Department of Human Services. . . . . 73 Jail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Member arrests, convictions and court Horders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 OIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 HANDCUFFING AND RESTRAINTS . . . 29 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 HATE CRIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 I INSPECTIONS Firearms . . . . . . . . . . 41, 46, 48 Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 48 i X OATH OF OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . to OC SPRAY Animals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Decontamination. . . . . . . . . . . 30 OFF -DUTY LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS 119 OFFICER SAFETY Copyright Lexipol, ILLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department Iowa City Police Department Policy Manual Foot pursuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handcuffing and restraints. . . . . . . LEOSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle pursuits. . . . . . . . . . . OFFICER -INVOLVED SHOOTING (OIS). OFFICER/DEPUTY RESPONSE TO CALLS. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE AND RESPONSIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . OVERTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . PAYROLL RECORDS . . . . . . . . . PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS Sick leave . . . . . . . . . . . . . POLICY MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . PROTECTIVE CUSTODY Dependent adults. . . . . . . . . . . PUBLIC ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . PURSUITS Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle pursuits. . . . . . . . . . . 10 RANGEMASTER 64 Anti -retaliation. . . . . . . . . . . 142 29 Emergency assistance. . . . . . . . . 69 25 Emergency responses. . . . . . . . . 70 51 Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 33 Shotguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 69 SICK LEAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 SUPERVISION STAFFING LEVELS . . . . 24 15 155 T TRAINING Adult abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 154 Child abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Emergency operations plan. . . . . . . 18 152 Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 11 Hate or prejudice crimes. . . . . . . 106 Negotiation team. . . . . . . . . . 130 81 Pursuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 98 Tactical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 64 51 Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Qualifications. . . . . . . . . . . . 47 RECORDS RELEASE Adult abuse . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 83 REPORTING OF ARRESTS, CONVICTIONS AND COURT ORDERS . . . . . . . . . . . 145 RETIRED OFFICER IDENTIFICATION CARD 25 REVIEWS Anti -retaliation. . . . . . . . . . . 144 Departmental directives. . . . . . . . 17 Emergency operations plan. . . . . . . 18 Policy manual. . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Post pursuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Training plan. . . . . . . . . . . . 20 REVIEWS Pursuit Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . 62 SAFETY 0 VEHICLES Pursuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 VA WARNINGS Shots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 WORK -RELATED INJURY AND OCCUPATIONAL DISEASE REPORTING. 157 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/02/09, All Rights Reserved. -172 Published with permission by Iowa City Police Department COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD COMMUNITY F01RUM ELECTRONIC ZOOM MEETING PLATFORM Electronic Meeting (Pursuant to Iowa Code section 21. An electronic meeting is being held because a meeting in person is impossible or impractical due to concerns for the health and safety of Commission members, staffand the public presented by COVID-19. You can participate in the meeting and can comment on an agenda item by going to htt s://us06web.zoom.us/webinar/r�eE4MscDRTRywOisMlfCXaw� via the internet to visit the Zoom meeting's registrationpandage,submit the required information. Once approved, you will receive an,email message with a link to join the meeting. If you are asked for a meeting or webinar ID, enter the ID number fourid Jn the email. A meeting password may also be included in the,,email. ; Enter the passwortl when prompted. If you have no computer or smartphone, or a computer without a microphone, you may call in by telephone by dialing (312) 626-6799. When prompted',entee'the meeting or webinar ID. The ID number for this'rneeting is: 816 3855 9389. Once connected, you may dial *9 to "raise your hand," letting the meeting host know you would like to speak. Providing comments in person is not an option. ITEM. NO. 1 CALL701 ITEM N0. 2 WELCOM ITEM NO. 3 ,CONSIDE DOCUME AGENDA RDER & ROLL CALL & INTRODUCTION OF BOARD OTION TO ACCEPT CORRESPONDENCE AND/OR ITEM NO. 4 COMMUNICATING WITH THE CPRB - WHO WE ARE AND WHAT WE DO ITEM NO. 5 PUBLIC DISCUSSION WITH COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD ITEM NO. 6 ADJOURNMENT Tammy Neumann From: Jerri MacConnell <nellie1896@gmail.com> Sent: Tuesday, March 1, 2022 4:36 PM To: Tammy Neumann Subject: Spring Forum A HI Tammy, Here is the outline for the Spring Forum program: I. Welcome II. Legal Basis for Creation of Board III. Self Introduction of Members IV. Explanation of Process V. Response to Submitted Questions and Comments VI. Conclusion March 8, 2022 Mtg Packet e] LTA UT11110 W11:141 q 10142 •'" COMPLAINT DEADLINES U0.1 «N n # Filed: 09/27/21 Chief's report due (90 days): 12/27/21 Chief's report filed: 11/15/21 Complainant's response to the Chief's report (21 days to respond no response received) 12/06/21 C C-i ire C rt -fdays-fesp CPRB meeting #1 (Review): 01/11/22 CPRB meeting #2 (Review): 02/08/22 CPRB meeting #3 (Review): 03/08/22 CPRB report due (90 days from the date of the Chief/City Manager's response to the complainant): 03/08/22 Filed: 01 /18/22 Chief's report due (90 days): 04/18/22 Chief's report filed: ??/???? Complainant's response to the Chief's report (21 days to respond, no response received) ??/???? Chief/City Manager response to the Complainant's response (10 days to respond): ??/???? ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CPRB meeting #1 (Review): ??/???? CPRB meeting #2 (Review): ??/??/?? CPRB report due (90 days from the date of the Chief/City Manager's response to the complainant): ??/???? March 8, 2022 Mtg Packet Filed: 01/20/22 Chief's report due (90 days): 04/20/22 Chief's report filed: ??/???? Complainant's response to the Chief's report (21 days to respond, no response received) ??/???? Chief/City Manager response to the Complainant's response (10 days to respond): ??/???? CPRB meeting #1 (Review): ??/???? CPRB meeting #2 (Review): ??/??/?? ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CPRB report due (90 days from the date of the Chief/City Manager's response to the complainant).. ??/???? Filed: 01/25/22 Chief's report due (90 days): 04/25/22 Chief's report filed: ??/???? Complainant's response to the Chief's report (21 days to respond, no response received) ??/???? Chief/City Manager response to the Complainant's response (10 days to respond): ??/???? CPRB meeting #1 (Review): ??/???? CPRB meeting #2 (Review): ??/??/?? CPRB report due (90 days from the date of the Chief/City Manager's response to the complainant): ??/???? Filed: 01/25/22 Chief's report due (90 days): 04/25/22 Chief's report filed: 01/31/22 Complainant's response to the Chief's report (21 days to respond, no response received) 02/21/22 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CPRB meeting #1 (Review): 03/08/22 CPRB meeting #2 (Review): ??/??/?? CPRB report due (90 days from the date of the Chief/City Manager's response to the complainant): ??/???? March 8, 2022 Mtg Packet Filed: 02/16/22 Chief's report due (90 days): 05/17/22 Chief's report filed: ??/??/?? Complainant's response to the Chief's report (21 days to respond, no response received) ??/??/?? Chief/City Manager response to the Complainant's response (10 days to respond): ??/???? CPRB meeting #1 (Review): ??/??/?? CPRB meeting #2 (Review): ??/??/?? ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CPRB report due (90 days from the date of the Chief/City Manager's response to the complainant): ??/???? March 8, 2022 Mtg Packet TENTATIVE MEETING SCHEDULE April 12, 2022 April 20, 2022 (Community Forum) May 10, 2022 June 14, 2022 Updated 2111122 COMMUNITY POLICE REVIEW BOARD A Board of the City of Iowa City 410 East Washington Street Iowa City IA 52240-1826 (319)356-5043 Jerri MacConnell 320 E Washington St Iowa City, IA 52240 (C) 319-333-1096 Nellie 1896 mail.com Orville Townsend Sr. Vice -Chair 713 Whiting Ave Iowa City, IA 52245-5644 (H) 319-354-5995 (C) 319-331-3482 orville.townsend @ hotmail.com Amanda Nichols 2713 East Court St Iowa City, IA 52245 (C) 319-677-1153 director@corridorcan.com Saul Mekies 2151 Abbey Lane Iowa City, IA 52246 (C) 319-887-3617 si,-nekies@kirkwood.edu Vacant Vacant Patrick Ford, Legal Counsel Leff Law Firm, L.L.P. 222 South Linn Street Iowa City, IA 52240-1601 (0) 319-338-7551 (C) 319-430-1549 ford@lefflaw.com Term: July 1, 2019 — June 30, 2023 Term: July 1, 2020 — June 30, 2024 Term: July 1, 2020 — June 30, 2024 Term: July 1, 2021 — June 30, 2025 Term: July 1, 2021 — June 30, 2025 Term: Unexpired — June 30, 2026 Term: Unexpired — June 30, 2026